Zoneomics Logo
search icon

Huntington Park City Zoning Code

CHAPTER 3

GENERAL REGULATIONS

§ 9-3.101 Purpose.

These standards shall ensure that new or modified uses and development will produce an urban environment of stable, desirable character which is harmonious with the existing and future development and protects the use and enjoyment of neighboring properties, consistent with the General Plan.
(§ 1, Ord. 666-NS, eff. September 15, 2001)

§ 9-3.102 Applicability.

Any new structure or use, or modification/change to an existing structure or use, shall comply with all of the applicable standards outlined in this chapter, unless a specific exemption is provided herein.
(§ 1, Ord. 666-NS, eff. September 15, 2001)

§ 9-3.103 General standards.

All new or modified structures and uses (including changes in use) shall conform with all of the following standards prior to construction, change in use or during normal operations. All existing uses shall comply with the following operational standards (i.e., dust and dirt, fumes, glare, etc.) as determined applicable by the Director:
These standards apply to more than one zoning district and, therefore, are combined in this chapter. Also, these standards shall be considered/followed in conjunction with the standards located in the specific zoning district chapters.
1. 
Access. Every structure or use shall have frontage upon a public street or permanent means of access to a public street by way of a public or private easement, or recorded reciprocal access agreement. The design shall preserve, facilitate and integrate the unique pedestrian and vehicular needs of the district/area.
2. 
Antennae. This section shall govern the location, construction, installation, maintenance and operation of satellite (residential and nonresidential), wireless and amateur radio antennae. Normal/typical television antennae (roof or ground mounted) and satellite dish antennae under three feet in diameter (roof-mounted) are not regulated by this section.
A. 
General Standards. All satellite antennae, including portable units and dish antennae greater than three feet in diameter, shall be designed, installed, treated, operated and maintained in the following manner:
(1) 
Plans for an antenna shall be submitted with or prior to an application for a building permit, which shall include a site plan and elevation drawings indicating the height, diameter, color, setbacks, foundation details, landscaping and method of screening. The plans shall be subject to the approval of the Director;
(2) 
Generally, no antennae shall be placed or permitted to remain above the roof of any structure or installed anywhere on the ground, so as to be visible from neighboring properties or public rights-of-way;
(3) 
No antennae shall be located within any required front or street side yard setbacks in any zoning district. In addition, no portion of an antenna shall extend beyond the property lines;
(4) 
The antennae and supporting structure shall be painted a single, neutral, nonglossy color (i.e., earthen tones—off-white, cream, beige) in order to blend with the adjacent improvements on-site and, to the extent possible, to be compatible with the appearance and character of the surrounding neighborhood;
(5) 
All electrical and antennae wiring shall be placed underground whenever possible; and
(6) 
All antennae, appurtenances, landscaping and screening shall be maintained in good condition and in compliance with all of the requirements of this section.
B. 
Residential Zoning District Standards. In any residential zoning district, all satellite antennae shall be subject to the following standards:
(1) 
Only ground-mounted antennae shall be permitted and the antennae shall be located in the rear of the parcel. This provision may be modified by the Director if strict compliance would result in no/poor satellite reception;
(2) 
The location and height of the antenna shall comply with all requirements of the underlying zoning district for accessory structures;
(3) 
Only one antenna may be permitted on any parcel;
(4) 
The antenna shall be separated from adjacent properties by at least a six foot high solid wall or fence or by natural plants or trees of equal minimum height and planted to provide maximum screening, subject to approval of the Director;
(5) 
The diameter of the antennae shall not exceed 10 feet; and
(6) 
The antennae shall be sited to ensure compatibility with surrounding development and not adversely impact the neighborhood.
C. 
Nonresidential Zoning District Standards. In any nonresidential zoning district, satellite antennae may be roof or ground-mounted. These antennae shall be subject to the following standards:
(1) 
If roof-mounted, the antennae shall be screened from ground view by a parapet or other type of appropriate screening. The minimum height and design of the parapet, wall or screening shall be subject to approval of the Director;
(2) 
If ground-mounted, the antennae shall not be located between a structure and a front parcel line and shall be screened from public view and adjacent properties by at least a six foot-high solid wall or fence or by natural plants or trees of equal minimum height and planted to provide maximum screening, subject to approval of the Director;
(3) 
The location and height of the antenna shall comply with all requirements of the underlying zoning district.
The height provision may be modified by the Director if strict compliance would result in no/poor satellite reception and a site specific visual analysis would support a taller installation;
(4) 
If the subject parcel abuts a residential zoning district/use, all antennae shall be placed a minimum of 10 feet from any property line abutting the residential district/use; and
(5) 
The diameter of the antennae shall not exceed 15 feet.
D. 
Wireless Communication Facilities. All wireless communication facilities shall be designed, constructed, installed, treated, operated and maintained in the following manner:
(1) 
A wireless communication facility includes the equipment, towers and antennae necessary to accommodate a cellular communications system as defined by the Federal Communications Commission (FCC) and which is regulated by the State Public Utilities Commission (PUC);
(2) 
Plans for the facility shall be submitted with an application for a Development Permit, which shall include a site plan and elevation drawings indicating the height, diameter, color, setbacks, foundation details and landscaping. The plans shall be subject to the approval of the Director;
(3) 
All City agencies, special districts and utility providers shall be encouraged to allow co-location of wireless communication equipment on appropriate existing structures/towers subject to reasonable engineering requirements;
(4) 
Equipment shall not be located within any required front or street side yard setbacks in any zoning district. In addition, no portion of the equipment shall extend beyond the property lines;
(5) 
The height of ground-mounted equipment (antennae/tower) shall not exceed 65 feet. This provision may be modified by the Director if strict compliance would result in no/poor service;
(6) 
The maximum height of the equipment (antennae/tower) located on the roof of a structure shall not exceed 25 feet. This provision may be modified by the Director if strict compliance would result in no/poor service;
(7) 
The maximum height of the equipment (antennae without a tower) located on the structure's facade shall not exceed 10 feet above the height of the structure or the height of the structure plus the horizontal distance from the antennae to the edge of the roof, whichever is less. This provision may be modified by the Director if strict compliance would result in no/poor service.
(8) 
If the subject parcel abuts a residential zoning district/use, all equipment shall be placed a minimum of 25 feet from any parcel line abutting the residential district/use, and properly screened subject to the approval of the Director;
(9) 
To the extent feasible, all building-mounted wireless communications facilities shall be sited and designed to appear as an integral part of the structure to minimize their appearance. If possible, antennas should be located entirely within an existing or newly-created architectural feature so as to be completely screened from view. To the extent feasible, wall-mounted antennas should not be located on the front, or most prominent façade of a structure;
(10) 
The use of ground-mounted monopoles is discouraged. Wireless communications facilities should be mounted on existing structures/towers whenever feasible. When monopoles/towers are necessary, they shall incorporate the latest technology in stealth design to camouflage the facilities (e.g., use of naturalistic tree-like towers or structures resembling clock towers or similar) and to blend in with the surrounding area;
(11) 
Identification signs, including emergency phone numbers of the cellular service provider, shall be posted at all equipment/tower sites;
(12) 
Landscaping, fencing and other improvements, required by the Director shall be installed prior to the issuance of a Certificate of Compliance;
(13) 
The equipment and supporting structure shall be painted a single, neutral, nonglossy color (i.e., earthen tones— off-white, cream, beige) in order to blend with the adjacent improvements on-site and, to the extent possible, to be compatible with the appearance and character of the surrounding neighborhood;
(14) 
All electrical and equipment wiring shall be placed underground whenever possible;
(15) 
All equipment, appurtenances and landscaping shall be maintained in good condition and in compliance with all of the requirements of this section; and
(16) 
All unused/obsolete equipment/towers shall be removed from the site within six months after their need/operation has ceased.
E. 
Amateur Radio Antennae Standards. Single pole/tower amateur radio antennae shall be installed in the following manner:
(1) 
The maximum height shall not exceed 75 feet measured from the finished grade of the parcel. This provision may be modified by the Director if strict compliance would result in no/poor reception and a site specific visual analysis would support a taller installation;
(2) 
The boom or any component shall not exceed 30 feet in length; and
(3) 
The antennae may be roof-or ground-mounted.
F. 
Effects of Development on Antenna Reception. The City shall not be held liable if subsequent development impairs antenna reception.
G. 
Modification of Standards. Antennae not complying with the requirements of this section may be authorized only in compliance with the granting of a Conditional Use Permit, in compliance with Chapter 2, Article 11. Any Conditional Use Permit so granted is revocable for failure by the applicant or property owner to comply with the conditions imposed, as well as the other findings outlined in Section 9-2.1105. A Conditional Use Permit may be issued for an antenna only if it meets the following findings/standards, in addition to those outlined in Section 9-2.1105:
(1) 
Locating the antenna in conformance with the specifications of this section would obstruct the antenna's reception window (i.e., the area within the direct line between the satellite antenna and those orbiting communication satellites carrying available programming, other cellular facilities within the same cell/grid, etc.), or otherwise excessively interfere with the reception, and the obstruction or interference involves factors beyond the applicant's control; or, the cost of meeting the specifications of this section is excessive, as determined by the Director, given the cost of the proposed antenna;
(2) 
The application includes a certification that the proposed installation is in compliance with applicable Building Code regulations. Furthermore, the application shall contain written documentation of this compliance, including load distributions within the support structure and certified by a registered engineer; and
(3) 
If it is proposed that the antenna will be located on the roof, where possible, the antenna shall be located on the rear portion of the roof with appropriate screening consistent with the architectural character/style and materials of the structure.
3. 
Color.
A. 
Standards for Exterior Colors. Standards to paint a new building or re-paint an existing building shall be as follows:
(1) 
The primary color of buildings shall be limited to an earthen hue background color, which is integral or applied consistently to the material. Colors include off-whites, siennas, light-grays, beiges, tans, browns or other similarly subdued tones, shades or colors as determined by the Director.
(2) 
Special architectural features may use brighter colors as an accent. Colors shall complement the body color of the building, as well as highlight decorative details (e.g., as ornaments, trims, fascias, inlays, tile, ironwork, awnings and other architectural features), as determined by the Director.
(3) 
Other elements on the building and property should be compatible and/or architecturally integrated with the color and design scheme of the primary building, (e.g., as roofs, fences and walls, signs, trash enclosures) and any other accessory structures or features.
(4) 
The Director may approve colors other than those authorized by this section that reflect an organization's established marketing image or brand for retail commercial, industrial, or institutional developments.
B. 
Review Procedures.
(1) 
Permits are not required to re-paint the exterior of any existing buildings. If an existing building is re-painted, and does not conform with the standards of this section, it will be subject to enforcement for compliance.
(2) 
Applicants requesting Building and Safety Division or Planning Division approval shall be subject to exterior building color review as part of the approval process.
(3) 
Exterior building colors shall be reviewed in conjunction with a request for any of the following: Building Permit, Development Permit, Minor Modification, Minor Conditional Use Permit, Conditional Use Permit, Minor Variance, Variance, Tentative Parcel or Tract Map, Sign Design Review, any other type of Department entitlement review as required by the Huntington Park Municipal Code, or as a result of any determination of nonconforming status.
(4) 
Exterior building elevation plans and color samples indicating proposed color schemes shall be provided as required by the Director.
(5) 
Approval authority for colors on the exterior of buildings shall be by the Director. Exterior color plans may be approved by the Director provided the proposed plan is consistent with the intent and provision of this section.
C. 
Appeal Procedures. An applicant objecting to a determination of the Director may appeal to the Planning Commission.
D. 
Abatement of Existing Buildings with Nonconforming Exterior Colors. Existing buildings which do not comply with the provisions of this section shall be required to comply within five years of written notice to the property owner.
4. 
Dust and Dirt. All land use activities (i.e., construction, grading and gardening) shall be conducted so as to create as little dust or dirt emission beyond any boundary line of the parcel as possible. To ensure that this occurs, appropriate grading procedures shall include, but are not limited to, the following:
A. 
Schedule all grading activities to ensure that repeated grading will not be required and that implementation of the desired land use (i.e., planting, paving, or construction) will occur as soon as possible after grading;
B. 
Water graded areas as often as necessary or hydroseed with a temporary irrigation system, subject to the approval of the Director;
C. 
Revegetate graded areas as soon as possible; and
D. 
Construct appropriate walls or fences to permanently contain the dust and dirt within the parcel, subject to the approval of the Director.
5. 
Environmental Assessment. All development proposals shall be evaluated in compliance with the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA), City and all General Plan environmental policies including, but not limited to, biological resource management areas; riparian corridors; rare, threatened and/or endangered species; air quality; mineral resources; archaeological resources and geologic hazards, in compliance with the City's CEQA policies, provisions and guidelines.
Development within the above listed areas shall be subject to the submittal of appropriate reports, prepared by qualified professionals, as necessary, which address the potential impacts of the proposed project, the identification of mitigation measures deemed necessary to eliminate the significant adverse impacts and the provision of a program for monitoring, evaluating the effectiveness of, and ensuring the adequacy of the specified mitigation measures. All required reports, measures and programs listed above shall be subject to the approval of the Director.
6. 
Exterior Walls. The following standards shall apply to all exterior wall construction:
A. 
Since exterior walls are the main architectural and visual feature in any major development, restraint shall be exercised in the number and type of finish materials used. The harmony of materials and particularly color treatment is essential to achieve unity in the project; and
B. 
The following materials/elements are deemed inappropriate in any development and shall be prohibited:
(1) 
Nonanodized or unpainted aluminum window frames, unless it can be demonstrated to the satisfaction of the Review Authority that these elements are consistent with the structure's overall design character, as well as the character of the surrounding area;
(2) 
Metal Grilles and Façades. However, grilles and façades of unique design and in keeping with the general decor of the development and neighborhood may be permitted subject to the approval of the Review Authority; and
(3) 
Aluminum or other metal panels or reflective "mirror" type glass windows/panels, unless it can be demonstrated, to the satisfaction of the final Review Authority, that these elements are consistent with the structure's overall design character and do not adversely affect the pedestrian/vehicular environment.
7. 
Fences, Walls and Hedges. The erection, construction or repair of fences, walls and/or hedges shall be developed in compliance with Title 8, Chapter 3 of the Huntington Park Municipal Code.
8. 
Fire Protection. All structures and uses shall meet the requirements of the County Fire Department.
9. 
Fumes, Vapor and Gases. If any existing or proposed use produces emissions which can cause damage to human health, animals, vegetation or other forms of property in quantities that can or may be readily detectable at any point along or outside the boundary lines of the subject parcel, the use responsible shall have the source of the contaminant properly muffled or controlled in order to prevent, to the maximum extent feasible, the issuance, continuance or recurrence of any emission detectable beyond the boundary lines of the subject parcel. All emissions shall be in compliance with the South Coast Air Quality Management District and Regional Water Quality Control Board permits/regulations.
10. 
Glare and Heat. Any existing or proposed use that emits glare or heat which constitutes or may be considered a nuisance/hazard on any adjacent property (i.e., arc welders, acetylene torches, furnaces or similar equipment) shall incorporate a shield or control all sources of glare or heat in order to prevent the issuance, continuance or recurrence of the nuisance/hazard.
11. 
Hazardous Materials. The following standards are intended to ensure that the use, handling, storage and transportation of hazardous substances comply with all applicable State laws (Government Code Section 65850.2 and Health and Safety Code Section 25500, et seq.). It is not the intent of these regulations to impose additional restrictions on the management of hazardous wastes, which would be contrary to State law, but only to require reporting of information to the City that shall be provided to other public agencies.
For the purposes of this section, "hazardous substances" shall include all substances on the comprehensive master list of hazardous substances compiled and maintained by the California Department of Health Services.
A. 
A Conditional Use Permit shall be required for the manufacture, storage, handling or processing of hazardous substances in sufficient quantities that would require permits as hazardous chemicals under the Uniform Fire Code, with the following exceptions:
(1) 
Underground storage of bulk flammable and combustible liquids in compliance with Section 9-3.103.11.C of this section; and
(2) 
Hazardous substances in container sizes of 10 gallons or less that are stored or maintained for the purpose of retail sales.
B. 
All businesses required by State law (California Health and Safety Code, Chapter 6.95) to prepare hazardous materials release response plans shall submit copies of these plans, including any revisions, to the Director at the same time these plans are submitted to the County Fire Department which is responsible for administering these provisions;
C. 
Underground storage of hazardous substances shall comply with all applicable requirements of the California Health and Safety Code and the Uniform Fire Code. Any business that uses underground storage tanks shall comply with the following notification procedures:
(1) 
Notify the County Fire Department of any unauthorized release of hazardous substances immediately, or no later than 24 hours, after the release has been detected and the steps taken to control the release; and
(2) 
Notify the County Fire Department and the Director of any proposed abandoning, closing or ceasing operation of an underground storage tank and the actions to be taken to dispose of any hazardous substances.
D. 
Above-ground storage tanks for any flammable liquids shall be allowed only at locations that are approved by the County Fire Department.
E. 
All structures subject to the provisions of this Code, as well as all newly created parcels, shall be designed to accommodate a setback of at least 100 feet from any existing natural gas or petroleum pipeline. This setback may be reduced, only if the Director can make one or more of the following findings:
(1) 
The structure would be protected from the radiant heat of an explosion by berming or other physical barriers;
(2) 
A 100-foot setback would be impractical or unnecessary because of existing topography, streets, parcel lines or easements; or
(3) 
A hazardous liquid containment system or other mitigating facility shall be constructed and the City Engineer finds that a leak would accumulate within the reduced setback area. The design of the system shall be subject to the approval of the City Engineer.
For the purpose of this section, a pipeline is defined as follows:
(1)
A pipe with a nominal diameter of six inches or more, that is used to transport hazardous liquid, but does not include a pipe used to transport or store hazardous liquid within a refinery, storage or manufacturing facility; or
(2)
A pipe with a nominal diameter of six inches or more operated at a pressure of more than 275 pounds per square inch that carries gas.
A subdivider of a development within 500 feet of a pipeline shall notify a new/potential owner at the time of purchase and at the close of escrow of the location, size and type of pipeline.
12. 
Height Determination. All structures shall meet the following standards relating to height:
A. 
The structure's height shall not exceed the standard for the zoning district in which it is located. The structure height shall be determined from the lowest point of the parcel covered by the structure to the highest ridgeline of the structure, excluding architectural features not exceeding a height of three feet, chimneys, television antennae and vents;
B. 
Final pad elevations shall be reviewed and approved by the Director based on finished grades on the following:
(1) 
Flood control;
(2) 
Site drainage;
(3) 
Viewshed protection from both public and private property;
(4) 
Protection of privacy of surrounding parcels including consideration of the location of windows, doors, balconies and decks;
(5) 
Structure setback in relationship to structure height and property lines;
(6) 
Sightline and structure envelope analysis;
(7) 
Sewer line grade and location; and
(8) 
Necessary slopes and retaining walls.
C. 
Perimeter fences/walls, shall not exceed six feet in height, unless as otherwise provided in this Code. The height shall be measured from the finished grade of the parcel (or at the highest grade of two adjoining parcels of differing grades) at the fence/wall;
D. 
Architectural walls integral to the structure design and attached to the structure, may exceed six feet in height, subject to the approval of the Director; and
E. 
Free-standing, ground mounted flagpoles may not exceed 35 feet in height.
13. 
Lighting. Exterior lighting shall be energy-efficient and shielded or recessed so that direct glare and reflections are confined, to the maximum extent feasible, within the boundaries of the parcel and shall be directed downward and away from adjoining properties and public rights-of-way. No lighting shall blink, flash or be of unusually high intensity or brightness. All lighting fixtures shall be appropriate in scale, intensity, height and architectural design to the use they are serving. Security lighting shall be provided at all entrances/exits.
14. 
Odor. Any existing or proposed use producing odors or noxious matter in quantities that can or may become a public nuisance/hazard shall have the source of the contaminant controlled in order to prevent the issuance, continuance or recurrence of any emission detectable beyond the boundary lines of the subject parcel.
15. 
Outdoor Display and Sales. Temporary outdoor display and sales are allowed subject to the approval of a Special Event Permit in compliance with Chapter 4. Article 5.
Outdoor displays shall not be permitted in front of a building, adjacent to or upon the public right-of-way, either continually or during business hours; for example, stoves, refrigerators, television sets, chairs, tables and garden tools shall not be displayed in the open area between the front building wall or display window and the public sidewalk, nor upon the public sidewalk or parkway, whether or not the area is paved.
The only exception shall be the outdoor display of merchandise when in conjunction with a bona fide grocery store or supermarket, subject to the approval of a Minor Conditional Use Permit in compliance with Chapter 2, Article 8.
16. 
Outdoor Storage.
A. 
The open storage of materials, products, equipment or vehicles is prohibited, except when the storage is enclosed by a wall, building or other means adequate to conceal the storage from view from adjoining property or the public street.
B. 
There shall be no visible storage of motor vehicles (parked at the same location for a period exceeding 48 continuous hours), trailers, airplanes, boats or their composite parts; loose rubbish, garbage, junk or their receptacles; tents or building or manufacturing materials on any portion of a parcel, with the exception of recreational vehicles in compliance with Section 9-3.810. No storage shall occur on any vacant parcel.
C. 
No vehicles may be stored or displayed for sale on any vacant parcel or at any vacant or operational commercial/industrial location, except by a business owner or employee during normal working hours or as part of a permitted used vehicle sales operation; and
D. 
Building materials for use on the same premises may be stored on the parcel during the time that a valid building permit is in effect for construction.
17. 
Projections and Equipment Allowed in Setbacks.
A. 
Setback Requirements.
1. 
All structures shall conform to the setback requirements identified for each zoning district and with any special setbacks established for specific uses.
2. 
Each yard shall be open and unobstructed from the ground upward, except as provided in this section.
B. 
Exemptions from Setback Requirements. The minimum setback requirements of this Zoning Code shall apply to all uses except for the following:
1. 
Fences or walls constructed within the allowed height limitations.
2. 
Landings, steps and similar elements that are placed directly upon the finish grade and are less than 18 inches above the surrounding finish grade.
3. 
Chimneys or fireplaces up to six feet in width, may extend three feet into a required setback, but no closer than three feet to a side or rear property line.
4. 
Cantilevered architectural features attached to the main structure, including bay windows, awnings and canopies may extend three feet into a required setback, but no closer than three feet to a side or rear property line.
5. 
Equipment, including heating and air conditioning equipment, pool/spa equipment and solar devices may extend three feet into a required setback, but no closer than three feet to a side or rear property line.
18. 
Property Maintenance. All property shall be maintained in a clean, sanitary and litter-free condition at all times. Removal of dirt, debris, weeds and trash shall occur on a regular basis.
All structures shall be maintained in a safe manner with a clean, orderly appearance on the interior as well as the exterior. Any physical damage/deterioration (i.e., broken windows/doors, leaking roof, etc.) peeling paint, graffiti and other types of damage/deterioration shall be repaired as soon as possible. Graffiti shall be removed within 72 hours by the owner/occupant of the structure.
Vacant lots shall provide a perimeter fence to control ingress and egress as required by the Director. All property shall be graded or managed to prevent surface water runoff.
Any property/structure that is not properly maintained shall be considered a public nuisance and shall be abated in compliance with Chapter 2 of Title 1 or other applicable sections of this Code.
19. 
Radioactivity or Electric Disturbance. Any existing or proposed use that can or may generate any electrical disturbances or produce any radioactive emanations that can or may be considered a nuisance/hazard shall shield or control the source of the electrical/radioactive emanations in order to prevent the issuance, continuance or recurrence of any hazardous or disturbing emanations in compliance with applicable Federal Communications Commission (FCC) regulations.
20. 
Screening. Wherever a parcel zoned for commercial or industrial purposes abuts a residential zoning district/use, there shall be erected along the property line abutting the residential zoning district/use a six foot high solid decorative masonry wall. The wall shall be architecturally treated on both sides, subject to the approval of the Director.
Any equipment, whether on the roof, side of structure, or ground, shall be properly screened from public view. The method of screening shall be architecturally compatible in terms of materials, colors, shape and size. The screening design/construction shall be subject to the approval of the Director and shall blend with the design of the structure and include appropriately installed/maintained landscaping when on the ground.
21. 
Security Doors/Gates.
A. 
This section applies only to commercial and industrial zoning districts/uses and not to residential zoning districts/uses. For the purpose of this section, the following definitions shall apply:
(1) 
"Accordion doors/gates" means security doors/gates used for protection/separation purposes that fold out in a manner similar to an accordion. This type of security door/gate is also known as a "scissor gate;"
(2) 
"Roll-up doors/gates" means security doors/gates used for protection/separation purposes which roll up into the ceiling or a hood enclosure; and
(3) 
"Grille roll-up doors/gates" means security doors/gates used for protection/separation purposes that meet the definition of a roll-up door/gate with the exception that it is composed of horizontal tubes running the full width of the door/gate connected with vertical links to form a mesh. This type of roll-up door/gate shall be a maximum of 20% solid (i.e., 80% visibility through the gate under normal daylight conditions).
B. 
Security doors/gates shall be permitted only on the interior of the structure or tenant space, except as follows:
(1) 
Solid roll-up doors/gates shall be permitted on the exterior of the structure only when in conjunction with a vehicle service/repair facility. These doors/gates shall be permitted on the repair bays only;
(2) 
Solid roll-up doors/gates shall be permitted only on the rear or side of a structure; and
(3) 
Grille roll-up doors/gates shall be permitted on the exterior of a structure.
C. 
Any security door/gate located in the Huntington Park Downtown Specific Plan (DTSP) which is legally or illegally in existence on the effective date of this section and which does not conform to these provisions, shall be removed or modified to conform to these provisions within one year of written notice; and
D. 
Roll-up doors/gates shall be installed so that the hood enclosure is either integrated into the structure or hidden from view from all adjoining public rights-of-way.
-Image-14.tif
22. 
Solar Energy. Passive heating and cooling opportunities shall be incorporated in all developments in the following manner:
A. 
All future structures should be oriented to maximize solar access opportunities;
B. 
Parcel sizes/configurations should be designed to maximize the number of structures oriented so that the south wall and roof area face within 45 degrees of due south, while permitting the structures to receive cooling benefits from prevailing breezes and existing and proposed shading;
C. 
Any outdoor pool or spa facilities owned and maintained by a homeowner's association, commercial enterprise or public facility shall be equipped with a solar cover and solar water heating system;
D. 
Roof-mounted solar collectors shall be placed in the least conspicuous location without reducing the operating efficiency of the collectors. Wall-mounted and ground-mounted collectors shall be screened from public view, to the maximum extent feasible;
E. 
Roof-mounted collectors shall be installed at the same angle or as close as possible to the pitch of the roof;
F. 
Appurtenant equipment, particularly plumbing and related fixtures, shall be installed in the attic whenever possible or screened from public view, to the maximum extent feasible;
G. 
Exterior surfaces of the collectors and related equipment shall have a matte finish and shall be color-coordinated to harmonize with roof materials and other dominate colors of the structure; and
23. 
Toxic Substances and Wastes. No use may operate that utilizes toxic substances or produces toxic waste without the approval of a Conditional Use Permit, in compliance with Chapter 2, Article 11. Prior to consideration of an application for a Conditional Use Permit, the operator shall prepare a toxic substance and waste management plan which will provide for the safe use and disposal of these substances. This plan shall be approved, with conditions, by the Review Authority, as part of the permit review process.
24. 
Trash/Recyclable Materials Storage. The following provisions establish standards for the construction/operation of trash and recyclable material storage areas in compliance with the California Solid Waste Reuse and Recycling Access Act (Public Resources Code Sections 42900 through 42911).
"Recyclable material," also referred to as "recyclables" is reusable material including, but not limited to, glass, metals, paper and plastic which are intended for reuse, remanufacture or reconstitution for the purpose of using the altered form. Recyclable material does not include refuse or hazardous waste or hazardous waste materials. "Trash" is the remaining solid waste.
The Department shall not issue any ministerial/discretionary permit for new construction/remodeling unless the permit is in compliance with this section. The applicant shall provide a complete set of plans illustrating compliance with the following standards:
A. 
Residential Structures. Multi-family residential developments with three or more dwelling units within all residential zoning districts shall provide trash and recyclable material storage areas as follows:
(1) 
Internal Storage Requirements. Each dwelling unit shall include an area with a minimum of six cubic feet designed for the internal storage of trash and recyclable material. A minimum of three cubic feet shall be provided for the storage of trash and a minimum of three cubic feet shall be provided for the storage of recyclable material; and
(2) 
Exterior Storage Requirements. The following are minimum exterior trash and recyclable material storage area requirements. These requirements apply to each individual structure.
Table III-1
STORAGE AREA REQUIREMENTS—RESIDENTIAL
Dwelling Units
Trash
Recyclables
Total Area
3-6
2 sq. ft.
12 sq. ft.
24 sq. ft.
7-15
24
24
48
16-25
48
48
96
26-50
96
96
192
51-75
144
144
288
76-100
192
192
384
101-125
240
240
480
126-150
288
288
576
151-175
336
336
672
176-200
384
384
768
201+
Every additional 25 dwelling units shall require an additional 48 sq. ft. for trash and 48 sq. ft. for recyclables
B. 
Nonresidential Structures/Uses. Nonresidential structures/uses within all zoning districts shall provide exterior trash and recyclable storage areas. The following are minimum exterior storage area requirements. These requirements apply to each individual structure.
Table III-2
STORAGE AREA REQUIREMENTS—NONRESIDENTIAL
Structure Size
(Square Feet)
Trash
Recyclables
Total Area
0-5,000
12 sq. ft.
12 sq. ft.
24 sq. ft.
5,001-10,000
24
24
48
10,001-25,000
48
48
96
25,001-50,000
96
96
192
50,001-75,000
144
144
288
75,001-100,000
192
192
384
100,001+
Every additional 25,000 sq. ft. shall require an additional 48 sq. ft. for trash and 48 sq. ft. for recyclables
C. 
Exterior trash and recyclable material storage shall be adjacent/combined with one another and may only be located on the outside of a structure, in a designated interior court/yard area with appropriate access, or in rear yards and interior side yards. Exterior storage area(s) shall not be located in any required front yard, street side yard, any required parking/landscaped/open space areas, or any area(s) required by the Municipal Code to be maintained as unencumbered;
D. 
The storage area(s) shall be accessible to residents and employees. Each storage area within a multi-family residential development shall be no greater than 250 feet from each dwelling unit;
E. 
Driveways/aisles shall provide unobstructed access for collection vehicles and personnel and provide at least the minimum clearance required by the collection methods and vehicles utilized by the designated collector/hauler. In all cases where a parcel is served by an alley, all exterior storage area(s) shall be directly accessible to the alley;
F. 
The storage area(s), and the individual bins/containers provided within, shall be adequate in capacity, number and distribution to serve the anticipated demand;
G. 
The design/construction of the storage area(s) shall:
(1) 
Be compatible with the surrounding structures and land uses;
(2) 
Be properly secured to prevent access by unauthorized persons;
(3) 
Contain a concrete pad within the fenced/walled area(s) and a concrete apron which facilitates the handling of the individual bins/containers; and
(4) 
Protect the areas and the individual bins/containers provided within from adverse environmental conditions which might render the collected materials unmarketable.
H. 
Dimensions of the storage area(s) shall accommodate containers consistent with the current methods of collection. The storage area(s) shall be appropriately located and screened from view on at least three sides by a solid wall six feet in height and on the fourth side by a solid, reinforced gate not less than five feet in height. The gate shall be maintained in good working order and shall remain closed except when in use. The design of the wall and gate shall be architecturally compatible with the surrounding structures and subject to the approval of the Director. Storage area(s) serving four or more residential units shall be screened with enclosures in compliance with this subsection (H) of this section. The Director may require enclosures for three or less residential units;
I. 
A sign clearly identifying each exterior trash and recyclable material storage area and the acceptable material(s) is required. Each sign shall not exceed one square foot in area and shall be posted on the exterior of the storage area, adjacent to all access points; and
J. 
Trash receptacles for single-family homes shall not be visible from public rights-of-way or nearby street(s).
25. 
Undergrounding of Utilities. New utility installations shall be placed underground in compliance with Chapter 7 of Title 7 of this Code. In the event an above ground electrical transformer is located outdoors on any site, it shall be screened from view with a solid wall and/or landscaping and not located in any setback area. If it cannot be screened to the satisfaction of the Director, it shall be located in an underground vault. The Director may waive any portion of this section if topographical, soil or similar physical or economic conditions make the undergrounding unreasonable/impractical.
26. 
Urban Design. The following standards are in addition to the specific development standards contained in the individual zoning district articles:
A. 
The proposed development shall be of a quality and character that is consistent with the City's urban design goals and policies including, but not limited to, scale, height, bulk, materials, cohesiveness, colors, roof pitch/eaves, screening, landscaping and the preservation of privacy;
B. 
The design shall improve community appearance by avoiding excessive variety and monotonous repetition;
C. 
The concept of crime prevention through environmental design (CPTED), which includes a variety of strategies aimed at reducing opportunities for crime through the proper design and effective use of the built environment, shall be incorporated into all new development and modification of existing development.
(1) 
Use plants and low fencing to direct movement and restrict (physically or symbolically) areas where people should not enter;
(2) 
Reduce the number of entry points into a development or parking lot;
(3) 
Improve safety behind buildings through the use of:
a. 
Adequate security lighting,
b. 
Limited access (walls, fences, gates, shrubs),
c. 
Introduction of activities (e.g., rear entrances for commercial uses) that increase surveillance,
d. 
Surveillance through windows or with cameras, and
e. 
Maintenance of storage areas and alleys;
(4) 
Use security fencing/walls with view ports or sections of wrought iron grille work to allow views into the development while restricting access;
(5) 
Identify building numbers (street addresses) by posting numbers so they are visible from the public right-of-way;
a. 
Buildings, other than single-family residences, should use 12 inch high numbers/letters when displayed at the first story level, and
b. 
Building numbers/letters displayed above the first story should be a minimum of 16 inches in height;
(6) 
Nonresidential multi-tenant developments should include directories at site entrances identifying the locations of buildings, suites, parking, on-site facilities including management offices, access points, etc.
D. 
Proposed signs and landscaping shall be integral design elements which do not overwhelm or dominate the project;
E. 
Lighting shall be energy efficient, stationary, and directed away from all adjacent properties, public streets and rights-of-way. The following table shows the light levels recommended by the Illuminating Engineering Society of North America (IESNA):
Location/Purpose of Lighting
Recommended Light Levels
(footcandles)
Commercial building entrances (Active)
5
Commercial building entrances (Inactive)
1
General safety (depending on hazards/activity levels)
0.5 to 5
Parking or pedestrian areas
1
Pathways/outdoor steps
1
Service station pump islands
20 to 30*
* with 20 for light-colored surfaces and 30 for dark-colored surfaces
F. 
Mechanical equipment, storage, trash/recyclable storage areas and utilities shall be architecturally screened to the satisfaction of the Director;
G. 
With the intent of protecting sensitive land uses, the proposed design shall promote a harmonious and compatible transition in terms of scale/character between areas of different land uses/zoning districts;
H. 
All structure exterior designs shall be architecturally treated appropriate to the structure's use;
I. 
Parking/accessory structures shall be architecturally compatible with both the primary (on-site) and adjacent/surrounding structures;
J. 
Both sides of all perimeter walls or fences shall be architecturally treated; and
K. 
Nearly vertical roofs (A-frames) and piecemeal mansard roofs (used on a portion of the structure perimeter only) are prohibited. Mansard type roofs shall wrap around the entire structure perimeter whenever a freestanding structure is proposed.
27. 
Vibration. Any existing or proposed use generating vibrations that can or may be considered a nuisance/hazard on any adjacent parcel shall have the source of the vibration muffled or controlled in order to prevent the issuance, continuance or recurrence of the disturbing vibrations.
(§ 1, Ord. 666-NS, eff. September 15, 2001, as amended by § 1, Ord. 787-NS, eff. August 17, 2006; § 1, Ord. 828-NS, eff. September 4, 2008; and § 1, Ord. 842-NS, eff. December 2, 2009)

§ 9-3.201 Purpose.

The purpose of this article is to establish a process for Bonus Development review and approval, where Bonus Development is defined here as an increase or modification in allowable development, not normally allowed by the strict application of this code or other city standards, in exchange for the inclusion of beneficial or desirable elements, of some proportional value, to the development either on-site or off-site not normally required by strict application of applicable regulations.
Bonus Development is intended to provide incentives and flexibility of standards as well as encouraging creativity to achieve any or all of the following: desirable development and amenities; additional or improved public services or facilities; improved urban form; encourage Livable Communities, Sustainable Development, New Urbanism, Smart Growth or Neo-Traditional design concepts; and implement various related goals and policies of the General Plan.
(§ 1, Ord. 666-NS, eff. September 15, 2001)

§ 9-3.202 Desired development.

The following list provides examples of the types of uses, amenities, public facilities and urban design elements that the Bonus Development provisions aim to encourage:
1. 
Additional off-street parking facilities;
2. 
Artistic sculptures and other public art;
3. 
Child day care facilities;
4. 
Enhanced pedestrian activities;
5. 
Ground level and second floor plazas;
6. 
Additional landscaping;
7. 
Open space;
8. 
Active or passive recreation uses;
9. 
Outdoor cafes;
10. 
Transit or Traffic Demand Management facilities (i.e., carpool/vanpool parking, transit waiting shelters, shower facilities, etc.);
11. 
Mixed use development;
12. 
Intergenerational residential or community or mixed use facilities;
13. 
Affordable housing; (Also see Subsection 9-4.103.E);
14. 
Cultural facilities;
15. 
Educational/training facilities;
16. 
Public use areas and/or facilities;
17. 
Sustainable design (e.g. materials, energy systems, transportation);
18. 
Water features;
19. 
Enhanced safety or security features;
20. 
Livable Communities and Neo-Traditional design features (e.g. porches, alley access, landscaped parkways, additional street trees, pedestrian-oriented site design, additional amenities, shared parking, neighborhood-oriented mixed use); and
21. 
Other uses, facilities, amenities or features as determined by the Commission.
(§ 1, Ord. 666-NS, eff. September 15, 2001, as amended by § 1, Ord. 771-NS, eff. March 21, 2006)

§ 9-3.203 Allowable bonuses.

The following list outlines the development bonuses that may be allowed by the Commission, based on the number and extent of amenities, public facilities, and other positive development characteristics, outlined above and/or by the Commission, that are included in a project.
1. 
Increased allowable floor area ratio (FAR);
2. 
Increased building height;
3. 
Reduced building setback requirements;
4. 
Increased lot coverage percentage;
5. 
Reduced parking requirements;
6. 
Increased density;
7. 
Reduction of fees; and
8. 
Other development bonuses as determined by the Commission.
The amount of development bonus shall be determined by the Planning Commission in accordance with reasonable standards or criteria such as by Community Development Department or City policy, ordinance, or a special nexus or fiscal impact study as part of the project application.
Such standards or criteria may include, but may not be limited to, any one or a combination of the following: a percentage of bonus development increase for each design element added; a dollar value for dollar value comparison; or one to one trade of directly comparable features, for example floor area.
(§ 1, Ord. 666-NS, eff. September 15, 2001)

§ 9-3.204 Approval process.

Bonus Development shall require a conditional use permit approval by the Commission. A Bonus Development Conditional Use Permit application and approval may be processed in conjunction with other applicable entitlements as necessary such as a Development Permit or a Variance or as required by the Director.
(§ 1, Ord. 666-NS, eff. September 15, 2001)

§ 9-3.301 Purpose.

The purpose of this chapter is to establish uniform standards in order to regulate the location, design, operation and maintenance of hazardous waste facilities and to protect the health, quality of life and the environment of the City, based upon the following policies:
1. 
Prioritize hazardous waste management strategies as follows:
A. 
Source reduction (first);
B. 
On-site recycling (second);
C. 
Off-site recycling (third);
D. 
On-site treatment (fourth);
E. 
Off-site treatment (fifth); and
F. 
Disposal (sixth).
2. 
Public participation shall be the highest priority during the process of siting hazardous waste facility projects;
3. 
The City shall cooperate with other local, State and Federal agencies to efficiently regulate the management of hazardous materials and waste;
4. 
Transportation of hazardous waste shall be minimized, and regulated to the maximum extent feasible, in order to avoid environmentally sensitive areas and populated, congested, and dangerous routes, especially within the City limits; and
5. 
Strict enforcement of regulations governing the discharge of hazardous wastes into the City sewer system.
(§ 1, Ord. 666-NS, eff. September 15, 2001)

§ 9-3.302 Definitions.

As applied to this chapter, the terms: "hazardous waste," "hazardous waste facility," or "facility," "hazardous waste facility project," and "specified hazardous waste facility project" are defined by State law (Health and Safety Code Sections 25117, 25117.1, 25199.1 [b], 25199.1[n], respectively).
(§ 1, Ord. 666-NS, eff. September 15, 2001)

§ 9-3.303 Applicability.

All hazardous waste facilities are limited to the MPD zoning district and shall require the approval of a Conditional Use Permit in compliance with Chapter 2, Article 11, in addition to complying with State law (Health and Safety Code Section 25199 et seq.).
(§ 1, Ord. 666-NS, eff. September 15, 2001)

§ 9-3.304 Standards and locational criteria.

In addition to standards outlined in this chapter, Municipal Code, and State law, the following shall apply:
1. 
Proximity to Populations. For a residual repository, as defined by State law (Health and Safety Code 25204), the distance from the active portion of the facility to one or more residences shall be a minimum of 2000 feet. Treatment and storage facilities, as defined by State law (Heath and Safety Code 25123.3), shall comply with all development standards (i.e., setbacks, height, etc.) for the MPD zoning district, unless a greater distance is justified, based upon the findings of a risk assessment;
2. 
Proximity to Immobile Populations. A risk assessment shall be prepared by the operator and reviewed by the Department as part of the permit process, which details the maximum credible accident resulting from the facility operations and its impact on all immobile populations within the City. The extent of the study shall appropriately address the quantity and types of wastes that could be received at the facility. Additionally, the study shall provide an estimate of the distance over which the effects of a spill or emergency situation would carry and a variety of options and related procedures for significantly reducing identified risks;
3. 
Capability of Emergency Services. All facilities shall be located in areas where County fire units are able to immediately respond to hazardous materials accidents and where emergency response times have been demonstrated to equal or exceed those established by the County Fire Department. In addition, hazardous materials accident response services at the facility may be required, based upon the type of wastes handled or location of the facility;
4. 
Proximity to Active or Potentially Active Faults. All facilities shall maintain a minimum setback of 200 feet from a known earthquake fault;
5. 
Slope Stability and Subsidence/Liquefaction. Residual repositories are prohibited in areas of potential rapid geological change (i.e., slope stability, subsidence/liquefaction). All other facilities shall avoid locating in areas of potential rapid geologic change unless containment structures are designed, constructed and permanently maintained to preclude failure;
6. 
Aqueducts and Reservoirs. Facilities shall only locate in areas with no threat to the contamination of drinking water sources contained in aqueducts and reservoirs;
7. 
Discharge of Treated Effluent. Facilities generating treated wastewater shall have access to adequate sewer capacity in order to accommodate projected waste water discharge. If sewers are not available, the site shall be evaluated for potential sewer connection;
8. 
Proximity to Supply Wells and Well Fields. A residual repository shall be located away from the cone of depression created by the test pumping of a well or well field for a minimum of 90 days. Location is preferred where the saturated zone predominantly discharges to nonpotable water without any intermediate withdrawals for public water supply. All other hazardous waste facilities shall locate outside the defined cone of depression;
9. 
Depth of Groundwater. Residual repositories and facilities with subsurface storage and/or treatment are prohibited in areas where the highest anticipated elevation of underlying groundwater is five feet or less from the lowest surface point of the facility. At all facilities, the foundation of all containment structures shall be capable of withstanding hydraulic pressure gradients to prevent failure as a result of settlement, compression or uplift, as certified by a California-Registered Civil Engineering Geologist;
10. 
Groundwater Monitoring. Operators of proposed/existing residual repositories and facilities with subsurface storage and/or treatment shall develop a program that complies with the California Regional Water Quality Control Board permit requirements for groundwater monitoring;
11. 
Major Aquifer Recharge Area. Residual repositories are prohibited within any area known to be, or suspected of, supplying principal recharge to a regional aquifer;
12. 
Soil Permeability. Soil permeability requirements for disposal and subsurface treatment and storage facilities shall conform to the current Federal, State, or Water Resources Control Board standards. All other surface facilities shall contain engineered structural design features consistent with other similar types of industrial facilities, including spill containment and monitoring systems;
13. 
Existing Groundwater Quality. Residual repositories are permitted only where the uppermost waterbearing zone or aquifer is presently mineralized (by natural or human-induced conditions) to the extent that future potential beneficial use is not feasible;
14. 
Nonattainment Area. If locating in a nonattainment area, all facilities emitting air contaminants in excess of established limits shall be subject to pre-construction review under new source review requirements and shall obtain permits to construct and operate from the South Coast Air Quality Management District;
15. 
Prevention of Significant Deterioration (PSD) Area. All facilities classified as major stationary sources under the PSD regulations, shall be subject to pre-construction review and implementation of best available control technology;
16. 
Proximity to Habitats of Threatened and Endangered Species. All facilities are prohibited in habitats of threatened or endangered species, unless the applicant can demonstrate, to the satisfaction of the Review Authority, that the subject habitat will not be disturbed and the survival of the species will not be threatened;
17. 
Recreation, Cultural or Aesthetic Areas. All facilities shall be prohibited within 500 feet of areas of recreational, cultural or aesthetic value, as determined by the Review Authority;
18. 
Areas of Potential Mineral Deposits. Residual repositories shall not be located on or near parcels classified as containing mineral deposits of significance by California's Mineral Land Class Maps and Reports;
19. 
Proximity to Areas of Waste Generation. Subject to other requirements contained in this chapter, all facilities shall be located in areas best suited for providing services to the hazardous waste generators within the City. Facilities which intend to primarily serve generators outside the City shall demonstrate, to the satisfaction of the Review Authority, why the facility cannot be located closer to the sources of hazardous waste to be serviced;
20. 
Proximity to Natural Gas/Petroleum Pipeline. All facilities shall maintain a minimum setback of 100 feet from a natural gas/petroleum pipeline;
21. 
Distance from Major Transportation Routes. Distance traveled by trucks to/from the facility on arterial, collector, and local City streets shall be at a minimum. Facility operators shall be required to pay user fees to ensure proper street construction and maintenance necessary to accommodate anticipated increased traffic generated by a facility;
22. 
Structures Fronting on Minor Routes. All facilities shall be located to minimize the use of arterial, collector and local City streets by trucks that connect a facility to a State highway or freeway, particularly any City street used primarily by occupants of nonindustrial structures (i.e., residences, schools, etc.). The permit review process shall include an evaluation of the "population at risk" based upon Federal Highway Administration guidelines for applying criteria to designate routes for transporting hazardous materials. The population at risk factor should not exceed that for existing facilities and sites in which lower factors are preferred;
23. 
Capacity vs. Average Daily Traffic of Access Roads. The changes projected by a proposed facility in the ratio of route capacity to annual daily traffic shall be negligible;
24. 
Changes in Real Property Values. The project applicant shall fund an independent study of anticipated changes and facility impact on employment/real property values if the proposed facility is located within the City. The project applicant and the Director shall agree beforehand upon the scope of the study, and how it will be conducted; and
25. 
Direct Revenue to the City. The City shall investigate and impose appropriate taxes, fees and other compensation options related to a proposed facility.
(§ 1, Ord. 666-NS, eff. September 15, 2001)

§ 9-3.305 Safety and security.

The owner/operator shall take all necessary steps to provide for the following on-going safety/security measures:
1. 
The owner/operator shall prevent the unauthorized entry of persons or animals by providing continual 24 hour surveillance to control entry onto the facility;
2. 
Perimeter fencing shall be constructed of a material and at a height specified by the Review Authority; and
3. 
Signs with the legend "DANGER HAZARDOUS WASTE AREA-UNAUTHORIZED PERSONNEL KEEP OUT" shall be posted at each entrance to the facility, and at other locations, as specified by the Director. The legend shall be written in both English and Spanish and shall be legible from a distance of at least 25 feet.
(§ 1, Ord. 666-NS, eff. September 15, 2001)

§ 9-3.306 Monitoring.

The owner/operator shall cooperate with the City in complying with all of the following on-going monitoring measures:
1. 
In compliance with Chapter 2, Article 18, the City shall be authorized to enforce all codes and conditions related to the facility, including entry onto the subject property to ensure compliance;
2. 
The owner/operator shall report quarterly to the Director, the amount, type and disposition of all wastes processed by the facility. The report shall include clear copies of all manifests showing the exact location (coordinates and elevation) of quantities and types of materials placed in repositories or otherwise stored or disposed on-site;
3. 
The owner/operator shall immediately distribute copies of all compliance reports as to facility operations and copies of all inspection reports made by other local, Regional, State or Federal agencies to the Director; and
4. 
The Emergency Response Plan shall be updated annually, signed by all facility management personnel, and distributed to all local emergency response agencies, as defined by the Director.
(§ 1, Ord. 666-NS, eff. September 15, 2001)

§ 9-3.307 General conditions.

In addition to the standards and locational criteria contained in Section 9-3.304, the following conditions and standards may be imposed by the Review Authority:
1. 
No hazardous waste facility shall be approved if, by itself or in combination with other similar facilities, it may manage a volume or type of hazardous waste in excess of that generated within the City, unless satisfactory compensation is provided to the City or as provided by a joint powers agreement;
2. 
Any proposed modifications to the types and/or quantities of hazardous wastes managed by an approved facility, shall require the filing/approval of an application to amend the original permit, in compliance with Chapter 2, Article 11 (Conditional Use Permits);
3. 
A proposed hazardous waste facility shall have a contingency plan approved by the State Department of Health Services, prior to approval by the City's Review Authority. The contingency plan shall be maintained at the facility, with clear copies provided to all appropriate City, County, Regional and State agencies, as determined by the Director;
4. 
The owner/operator of a proposed hazardous waste facility shall, prior to approval by the City's Review Authority, submit a written closure plan approved by the State Department of Health Services. All subsequent revisions to an approved closure plan shall be submitted to the Director for review and approval;
5. 
Prior to issuance of a Certificate of Compliance, the owner/operator shall document that all financial responsibility requirements imposed by the State Department of Health Services and any other Federal or State agency have been met;
6. 
The owner/operator shall agree to indemnify, defend and render the City harmless against all claims, actions or liabilities relating to permit approval and the subsequent development/operation of the facility;
7. 
No hazardous waste facility permit shall be approved if it significantly reduces incentives for waste minimization by hazardous waste generators;
8. 
The owner/operator shall prepare and submit an annual emergency response preparedness report to the Director. The report shall be initialed by each person at the facility who has emergency response assignments;
9. 
The owner/operator shall submit an annual air, soil and groundwater monitoring report to the Director;
10. 
The owner/operator shall be responsible for all costs of responding to a release of hazardous wastes and for compliance with the provisions of this chapter;
11. 
Any storage, treatment, disposal or transportation of "extremely hazardous waste" by, or on behalf of, the owner/operator, as defined by State law (Health and Safety Code Section 25115), shall be reported to the Director; and
12. 
The City may employ any and all methods permitted by law to enforce the provisions of this chapter and related requirements of this Code.
(§ 1, Ord. 666-NS, eff. September 15, 2001)

§ 9-3.308 Duration of permit approval.

In addition to the provisions of Chapter 2, Article 11 (Conditional Use Permits), an approved permit for a hazardous waste facility shall not exceed a maximum operating time limit of 10 years, without the provision for renewal and upon initiation of construction, completion of the facility shall be diligently pursued.
(§ 1, Ord. 666-NS, eff. September 15, 2001)

§ 9-3.309 Performance guarantee requirements.

The applicant may be required as a condition of approval to provide adequate security to guarantee the restoration of the property back to its original condition, or better, in compliance with Section 9-2.2402 (Performance Guarantee Requirements).
(§ 1, Ord. 666-NS, eff. September 15, 2001)

§ 9-3.310 Applicable regulations.

All hazardous waste facilities shall be subject to the applicable regulations of this Code, including provisions located in the following Articles:
1.
Article 11 of Chapter 2
Conditional Use Permits
2.
Article 10 of Chapter 2
Development Permits
3.
Article 24 of Chapter 2
Enforcement of Provisions
4.
Article 4 of this chapter
Landscaping Standards
5.
Article 8 of Chapter 2
Minor Conditional Use Permits
6.
Article 7 of Chapter 2
Minor Variances
7.
Article 7 of this chapter
Off-Street Loading Standards
8.
Article 8 of this chapter
Off-Street Parking Standards
9.
Article 1 of this chapter
Property Development Standards
10.
Article 12 of this chapter
Sign Standards
11.
Article 14 of Chapter 2
Special Event Permits
12.
Article 9 of Chapter 2
Variances
(§ 1, Ord. 666-NS, eff. September 15, 2001)

§ 9-3.401 Purpose.

The purpose of this chapter is to achieve the following:
1. 
Enhance the appearance of all development by providing standards relating to the quality, quantity and functional aspects of landscaping and landscape screening;
2. 
Protect public health, safety and welfare by minimizing the impact of all forms of physical and visual pollution, controlling soil erosion, screening incompatible land uses, preserving the integrity of neighborhoods and enhancing pedestrian and vehicular traffic and safety; and
3. 
Decrease the use of water for landscaping purposes by requiring the efficient use of irrigation, appropriate plant materials and regular maintenance of landscaped areas.
(§ 1, Ord. 666-NS, eff. September 15, 2001)

§ 9-3.402 Applicability.

All new projects which require the installation of landscaping in compliance with this Code shall provide and maintain said landscaping in compliance with the provisions of this chapter. All existing projects shall comply with the provisions of this chapter to the extent possible.
(§ 1, Ord. 666-NS, eff. September 15, 2001)

§ 9-3.403 Definitions.

For the purpose of this chapter, the following definitions shall apply:
Anti-Drain Valve or Check Valve.
A valve located under a sprinkler head or in a water line to hold water in the system to eliminate drainage from the lower elevation sprinkler heads.
Application Rate.
The depth of water applied to a given area, usually measured in inches per hour.
Applied Water.
The portion of water supplied by the irrigation system to the landscape.
Conversion Factor (0.62).
A number that converts the maximum applied water allowance from acre-inches per acre per year to gallons per square foot per year. The conversion factor is calculated as follows:
(325,829 gallons/43,560 sf.)/12 inches = (0.62)
325,829 gallons = one acre foot
43,560 sf. = one acre
12 inches = one foot
To convert gallons per year to 100-cubic-feet per year, another common billing unit for water, divide gallons per year by 748. (748 gallons = 100 cubic feet).
Effective Precipitation.
The portion of total precipitation that is used by the plants. Precipitation is not a reliable source of water, but can contribute to some degree toward the water needs of the landscape.
Establishment Period.
The first year after installing the plant in the landscape.
Estimated Applied Water Use.
The portion of the Estimated Total Water Use that is derived from applied water. The Estimated Applied Water Use shall not exceed the Maximum Applied Water Allowance. The Estimated Applied Water Use may be the sum of the water recommended through the irrigation schedule.
Estimated Total Water Use.
The annual total amount of water estimated to be needed to keep plants healthy. It is based on factors of the local evapotranspiration rate, the size of the landscaped area, the types of plants and the efficiency of the irrigation system.
ET Adjustment Factor.
A factor of 0.8 that when applied to reference evapotranspiration adjusts for plant factors and irrigation efficiency, two major influences upon the amount of water that needs to be applied to the landscape. A combined plant mix with a site-wide average of 0.5 is the basis of the plant factor portion of this calculation. The irrigation efficiency for purposes of the ET Adjustment Factor is 0.625. Therefore, the ET adjustment Factor is (0.8) = (0.5/0.625).
Evapotranspiration.
The quantity of water evaporated from adjacent soil surfaces and transpired by plants during a specific time.
Hydrozone.
A portion of the landscaped area having plants with similar water needs that are served by a valve or set of valves with the same schedule. A hydrozone may be irrigated or nonirrigated. For example, a naturalized area planted with native vegetation that will not need supplemental irrigation once established is a nonirrigated hydrozone.
Infiltration Rate.
The rate of water entry into the soil expressed as a depth of water per unit of time (inches per hour).
Irrigation Efficiency.
The measurement of the amount of water beneficially used divided by the amount of water applied. Irrigation efficiency is derived from measurements and estimates of irrigation system characteristics and management practices. The minimum irrigation efficiency for purposes of this chapter is 0.625. Greater irrigation efficiency can be expected from well designed and maintained systems.
Maximum Applied Water Allowance.
For design purposes, the upper limit of annual applied water for the established landscaped area. It is based upon the area's reference evapotranspiration, the ET Adjustment Factor and the size of the landscaped area.
Plant Factor.
A factor that when multiplied by reference evapotranspiration, estimates the amount of water used by plants. For purposes of this Code, the average plant factor of low water using plants ranges from 0 to 0.3, for average water using plants the range is 0.4 to 0.6 and for high water using plants the range is 0.7 to 1.0.
Reference Evapotranspiration or ETo.
A standard measurement of environmental parameters which affect the water use of plants. ETo is an estimate of the evapotranspiration of a large field of four to seven inch tall, cool-season grass that is well watered. Reference evapotranspiration is used as the basis of determining the maximum applied water allowances so that regional differences in climate can be accommodated.
Soil Moisture Sensing Device.
A device that measures the amount of water in the soil.
Station.
An area served by one valve or by a set of valves that operate simultaneously.
Water Conservation Concept Statement.
A one-page checklist and a narrative summary of the project.
(§ 1, Ord. 666-NS, eff. September 15, 2001)

§ 9-3.404 Landscape required.

All setbacks, parkways, open areas and nonwork areas that are visible from a public street or from a parking lot available to the general public shall be landscaped. Areas proposed for development in another phase shall be temporarily treated to control dust and soil erosion if the phase will not begin construction within six months of completion of the previous phase.
(§ 1, Ord. 666-NS, eff. September 15, 2001)

§ 9-3.405 Landscape concept plan.

A landscape concept plan (which may be included on a detailed site plan) shall be submitted as part of a planning permit application prior to submittal of a building permit application.
The concept plan shall meet the intent of this article by exhibiting a design layout which demonstrates the desired landscaping program in terms of location, size/scale, function, theme and similar attributes. The concept plan shall provide the Review Authority with a clear understanding of the landscaping program prior to the preparation of a detailed, comprehensive landscape and irrigation plans.

§ 9-3.406 Detailed landscape and irrigation plans.

Detailed landscape and irrigation plans (construction documents) shall be prepared only after approval of the Planning Permit application by the Review Authority. This section and those that follow provide general standards to be followed in the preparation of the detailed landscape and irrigation plans. In addition, the Department may provide more detailed guidelines for the preparation/submittal of landscape and irrigation construction documents.
1. 
Landscape and irrigation plans shall be prepared by a landscape architect registered to practice in the State of California.
2. 
Landscape design and construction shall emphasize drought-tolerant landscaping whenever/wherever possible.
3. 
A fully dimensioned comprehensive landscape plan shall be drawn on project base sheets and shall include, but not be limited to, the following:
A. 
Designation of hydrozones;
B. 
Landscape materials, trees, shrubs, groundcover, turf and other vegetation. Planting symbols shall be clearly drawn and plants labeled by botanical name, common name, container size, spacing and quantities of each group of plants indicated;
C. 
Property lines and street names;
D. 
Streets, driveways walkways and other paved area;
E. 
Site amenities, including water features, fences, retaining walls, light standards, signs, transformers, refuse enclosures, utility lines/easements and similar items;
F. 
Existing and proposed buildings and structures including elevation;
G. 
Natural features including, but not limited to, existing trees and shrubs that will remain;
H. 
Tree staking, plant installation, soil preparation details and any other applicable planting and installation details;
I. 
A calculation of the total landscaped area; and
J. 
Other items as required by the Department.
4. 
A fully-dimensioned irrigation plan shall be drawn on project base sheets. It should be separate from the landscape design plan. The scale and format shall be the same as the landscape design plan. The irrigation design plan shall accurately and clearly identify:
A. 
Location and size of separate water meters for the landscaping;
B. 
Location, type and size of all components of the irrigation system, including automatic controllers, main and lateral lines, valves, sprinkler heads, moisture sensing devices, rain switches, quick couplers and backflow prevention devices;
C. 
Static water pressure at the point of connection to the public water supply; and
D. 
Flow rate (gallons per minute), application rate (inches per hour) and design operating pressure (psi) for each station.
E. 
Other items as required by the Department.
(§ 1, Ord. 666-NS, eff. September 15, 2001)

§ 9-3.407 Landscape documentation package.

1. 
Applicability. A landscape documentation package conforming to the requirements of this section shall be submitted for review and approval by the Review Authority for all projects in which the total landscaped area, including parking lot landscaping, is greater that 2,500 square feet.
Projects with less than 2,500 square feet of landscaped area shall follow the requirements of Sections 9-3.408 and 9-3.409 and any guidelines provided by the Department.
2. 
Contents of the Landscape Documentation Package. Each landscape documentation package shall include the following elements which are further described in this section:
A. 
Water Conservation Concept Statement;
B. 
Calculation of the Maximum Applied Water Allowance;
C. 
Calculation of the Estimated Applied Water Allowance;
D. 
Calculation of the Estimated Total Water Use;
E. 
Landscape Concept Plan (Section 9-3.405);
F. 
Irrigation Design Plan (Section 9-3.409);
G. 
Irrigation Schedules;
H. 
Maintenance Schedule;
I. 
Landscape Irrigation Audit Schedule;
J. 
Grading Design Plan;
K. 
Soil Analysis; and
L. 
Certificate of Substantial Completion (To be submitted after installation of the project).
3. 
Water Conservation Concept Statement. Each landscape document package shall include a cover sheet, referred to as the Water Conservation Concept Statement. It serves as a checklist to verify that the elements of the landscape documentation package have been completed and contains narrative summary of the project. The statement shall be provided in the format established by the Department.
A copy of the Water Conservation Concept Statement and the Certificate of Substantial Completion shall be sent by the applicant to the local retail water purveyor.
4. 
Maximum Applied Water Allowance.
A. 
A project's maximum applied water allowance shall be calculated using the following formula:
MAWA = (ETo) (0.8) (LA) (0.62) where:
MAWA = Maximum Applied Water Allowance (gallons per year)
Eto = Reference Evapotranspiration (inches per year)
0.8 = ET Adjustment Factor
LA = Landscaped Area (sf.)
0.62 = conversion factor (to gallons per sf.)
B. 
Example calculation of the Maximum Applied Water Allowance:
PROJECT SITE: Landscaped area of 50,000 sf.
MAWA = (ETo) (0.8) (LA) (0.62) = (51 inches) (0.8) (50,000 sf.) (0.62)
Maximum Applied Water Allowance = 1,264,800 gallons per year (or 1,691 hundred cubic feet per year: 1,264,800/748 = 1,691)
C. 
Portions of landscaped areas in public and private projects (i.e., parks, playgrounds, sports fields, golf courses or school yards) where turf provides a playing surface or serves other recreational purposes may require water in addition to the maximum applied water allowance. A statement shall be included with the landscape design plan, designating these areas and specifying any needed amount of additional water above the maximum applied water allowance.
5. 
Estimated Applied Water Use.
A. 
The estimated applied water use shall not exceed the maximum applied water allowance.
B. 
A calculation of the estimated applied water use shall be submitted with the landscape documentation package. It shall be calculated by summing the amount of water recommended in the irrigation schedule. Irrigation schedules shall indicate the four season watering cycles throughout the year.
6. 
Estimated Total Water Use.
A. 
A calculation of the estimated total water use shall be submitted with the landscape documentation package. The estimated total water use is calculated by summing the amount of water recommended in the irrigation schedule and adding any amount of water expected from precipitation (not to exceed 25% of the local annual mean precipitation).
B. 
If effective precipitation is included in the calculation of the estimated total water use, then an Effective Precipitation Disclosure Statement from the landscape professional and the property owner shall be submitted with the landscape documentation package.
C. 
If the estimated total water use is greater than the estimated applied water use due to precipitation being included as a source of water, an Effective Precipitation Disclosure Statement shall be included in the landscape documentation package.
7. 
Landscape Design Plan. In addition to the requirements of Section 9-3.406, a landscape design plan meeting the following requirements shall be submitted as part of the landscape documentation package.
A. 
Plant Selection and Grouping. Any plants may be used in the landscape, providing the estimated applied water use recommended does not exceed the maximum applied water allowance and that the plants meet the following requirements:
(1) 
Plants having similar water use shall be grouped together in distinct hydrozones; and
(2) 
Plants shall be selected based upon their adaptability to the climatic, geologic and topographical conditions of the site. Preservation of natural plants and trees is encouraged. The planting of trees is encouraged wherever it is consistent with the other provisions of this chapter.
B. 
Water Features.
(1) 
Only recirculating water shall be used for decorative water features.
(2) 
Pool and spa covers are required.
8. 
Irrigation Design Plan. In addition to the requirements of Section 9-3.406, an irrigation design plan meeting the following conditions shall be submitted as part of the landscape documentation package.
A. 
Irrigation Design Criteria.
(1) 
Runoff and Overspray. Soil types and infiltration rates shall be considered when designing irrigation systems. All irrigation systems shall be designed to avoid runoff, low head drainage, overspray or other similar conditions where water flows onto adjacent property, nonirrigated areas, walks, roadways or structures. Proper irrigation equipment and schedules shall be used to closely match application rates to infiltration rates in order to minimize runoff.
Special attention shall be given to avoid runoff on slopes and to avoid overspray in planting areas with a width less than 10 feet.
No overhead sprinkler irrigation systems shall be installed in planting strips less than three feet wide.
(2) 
Irrigation Efficiency. For the purpose of determining the maximum water allowance, irrigation efficiency is assumed to be 0.625. Irrigation systems shall be designed, maintained and managed to meet or exceed 0.625 efficiency.
(3) 
Equipment.
a. 
Separate landscape water meters shall be installed for any project with a landscaped area greater than 5,000 square feet, except single-family homes.
b. 
Automatic control systems shall be required for all irrigation systems and shall be able to accommodate all aspects of the design.
c. 
The use of drip irrigation shall be considered whenever appropriate.
d. 
Plants which require different amounts of water shall be irrigated by separate valves. If one valve is used for a given area, only plants with similar water use shall be used in that area. Anti-drain (check) valves shall be installed in strategic points to prevent low-head drainage.
e. 
Heads and emitters shall have consistent application rates within each control valve circuit. Sprinkler heads shall be selected for proper area coverage, application rate, operating pressure, adjustment capability and ease of maintenance.
f. 
Rain sensing override devices shall be required on all irrigation systems.
g. 
It is recommended that soil moisture sensing devices be considered where appropriate.
B. 
Recycled Water. The installation of recycled water irrigation systems (dual distribution systems) shall be required for all sites, except single-family, with more than 2,500 square feet of landscaping, unless an exemption has been granted by the local water agency stating that recycled water is not available and will not be available in the foreseeable future.
9. 
Irrigation Schedules. Irrigation schedules satisfying the following conditions shall be submitted as part of the landscape documentation package.
A. 
An annual irrigation program with monthly or seasonal irrigation schedules shall be required for the plant establishment period, for the established landscape and for any temporarily irrigated areas.
B. 
The irrigation schedule shall:
(1) 
Include run time (in minutes per cycle), suggested number of cycles per day and frequency of irrigation for each station;
(2) 
Provide the amount of recommended applied water (in cubic feet, gallons or in whatever billing units the local water supplier uses) on a monthly/seasonal and annual basis; and
(3) 
Be available on-site to those responsible for landscape maintenance.
C. 
The total amount of water for the project shall include water designated in the estimated total water use calculation plus water needed for any water features, which shall be considered as a high water using hydrozone.
D. 
Recreational areas designated in the landscape design plan shall be highlighted and the irrigation schedule shall indicate if any additional water is needed above the maximum applied water allowance because of high plant factors (but not due to irrigation inefficiency).
E. 
Whenever possible, irrigation scheduling shall incorporate the use of evapotranspiration data as available from the California Irrigation Management Information System (CIMIS) weather stations to apply the appropriate levels of water for different climates.
F. 
Whenever possible, landscape irrigation shall be scheduled between 2:00 a.m. and 10:00 a.m. to avoid irrigating during times of high wind or high temperature.
10. 
Maintenance Schedules. In addition to landscape maintenance requirements of Section 9-3.410, (Maintenance of Landscaping), a regular maintenance schedule satisfying the following conditions shall be submitted as part of the Landscape Documentation Package:
A. 
Landscapes shall be maintained to ensure water efficiency. A regular maintenance schedule shall include, but not be limited to, checking, adjusting and repairing irrigation equipment; resetting the automatic controller; aerating and dethatching turf areas; replenishing mulch; fertilizing; pruning and weeding in all landscaped areas; and
B. 
Whenever possible, repair of irrigation equipment shall be done with the originally specified materials or their equivalents.
11. 
Landscape Irrigation Audit Schedules. A schedule of landscape irrigation audits, for all but single-family residences, satisfying the following conditions, shall be submitted as part of the landscape documentation package.
A. 
At a minimum, audits shall be in compliance with the State of California Landscape Water Management Program as described in the Landscape Irrigation Auditor Handbook. (See Landscape Irrigation Auditor Handbook, June 1990 version 5.5 [formerly Master Auditor Training]); and
B. 
The schedule shall provide for landscape irrigation audits to be conducted by certified landscape irrigation auditors at least once every five years.
12. 
Grading Design Plan. Grading design plans satisfying the following conditions shall be submitted as part of the landscape documentation package when required by the Director.
A. 
A grading design plan shall be drawn on project base sheets. It should be separate from but use the same format as the landscape design plan; and
B. 
The grading design plan shall indicate finished configurations and elevations of the landscaped area, including the height of graded slopes, drainage patterns, pad elevations and finish grade.
13. 
Soils.
A. 
A soil analysis satisfying the following conditions shall be submitted as part of the landscape documentation package.
(1) 
Determination of soil texture, indicating the percentage of organic matter;
(2) 
An approximate soil infiltration rate (either measured or derived from soil texture/infiltration rate tables). A range of infiltration rates should be noted where appropriate; and
(3) 
Measure of pH and total soluble salts.
B. 
A mulch of at least three inches shall be applied to all planting areas except turf.
14. 
Certification.
A. 
Upon completion of the landscaping and the irrigation system an irrigation audit shall be conducted by a certified landscape irrigation auditor prior to the final field observation. (See State of California Landscape Irrigation Auditor Handbook).
B. 
A licensed landscape architect or contractor, certified irrigation designer or other licensed or certified professional in a related field shall conduct a final field observation and shall provide a Certificate of Substantial Completion. The certificate shall specifically indicate that plants were installed as specified, that the irrigation system was installed as designed and that an irrigation audit has been performed along with a list of any observed deficiencies.
C. 
Certification shall be accomplished by completing a Certificate of Substantial Completion and delivering it to the Department, the retail water supplier and to the owner of record.
(§ 1, Ord. 666-NS, eff. September 15, 2001)

§ 9-3.408 Landscape development standards.

1. 
On all new construction or new occupancies, the Director may require the planting of trees in the parkway area. All parkway trees shall be 15 gallon minimum in residential zoning districts and 24 inch box minimum in commercial and industrial zoning districts. Trees may be formally or informally spaced. The requirement in quantity is a minimum of one tree for 40 feet of property frontage. This is intended as a general minimum standard, therefore the review authority may require additional trees or landscaping on a case-by-case basis. Areas not devoted to trees or sidewalk shall be appropriately landscaped.
2. 
Major structures shall have trees and foundation plantings to break the horizontal ground plane from the vertical plane of the structure. Trees shall be planted in areas of public view adjacent to and along structures, at an equivalent of at least one tree per 30 linear feet of structure. Other areas shall provide trees at a ratio of one tree for each 300 square feet of landscaped area. The clustering of trees is encouraged.
3. 
Plants shall be selected which are best suited to the climate of the region and which require minimal water.
4. 
All ornamental uses of water in the common areas of a project, (i.e., ponds, lakes and fountains), shall be supplied, operated and maintained with alternative sources of water if they are available.
5. 
Trees shall be long-lived (minimum life expectancy of 60 years), clean, require little maintenance, be structurally strong and insect/disease resistant.
6. 
Trees and shrubs shall be maintained so that they do not interfere with utility service lines, traffic safety sight areas and basic property rights of adjacent property owners, particularly the right of solar access. Trees should be located as follows:
A. 
Twenty-five feet from beginning of curb returns at street intersections;
B. 
Ten feet from light standards and power poles;
C. 
Ten feet from fire hydrants;
D. 
Five feet from service walks, driveways and structures; and
E. 
Ten feet from water and sewer lines.
7. 
All on-site trees shall be a minimum of 15 gallons with a ratio of one twenty-four (24) inch-box tree required for every three 15 gallon trees planted.
8. 
All trees shall be staked or guyed in compliance with City standards.
9. 
Trees planted near public curbs shall have a limited root structure and shall be installed so as to prevent physical damage to sidewalks, curbs, gutters and other public improvements. A root barrier system shall be used.
10. 
Shrubs shall be five gallon container size minimum. Exceptions may be approved by the Director for certain plant species.
11. 
Landscape areas shall have plant material selected and plant methods used which are suitable for the soil and climatic conditions of the site. The use of drought tolerant plants shall be emphasized.
12. 
Mature specimen trees in 36 inch and 48 inch boxes shall be provided for large projects in sufficient quantity, subject to the approval of the Director, to provide variety and emphasis at main focal areas.
13. 
All landscaped areas in nonresidential projects shall be bounded by concrete curbing six inches high and six inches wide.
14. 
No landscaped area shall be less than three feet in width.
15. 
Concrete strips, a minimum of four inches in width, shall be provided to separate all turf areas from other landscaped areas.
16. 
Appropriate shrubbery and creeping vines shall be provided along all walls and fences adjoining public rights-of-way.
17. 
When inorganic groundcover (i.e., rock, bark) is used, it shall not exceed 10% of the landscaped area and shall be in combination with live plants.
18. 
All single-family residential developments shall be provided with trees, shrubs, groundcover and automatic irrigation systems of a type and quality generally compatible with single-family homes in the front yard and side yards visible from public rights-of-way.
(§ 1, Ord. 666-NS, eff. September 15, 2001)

§ 9-3.409 Irrigation required.

All landscaped areas shall have an automatic irrigation system that provides adequate coverage and irrigation. Efficient, water conserving, state-of-the-art irrigation systems shall be used.
The irrigation design plan shall follow the requirements of this chapter and any guidelines provided by the Department.
(§ 1, Ord. 666-NS, eff. September 15, 2001)

§ 9-3.410 Maintenance of landscaping.

1. 
Maintenance of all landscaping shall consist of regular watering, mowing, pruning, fertilizing, clearing of debris and weeds, the removal and timely replacement of dead plants and the repair and timely replacement of irrigation systems and integrated architectural features.
2. 
Prior to the issuance of a Certificate of Compliance, the landowner of a new project with a site greater than 40,000 square feet shall file a maintenance agreement and easement with the Department in a form approved by the City Attorney. The agreement and easement shall ensure that if the landowner, or subsequent owner(s), fails to maintain the installed landscaping, the City shall be able to file an appropriate lien(s) against the property in order to accomplish the required maintenance.

§ 9-3.411 Provisions for existing landscapes.

1. 
Irrigation Audit Required.
A. 
All landscaped areas existing on the date of adoption of this chapter that are one acre or more, including golf courses, green belts, common areas, multi-family housing, schools, businesses, parks, cemeteries and publicly owned landscapes shall have a landscape irrigation audit at least every five years. At a minimum, the audit shall be in compliance with the California Landscape Water Management Program as described in the Landscape Irrigation Auditor Handbook.
B. 
If a project's water bills indicate that water usage is less than or equal to the maximum applied water allowance for the site, an audit shall not be required.
2. 
Water Waste Prevention. It is hereby declared that the willful and knowing waste of water from inefficient landscape irrigation shall be a public nuisance. It shall be unlawful for any firm, corporation, person or persons to knowingly allow irrigation runoff, low head drainage, overspray or other similar conditions where water flows onto adjacent property, nonirrigated areas, walks, roadways or structures. Penalties for violation of these prohibitions shall be as established by the Council.
(§ 1, Ord. 666-NS, eff. September 15, 2001)

§ 9-3.412 Applicable regulations.

All landscape plans shall be subject to the applicable regulations of this Code, including provisions located in the following Articles:
1.
Article 11 of Chapter 4
Conditional Use Permits
2.
Article 8 of Chapter 4
Minor Conditional Use Permits
3.
Article 7 of Chapter 4
Minor Variances
4.
Article 10 of Chapter 4
Development Permits
5.
Article 9 of Chapter 4
Variances
(§ 1, Ord. 666-NS, eff. September 15, 2001)

§ 9-3.501 Purpose.

The purpose of this article is to establish standards in order to protect the health, safety, welfare and living/working environments of those living and working in the City.
(§ 1, Ord. 666-NS, eff. September 15, 2001)

§ 9-3.502 Declaration of policy.

Certain noise levels are detrimental to the health and safety of individuals. Noise is considered a public nuisance and the City discourages unnecessary, excessive or annoying noises from all sources.
(§ 1, Ord. 666-NS, eff. September 15, 2001)

§ 9-3.503 Relationship to General Plan.

The Noise Element of the General Plan provides criteria on the compatibility of specific categories of land uses and noise levels within the community. The purpose of the noise compatibility criteria is to identify potential conflicts between new development projects and the existing noise environment. The Noise Element should be consulted during the project formulation stage in order to determine the compatibility between the proposed land use, the proposed site and the surrounding neighborhood.
(§ 1, Ord. 666-NS, eff. September 15, 2001)

§ 9-3.504 Excessive noise prohibited.

It shall be unlawful for any person to willfully make or continue, or willfully cause to be made or continue, any loud, unnecessary or unusual noise that disturbs the peace or quiet of any neighborhood or constitutes a public nuisance.
(§ 1, Ord. 666-NS, eff. September 15, 2001)

§ 9-3.505 Noise determination standards.

The standards which may be considered in determining whether a violation of the provisions of this article exists shall include, but not be limited to, the following:
1. 
The loudness of the noise;
2. 
The purpose for which the noise is produced;
3. 
Whether the nature of the noise is usual/natural or unusual/unnatural;
4. 
The proximity of the noise to residential sleeping facilities;
5. 
The time of the day or night the noise occurs;
6. 
The duration of the noise and whether the noise is recurrent, intermittent or continuous; and
7. 
Whether the noise is produced by a residential or nonresidential activity.
(§ 1, Ord. 666-NS, eff. September 15, 2001)

§ 9-3.506 Exceptions to provisions.

The following activities shall be exempted from the provisions of this article:
1. 
Activities conducted on the grounds of any public or private nursery school, elementary, intermediate or secondary school or college;
2. 
Outdoor gatherings, public dances and shows, provided the events are conducted in compliance with a permit issued by the City;
3. 
Activities conducted in any park or playground, provided the park or playground is owned and operated by a public entity;
4. 
Any mechanical device, apparatus or equipment used, related to or connected with emergency machinery, vehicle or work;
5. 
Noise sources associated with construction, repair, remodeling or grading of any real property, provided the activities do not take place between the hours of 7:00 p.m. and 7:00 a.m. on weekdays, including Saturdays, or at any time on Sundays or Federal holidays;
6. 
Noise sources associated with the maintenance of real property, provided the activities do not take place between 8:00 p.m. and 7:00 a.m. on weekdays, including Saturdays, or earlier than 9:00 a.m. on Sundays and Federal holidays; and
7. 
Any activity to the extent regulation has been preempted by State or Federal law.
(§ 1, Ord. 666-NS, eff. September 15, 2001)

§ 9-3.507 Specific requirements.

1. 
Radios, Television Sets and Similar Devices. Any noise level from the use or operation of any radio receiving set, musical instrument, phonograph, television set or other machine or device for the producing or reproducing of sound between 10:00 p.m. and 8:00 a.m., which exceeds the noise limit of 65 dBA established by the General Plan at the property line shall be a violation of this chapter.
2. 
Loading and Unloading. No person shall cause the loading, unloading, opening, closing or other handling of boxes, crates, containers, building materials, garbage cans or similar objects between the hours of 8:00 p.m. and 7:00 a.m. in a manner which would cause a noise disturbance to a residential area.
3. 
Vehicle Repairs and Testing. No person shall cause or permit the repairing, rebuilding, modifying or testing of any motor vehicle, motorcycle or motorboat in a manner as to cause a noise disturbance between the hours of 8:00 p.m. and 7:00 a.m. within or adjacent to any residential area.
4. 
Parking and Landscape Areas. Parking and landscape area activities (i.e., mechanical sweeping, mechanical grass cutting and mechanical blowing) shall not impact residential uses. No parking area or landscape maintenance shall occur between the hours of 8:00 p.m. and 7:00 a.m. which would cause a noise disturbance to a residential area.
(§ 1, Ord. 666-NS, eff. September 15, 2001)

§ 9-3.508 Residential design requirements.

1. 
Whenever a residential project is to be developed on a site where the existing exterior ambient noise level exceeds 65 dBA, the developer shall incorporate features into the design of the structure that will ensure interior noise levels below 45 dBA CNEL.
2. 
All residential developments shall consider the following noise mitigation measures whenever appropriate:
A. 
Increase the distance between the noise source and receiver;
B. 
Locate land uses not sensitive to noise (i.e., parking lots, garages, maintenance facilities, utility areas, etc.) between the noise source and the receiver;
C. 
Locate bedrooms on the side/rear of the structure away from major rights-of-way; and
D. 
Create quiet outdoor spaces in multi-family projects next to a noisy right-of-way by creating a U-shaped development that faces away from the noise source.
3. 
The minimum acceptable surface weight for a noise barrier is four pounds per square feet (equivalent to 3/4 inch plywood). The barrier shall be of a continuous material which is resistant to sound including:
A. 
Masonry block;
B. 
Precast concrete; or
C. 
Earth berm with concrete block wall.
4. 
Noise barriers shall interrupt the line-of-sight between the noise source and the receiver.
(§ 1, Ord. 666-NS, eff. September 15, 2001)

§ 9-3.509 Applicable regulations.

The regulation of adverse noise impacts shall be subject to the applicable regulations of the Code, including provisions located in the following Articles:
1.
Article 11 of Chapter 4
Conditional Use Permits
2.
Article 8 of Chapter 4
Minor Conditional Use Permits
3.
Article 7 of Chapter 4
Minor Variances
4.
Article 10 of Chapter 4
Development Permits
5.
Article 9 of Chapter 4
Variances

§ 9-3.601 Purpose.

These provisions provide for the regulation and orderly termination of legal nonconforming structures and uses in order to promote the public health, safety and general welfare and to bring these structures and uses into conformity with the goals, policies and objectives of the General Plan.
It is understood that nonconformities should be eliminated over time. Accordingly, nonconformities may be properly maintained, but generally not enhanced/expanded. Further, nonconformities which substantially and adversely affect the orderly development and taxable value of other property in the zoning district should be eliminated, ensuring the public that the zoning district, in which the nonconformity exists, will eventually benefit from a substantial uniformity of permitted uses.
It is hereby declared that nonconforming structures and uses within the City are detrimental to both orderly and creative development and the general welfare of it's citizens and should, therefore, be eliminated as rapidly as possible without unduly infringing upon the constitutional rights of the affected property owners.
(§ 1, Ord. 666-NS, eff. September 15, 2001)

§ 9-3.602 Nonconforming structures and uses.

1. 
Nonconforming Structure. A structure that was legally constructed prior to the adoption of this Code but which does not conform to the current provisions governing required yards, height of structures, distance between structures, etc. prescribed for the zoning district in which the structure is located.
2. 
Nonconforming Use. A use of a structure or land that was legally established and maintained prior to the adoption of this Code but which does not conform to the current provisions governing allowable uses for the zoning district in which the use is located.
3. 
Nonconforming Public Telephones. A publicly accessible telephone that was in existence prior to the adoption of this Code that does not conform to the required standards and permits.
(§ 1, Ord. 666-NS, eff. September 15, 2001)

§ 9-3.603 Land use permitted.

No property in the City shall be used for any purposes except those permitted in the zoning district in which the property has been classified.
(§ 1, Ord. 666-NS, eff. September 15, 2001)

§ 9-3.604 Restriction on improvements of legal nonconformities.

Nonconformities may be continued subject to the following conditions/provisions:
1. 
Nonconforming structures or uses shall not be reestablished after having been abandoned or discontinued for a period of six months, or as determined by the Director. This discontinuance shall cause the structure or use to be deemed to have ceased and the structure or use shall not be reinstated or further continued in compliance with Section 9-3.605, below.
The discontinuance or abandonment of the active and continuous operation or occupation of the nonconforming structure or use, or a part or portion thereof is construed and considered to be an abandonment of the nonconforming structure or use, regardless of any reservation of an intent not to abandon or of an intent to resume active operations. If abandonment is evidenced by the actual removal of structures, machinery, furniture, equipment or other components of the nonconforming structure or use, or where there are no business receipts/records available to provide evidence that the use was in continual operation, the abandonment shall be considered to be completed within a period of less than six months and all rights to reestablish or continue the nonconforming structure or use shall terminate. The Director shall issue a notice of discontinuance or abandonment in compliance with Section 9-3.605, of this Code.
2. 
No nonconforming structure may be added to, structurally altered or enlarged in any manner, except as provided in subsection (6) of this section; Routine maintenance and repair is allowed.
3. 
No nonconforming use occupying a conforming structure or portion thereof or occupying any parcel shall be enlarged or extended into any other portion of the structure or parcel except as provided in Section 9-3.612 (Expansion of Nonconforming Use).
4. 
If a nonconforming use is converted to a conforming use, no nonconforming use may be resumed.
5. 
No nonconforming use may be established or replaced by another nonconforming use.
6. 
Where a nonresidential structure is nonconforming only by reason of inadequate setbacks, yard size, height, or open space, then structural additions, alterations, or enlargements of the existing structure shall be permitted, provided the additions, alterations, or enlargements comply with all current Code provisions/standards relating to the structure's "building envelope" (i.e., setbacks, yards, heights and open space requirements) for the parcel or site.
7. 
The provisions of this chapter do not apply to density bonus or bonus development standards.
8. 
Nothing in this chapter shall preclude the alteration of a nonconforming structure if the alteration would reduce a nonconforming situation.
(§ 1, Ord. 666-NS, eff. September 15, 2001)

§ 9-3.605 Notice of abandonment.

Upon determination that a nonconforming use has been discontinued or abandoned, the Director shall send a notice by certified mail, return receipt requested, to the owner as shown on the current tax assessor's rolls, and shall cause the property to be posted with a similar notice. The notice shall provide the dates used in determining the six month period of discontinuance or abandonment and shall indicate that all rights to reestablish the nonconforming structure or use are hereby terminated.
(§ 1, Ord. 666-NS, eff. September 15, 2001)

§ 9-3.606 Appeal.

The owner of a parcel upon which a legal nonconforming structure or use is being maintained may appeal the determination on the length of the abandonment by submitting an appeal on a form provided by the Department within 30 days of the date indicated on the notice described above.
(§ 1, Ord. 666-NS, eff. September 15, 2001)

§ 9-3.607 Hearing on abandonment of nonconforming uses.

1. 
Within 60 days after receipt of an appeal, the Director shall hold a public hearing to determine whether the nonconformity should be terminated as indicated in the notice or whether a time extension should be granted;
2. 
Notice of the hearing shall be provided in the same manner as the notice of abandonment. In addition, notice shall be provided by mail to the owners and tenants of all abutting parcels;
3. 
The Director shall receive written and oral testimony at the hearing relating to the term of abandonment;
4. 
At the close of the hearing, the Director shall determine whether/when the nonconformity should be terminated. The burden of proof shall be upon the owner to demonstrate, by a preponderance of the evidence, that the owner is entitled to reestablish the nonconforming use;
5. 
The Director shall also determine whether the structure encompassing the nonconforming use can economically be used in its present condition or can successfully be modified for a purpose permitted by the zoning district in which it is located; and
6. 
The Director may require reasonable modifications or alterations to any nonconformity to improve the nonconformity's appearance or compliance with this Code, Municipal Code or State law, except that any modification or alteration which would extend the useful life of the nonconformity is expressly prohibited.
(§ 1, Ord. 666-NS, eff. September 15, 2001)

§ 9-3.608 Decision and order.

The decision of the Director, and the findings in support thereof, shall be in the form of a written order and shall be served upon the property owner personally or by certified mail, return receipt requested, within 10 days after the decision is rendered. The order shall be binding upon the owners and the owners' successors, heirs, and assignees.
(§ 1, Ord. 666-NS, eff. September 15, 2001)

§ 9-3.609 Right of further appeal.

1. 
Any interested person may appeal the decision of the Director to the Commission within 15 days of service of the order upon the owner. The appeal hearing shall be noticed in the same manner as the original hearing before the Director;
2. 
Each appeal shall be accompanied by other documents and information the Director deems to be necessary to adequately explain and to provide proper notification for the appeal. Each appeal shall outline specifically and in detail the grounds for the appeal. The Commission may refuse to consider issues not raised in the written appeal;
3. 
When an appeal has been accepted, the Director shall forward to the Commission all documents and information on file pertinent to the appeal, together with the minutes or official action of the Director and a report on the basis of the decision and the appropriateness of the appeal;
4. 
The Commission shall consider the appeal at a public hearing, including all information and evidence submitted with the original application and any additional information and evidence the appellant may submit which the Commission finds to be pertinent;
5. 
The action of the Commission shall be to sustain, disapprove, conditionally sustain or refer the appeal back to the Director with direction(s), all in compliance with the same requirements and procedures that were applicable to the Director; and
6. 
Any interested person may appeal the decision of the Commission to the Council within 10 days of service of the order upon the owner. The appeal hearing shall be noticed and conducted in the same manner as the original appeal hearing before the Commission.
(§ 1, Ord. 666-NS, eff. September 15, 2001)

§ 9-3.610 Conditional use permit.

A nonconforming use resulting only from the requirement for a Conditional Use Permit, shall apply for a Conditional Use Permit within one year of receiving a notice from the Director. The notice shall state that the owner has one year to apply for the permit and that if the owner does not apply, or if the permit is disapproved, an abandonment period will be established by the Director in compliance with this chapter.
(§ 1, Ord. 666-NS, eff. September 15, 2001)

§ 9-3.611 Maintenance, repairs and alterations.

1. 
Ordinary maintenance, repairs and alterations may be made to a nonconforming structure, or a conforming structure occupied by a nonconforming use, provided that no structural alteration shall be made if it results in an enlargement or if the expense for the alteration exceeds 50% (as determined by the City Building Official) of the replacement cost of the structure at the time the construction is proposed;
2. 
Any nonconforming structure, or structure occupied by a nonconforming use, partially destroyed may be restored provided restoration is started within 90 days of the date of partial destruction and diligently pursued to completion. Whenever a nonconforming structure, or structure occupied by a nonconforming use, is damaged in excess of 50% (as determined by the City Building Official) of its replacement cost at the time of damage, the repair or reconstruction of the structure shall conform with all of the current provisions/standards of the zoning district in which it is located and it shall be treated as a new structure, and any nonconformity shall be remedied, with the following exceptions:
A. 
A single-family residential structure in a residential zoning district that is damaged in excess of 50% (as determined by the City Building Official) may be rebuilt to its former "building envelope" (i.e., setbacks, yards, heights and open space) as long as it does not exceed the former structure's square footage. If an increase in the square footage is proposed, the rebuilding/construction shall comply with all of the current Code provisions/standards, unless the Director approves an adjustment of the measurable development standards relating exclusively to setbacks, yards and open space requirements;
B. 
A multi-family residential structure in a residential zoning district that is damaged in excess of 50% (as determined by the City Building Official) may be rebuilt to its former density/intensity of development (i.e., number of dwelling units). However, the rebuilding/construction shall comply with all of the current Code provisions/standards, unless the Director approves an adjustment of the measurable development standards relating exclusively to setbacks, yards and open space requirements; and
C. 
Rebuilding/construction required to reinforce nonreinforced masonry structures shall be permitted without replacement cost limitations, provided the retrofitting is limited exclusively to compliance with earthquake safety standards.
3. 
Where any part of a nonconforming structure is acquired for public use, the remainder of the structure may be repaired, reconstructed, or remodeled with the same or similar materials as used in the existing structure;
4. 
Disagreements with the interpretation of the provisions of this section shall be heard and resolved by the Commission, subject to appeal to the Council. The burden of proof shall be on the owner to demonstrate that the cost of repairs is less than 50% (as determined by the City Building Official) of the replacement cost of the structure; and
5. 
Nothing in this section shall be construed to excuse any owner, occupant or contractor from rebuilding or repairing any damaged structure in compliance with the requirements of the City Building Code or any other health or safety requirements imposed by Local, State or Federal Law or regulation in effect at the time of the repair or rebuilding.
(§ 1, Ord. 666-NS, eff. September 15, 2001)

§ 9-3.612 Expansion of nonconforming use.

An existing legal nonconforming use may be minimally expanded or changed subject to the granting of a Minor Conditional Use Permit and only if the Director can make all of the following findings in addition to those listed in Section 9-2.806 (Findings):
1. 
That the expansion or change is minimal;
2. 
That the expansion or change will not adversely affect or be materially detrimental to adjoining properties;
3. 
That there is a need for relief of overcrowded conditions or for modernization in order to properly operate the use; and
4. 
That the use exists and has not been discontinued for a period of six months.
(§ 1, Ord. 666-NS, eff. September 15, 2001)

§ 9-3.613 Termination-Violation of laws.

Any one of the following violations of the Municipal Code shall immediately terminate the right to operate a nonconformity, except as otherwise provided in this chapter:
1. 
Changing a nonconforming use to a use not permitted in the zoning district;
2. 
Increasing or enlarging the area, space or volume occupied by or devoted to a nonconformity;
3. 
Addition to a nonconforming use of another use not permitted in the zoning district; or
4. 
Any nonconforming use that operates in violation of any local, State or Federal law(s).
(§ 1, Ord. 666-NS, eff. September 15, 2001)

§ 9-3.614 Illegal nonconforming structures and uses.

Nothing contained in this article shall be construed to allow the continuation of an illegal nonconforming structure or use. Illegal structures and uses shall be removed immediately unless a Minor Conditional Use Permit, in compliance with Chapter 2, Article 8, is approved by the Director that provides for the legalization of an illegal nonconforming structure or use. In order to approve this legalization, the Director shall make all of the following findings and impose the following provisions/standards, in addition to those outlined in Chapter 2, Article 8 (Minor Conditional Use Permits):
1. 
The illegal structure/use shall have been constructed or initiated operation prior to the adoption of this Code. If not constructed or initiated before the adoption of this Code, the structure/use shall remain illegal and shall be removed immediately;
2. 
The illegal structure/use shall meet the intent/purpose of the Minor Conditional Use Permit process in compliance with Chapter 2, Article 8;
3. 
The illegal structure/use shall comply with all Building/Fire/Health/Safety Codes; and
4. 
If damaged in excess of 50% (as determined by the City Building Official) of its replacement cost, the illegal structure/use "legalized" in compliance with the provisions of this section, shall be treated as all other legal nonconforming structures/uses.
(§ 1, Ord. 666-NS, eff. September 15, 2001)

§ 9-3.615 Applicable regulations.

All nonconforming structures and uses shall be subject to the applicable regulations of this Code, including provisions located in the following Articles:
1.
Article 11 of Chapter 4
Conditional Use Permits
2.
Article 4 of this chapter
Landscaping Standards
3.
Article 8 of Chapter 4
Minor Conditional Use Permits
4.
Article 7 of Chapter 4
Minor Variances
5.
Article 7 of this chapter
Off-Street Loading Standards
6.
Article 8 of this chapter
Off-Street Parking Standards
7.
Article 10 of Chapter 4
Development Permits
8.
Article 12 of this chapter
Sign Standards
9.
Article 5 of Chapter 4
Special Event Permits
10.
Article 9 of Chapter 4
Variances
(§ 1, Ord. 666-NS, eff. September 15, 2001)

§ 9-3.701 Purpose.

The purpose of this chapter is to achieve the following:
1. 
Provide off-street loading facilities in proportion to the needs of the associated use;
2. 
Provide increased traffic safety while reducing congestion and hazards;
3. 
Provide accessible, attractive secure and well-maintained loading and delivery facilities; and
4. 
Protect adjacent parcels and surrounding neighborhoods from the effects of noise and traffic generated from the anticipated land use.
(§ 1, Ord. 666-NS, eff. September 15, 2001, as amended by § 1, Ord. 866-NS, eff. July 6, 2011)

§ 9-3.702 Applicability.

Each use which requires the delivery or loading of goods and supplies shall have permanently maintained off-street loading areas in compliance with the provisions of this chapter.
(§ 1, Ord. 666-NS, eff. September 15, 2001, as amended by § 1, Ord. 866-NS, eff. July 6, 2011)

§ 9-3.703 Number of loading spaces required.

Off-street loading spaces shall be provided in compliance with the following minimum standards:
1. 
General commercial uses:
Gross Floor Area
Spaces Required
Less than 10,000 s.f. of gfa
1
10,001—25,000 s.f.
2
25,001 + s.f.
3 + additional spaces as required by the Planning Commission
2. 
Industrial/manufacturing uses:
Gross Floor Area
Spaces Required
Less than 5,000 s.f. of gfa
1
5,001—25,000 s.f.
2
25,001 + s.f.
3 + additional spaces as required by the Planning Commission
3. 
Institutional, hospital, hotel, group housing, and similar uses:
Gross Floor Area
Spaces Required
Less than 10,000 s.f. of gfa
1
10,001—50,000 s.f.
2
50,001 + s.f.
3 + additional spaces as required by the Planning Commission
4. 
Office uses:
Gross Floor Area
Spaces Required
Less than 25,000 s.f. of gfa
1
25,001 + s.f.
1 + additional spaces as required by the Planning Commission
Requirements for uses not specifically listed shall be determined by the Director based upon the requirements for comparable uses and upon the particular characteristics of the proposed use.
(§ 1, Ord. 666-NS, eff. September 15, 2001, as amended by § 1, Ord. 866-NS, eff. July 6, 2011)

§ 9-3.704 Development standards.

Off-street loading spaces shall be provided in compliance with the following standards:
1. 
Dimensions. Loading spaces shall be not less than 10 feet in width, 25 feet in length, with 14 feet of vertical clearance.
2. 
Access.
A. 
Loading spaces shall have adequate ingress and egress so that trucks do not back in from or out onto a public right-of-way when loading/unloading.
B. 
Access to loading spaces shall be provided so that the maneuvering, loading or unloading of vehicles does not interfere with the orderly movement of traffic and pedestrians on the site or any street/alley.
C. 
Whenever an alley abuts a site where loading spaces are to be provided, access shall be from the alley.
D. 
Exemptions from the above requirements may be granted by the Director if the dimensions of the property cannot provide adequate turnaround area for vehicles and the loading area is accessible to a minor street. In that case, vehicles may be allowed to back into the loading area if the entrance is at least 100 feet from the nearest intersection and the end of the loading space is at least 50 feet from the curb on the opposite side of the street.
-Image-15.tif
3. 
Lighting. Loading spaces shall have lighting capable of providing adequate illumination for security and safety. Lighting fixtures shall be energy-efficient and in scale with the height and use of the structure(s). Any illumination, including security lighting, shall be directed away from adjoining parcels and public rights-of-way.
4. 
Location. Loading spaces shall be located and designed as follows:
A. 
Adjacent to, or as close as possible to, the main structure;
B. 
Situated in a location and adequately screened to ensure that the loading facility is not visible from any public right-of-way; and
C. 
Situated to ensure that all loading and unloading takes place on-site and not within other on-site traffic/circulation areas.
5. 
Screening. Loading spaces abutting property in a residential zoning district shall have a minimum six foot high decorative masonry wall, approved by the Director, to adequately screen the loading area(s) from view and noise impacts. All wall treatments shall occur on both sides.
6. 
Striping. Loading spaces shall be striped and marked to identify the spaces for "loading only." The striping shall be permanently maintained in a clear and visible manner at all times.
7. 
Surfacing. Loading spaces shall be surfaced with a minimum thickness of four inches of asphaltic concrete over a minimum thickness of six inches of an aggregate base material or an appropriate structural section to be approved by the City Engineer.
8. 
Curbing. Continuous concrete curbing at least six inches high and six inches wide shall be provided for all loading spaces. Wheel stops shall not be used in lieu of curbing.
9. 
Loading ramps and truck wells. All plans involving loading ramps (or wells) shall be accompanied by a profile drawing showing the ramp, ramp transitions and overhead clearances.
(§ 1, Ord. 666-NS, eff. September 15, 2001, as amended by § 1, Ord. 866-NS, eff. July 6, 2011)

§ 9-3.705 Applicable regulations.

The provision of off-street loading spaces shall be subject to the applicable regulations of this Code, including provisions located in the following Articles:
1.
Article 11 of Chapter 4
Conditional Use Permits
2.
Article 8 of Chapter 4
Minor Conditional Use Permits
3.
Article 7 of Chapter 4
Minor Variances
4.
Article 10 of Chapter 4
Development Permits
5.
Article 9 of Chapter 4
Variances
(§ 1, Ord. 666-NS, eff. September 15, 2001, as amended by § 1, Ord. 866-NS, eff. July 6, 2011)

§ 9-3.801 Purpose.

The purpose of this chapter is to achieve the following:
1. 
To provide an adequate amount of convenient off-street parking in order to reduce congestion on public streets;
2. 
To provide accessible, attractive, secure, properly lighted and well-maintained and screened off-street parking facilities;
3. 
To ensure that off-street parking facilities are designed in a manner that will ensure efficiency and safety and reduce adverse impacts on surrounding properties;
4. 
To ensure the maneuverability of emergency vehicles;
5. 
To provide parking facilities in proportion to the needs generated by varying types of land use activities; and
6. 
To provide incentives for the use of alternative transportation modes in conjunction with regional and local needs and plans.
(§ 1, Ord. 666-NS, eff. September 15, 2001)

§ 9-3.802 Applicability.

Every use inaugurated (including a change of use), and every structure erected or altered, shall have permanently maintained off-street parking areas in compliance with the provisions of this chapter.
(§ 1, Ord. 666-NS, eff. September 15, 2001)

§ 9-3.803 General regulations.

1. 
Off-street parking shall be provided subject to the provisions of this chapter for:
A. 
Any new structure;
B. 
Any new use established;
C. 
Any addition or enlargement of an existing structure or use; or
D. 
Any change in the occupancy of any structure or the manner in which any use is conducted that would result in additional parking spaces being required.
2. 
As an exception to the above requirements, on a parcel containing only a single-family residence, an existing single-family residence that has less than the required number of parking spaces may be enlarged without providing additional parking spaces if the addition when combined with the square footage of the existing structure (excluding any garage space) equals less than 1,500 square feet.
3. 
All off-street parking spaces and access drives required by this chapter shall be designed and maintained to be fully usable for the duration of the use requiring the parking and access.
4. 
Temporary use of off-street parking spaces for nonparking purposes will not violate this Code if the use is less than 30 days and is specifically approved by the Director.
5. 
Parking facilities constructed or substantially reconstructed subsequent to the effective date of this chapter, whether or not required, shall conform to the design standards in this chapter.
6. 
If more than one use is located on a site, including multiple uses under single ownership, the number of off-street parking spaces to be provided shall be equal to the sum of the requirements prescribed for each use.
7. 
Requirements for uses not specifically listed shall be determined by the Director based upon the requirements for comparable uses and upon the particular characteristics of the use.
8. 
Fractional space requirements shall be rounded up to the next whole space.
9. 
Off-street parking facilities required by this chapter shall not be considered as providing parking spaces for any other use except where a joint parking facility is approved by the Commission in compliance with the provisions of Section 9-3.809, Subsection 8.
10. 
Required parking areas shall be used exclusively for vehicle parking in conjunction with a permitted use and shall not be reduced or encroached upon in any manner. All parking facilities shall be designed and maintained so as not to constitute a nuisance at any time and shall be used in a manner that no hazard to persons or property, or unreasonable impediment to traffic, will result.
11. 
Parking in all zoning districts shall be without monetary charge when the parking is required by this article.
12. 
In multi-use parking areas, required parking spaces shall not be reserved for a specific business or person, unless the spaces are in excess of the number required by this chapter.
(§ 1, Ord. 666-NS, eff. September 15, 2001, as amended by § 4, Ord. 2019-978, eff. September 5, 2019)

§ 9-3.804 Number of parking spaces required.

The following minimum number of parking spaces shall be provided for each use (where "sf." refers to square foot and "gfa." refers to gross floor area):
USE
NUMBER OF REQUIRED SPACES
1. Residential
Single-family detached dwellings
2 spaces within a garage, plus 1 parking space (covered or uncovered) for every bedroom after the first 2 bedrooms, and 1 uncovered guest space for every unit.
Single-family attached dwellings
2 spaces within a garage, plus 1 parking space (covered or uncovered) for every bedroom after the first 2 bedrooms, and 1 uncovered guest space for every unit.
Mobile home parks
1.5 covered spaces, plus 1 uncovered guest space for every 3 units
Multi-family residential
2 covered spaces per unit, plus 1 parking space (covered or uncovered) for every bedroom after the first 2 bedrooms, plus 1 uncovered guest space for every unit.
Small family child day care home
No additional spaces required.
Large family child day care home
2 spaces for the primary residence, plus one for loading/unloading passengers.
Residential clubs, fraternity/sorority houses, rooming houses and similar facilities with guest rooms
1 space for each 2 guest rooms.
Retirement homes, senior housing, congregate care
1 space for each 2 guest rooms.
Second dwelling
2 spaces within a garage or carport located at the rear half of the parcel, plus 1 uncovered guest parking space.
Single room occupancy
1 space for each 4 guest rooms.
Transitional and/or supportive housing
2 covered per unit, plus 1 uncovered guest space for every 3 units. No parking is required if located within ½ mile of public transport.
2. Commercial/office
Commercial, retail and service uses
1 space for each 400 sf. gfa.
Multi-tenant general
1 space for each 400 sf. gfa.
The above requirements apply for all commercial centers; however, whenever delineation of individual uses is required, the following standards shall apply:
USE
NUMBER OF REQUIRED SPACES
Arcade (games/pool)
1 space for each 300 sf. of gfa.
Art/dance studio
1 space for each 300 sf. of gfa.
Automobile service, repair, painting
1 space for each service bay and 1 space for each 3,000 square feet of lot area.
Automobile sales
1 space for each 400 sf. of indoor sales area; plus 1 space for each 4,000 sf. of outdoor sales area, plus 2 spaces for each service bay.
Automobile washing (self-service)
2.5 spaces per washing stall.
Automobile washing
1 space for each 250 sf. of floor area, plus 10 spaces for each wash lane.
Banks, savings and loans
1 space for each 400 sf. of gfa.
Barber shop, beauty salon
1 spaces for each 600 sf. of gfa.
Card rooms, poker clubs
1 space for each 50 square feet of public area.
Hotels/motels
1.2 spaces for each guest room, plus requirements for any related commercial uses.
Laundry-coin operated
1 space for each 400 sf. of gfa.
Lube-n-tune shops
3 spaces for each service bay.
Lumber yards
1 space for each 800 sf. of gfa.
Mini-warehouse/storage
5 spaces adjacent to the office/manager's unit and a 9-foot wide loading/parking aisle within any driveway adjacent to structure walls containing storage access doors in addition to the required aisle width for circulation and Fire Department access. In addition, 2 spaces adjacent to all ground level entrances in multi-story facilities.
Mortuaries and funeral homes
1 space for every 100 sf. of assembly room or floor area used for that purpose plus 1/400 for nonassembly.
Offices (general)
1 space for each 400 sf. of gfa.
Restaurants, cafes, bars, night clubs, dance halls, banquet halls and similar establishments with or without entertainment
1 space/100 sf. of seating/assembly gfa.; 1 space/400 sf. of nonseating gfa.; 1 space/100 sf. of outdoor seating area greater than 400 sf. For establishments with more than 10,000 sf of assembly area, 1 space for each 50 sf. over 10,000 sf.
Retail commercial
1 space for each 400 sf. of gfa.
Retail nursery, garden shop
1 space for each 400 sf. of indoor display area, plus 1 space for each 1000 sf. of outdoor display area.
Service stations
3 spaces plus 2 spaces for each service bay.
Storage yard, salvage yard
1 space for each 2 employees on the junk yard, automobile largest shift, plus 1 space for wrecking yard each 1,500 sf. of lot area.
3. Commercial recreation uses
Bowling alley
3 spaces per lane, plus as required for incidental uses (pro shop, restaurant, bar).
Driving range
3 spaces, plus 1 space per tee.
Family fun center
1 space for each 1,000 sf. of outdoor area, plus one space for each employee, and additional spaces for incidental uses (restaurant, gift shop).
Golf course
8 spaces per hole, plus as required for incidental uses (i.e., pro shop, bar, banquet room, etc.).
Golf course, miniature
3 spaces per hole, plus as required for incidental uses (i.e., game room, food service, etc.).
Health clubs
1 space for each 150 sf. of gfa., plus as required for incidental uses.
Skating rinks
1 space for each 100 sf. of skating area, plus as required for incidental uses.
Swimming pools
1 space for each 500 sf. area related to pool and incidental facilities, plus 1 space for each 200 sf. of pool area.
Tennis/racquetball
2 spaces per court, plus as facilities required for incidental uses.
4. Educational uses
High-intensity educational institutions
1 space for each 35 square feet of instructional area, plus 1 space for every 400 square feet of non-instructional area, plus 1 space for every full-time and part-time employee, faculty member, and administrative staff.
Martial arts school
1 space for each 400 sf. of gfa.
Low-intensity educational institutions
1 space for each 3 students based on maximum occupancy load of each classroom, plus 1 space for each full-time and part-time employee, faculty member, and administrative staff.
5. Health related uses
Convalescent/nursing homes
1 space for each 6 beds, plus 1 space for each employee.
Hospitals
1.5 spaces for each bed.
Medical offices/clinics, dental offices/clinics, veterinary clinics
1 space for each 300 sf. of gfa.
6. Industrial uses
Industrial (general)
1 space for each 800 sf. of gfa., plus 1 space for each vehicle used in connection with the use. Additional spaces required for office and retail uses exceeding 10 percent of gfa., to be calculated using standard office/retail parking ratios.
Public utility facilities
1 space for each 2 employees on the largest shift, plus 1 space for each vehicle used in connection with the use.
Warehouse
1 space for each 800 sf. of gfa. up to 10,000 sf. of gfa.; over 10,000 sf. of gfa., 1 space for each 1,000 sf. of gfa. Additional spaces required for office and retail uses exceeding 10 percent of gfa., to be calculated using standard office/retail parking ratios.
7. Places of assembly and institutional uses
Churches, conference/meeting facilities, auditoriums, clubs, lodges, union halls
1 space for each 4 seats, plus 1 space for each 100 sf. of gfa. planned for assembly purposes. For benches, 18 inches equals a seat.
Emergency shelters
1 space for every 6 adult beds, plus 1 space for each manager/assistant.
Museums, art galleries
1 space for each 400 sf. of gfa.
Theaters, movies
1 space for each 10 seats, plus 5 spaces (single screen) for employees. Add 2 spaces for each additional screen.
Wedding chapel
1 space for each 10 seats used for assembly purposes, plus 1 space for each 100 sf. of gfa. planned for assembly purposes. For benches, 18 inches equals a seat.
(§ 1, Ord. 460-NS, eff. October 5, 1989, as amended by § 1(a), Ord. 587-NS, eff. June 5, 1997, § 4, Ord. 771-NS, eff. March 21, 2006, § 6, Ord. 845-NS, eff. January 7, 2010, § 5, Ord. 2019-978, eff. September 5, 2019, and § 3, Ord. 2023-02, eff. December 7, 2023)

§ 9-3.805 Handicapped parking requirements.

Handicapped parking requirements are established by the State and are contained in California Administrative Code Title 24, Part 2, Chapter 2-71, Section 2-7102 and in the California Vehicle Code Section 22511.8. Any change in the State's handicapped parking requirements shall preempt the requirements of this section.
1. 
Handicapped parking for residential uses shall be provided at the rate of one space for each dwelling unit that is designed for occupancy by a handicapped person.
2. 
Handicapped parking spaces shall be provided for nonresidential uses at the following rate:
Total Number of Parking Spaces Provided
Number of Handicapped Parking Spaces Required
1—40
1
41—80
2
81—120
3
121—160
4
161—300
5
301—400
6
401—500
7
over 500
7 plus 1 for each 200 additional parking spaces provided
3. 
Handicapped parking spaces shall be provided consistent with the Uniform Building Code, as illustrated below.
-Image-16.tif
4. 
When less than five parking spaces are provided, one space shall be 14 feet wide and striped to provide a nine foot parking area and a five foot loading and unloading area. However, there is no requirement that the space be reserved exclusively or identified for handicapped use only.
5. 
Handicapped parking spaces required by this section shall count toward fulfilling off-street parking requirements.
(§ 1, Ord. 666-NS, eff. September 15, 2001)

§ 9-3.806 Computation of compact spaces.

Compact automobile parking spaces may be allowed in parking areas containing 10 or more parking spaces. The total number of compact parking spaces shall not exceed 30% of the provided number of parking spaces, with the specific percentage and location of compact parking spaces to be determined by the Director according to the needs of the proposed land use.
(§ 1, Ord. 666-NS, eff. September 15, 2001)

§ 9-3.807 Motorcycle parking requirements.

Developments with 30 or more parking spaces shall provide at least one designated parking area for use by motorcycles subject to approval by the Review Authority as to size and location.
(§ 1, Ord. 666-NS, eff. September 15, 2001)

§ 9-3.808 Bicycle parking requirements.

1. 
All nonresidential uses shall provide adequate locking facilities for bicycle parking at a location convenient to the facility for which they are designated. The number and location of spaces shall be determined by the Review Authority.
2. 
For each bicycle parking space required, a stationary object shall be provided to which a user can secure one wheel and the frame of a bicycle with a user-provided cable and lock. The stationary object may be either a freestanding bicycle rack or a wall-mounted bracket.
(§ 1, Ord. 666-NS, eff. September 15, 2001)

§ 9-3.809 Development standards.

Off-street parking areas shall be provided in the following manner:
1. 
Access.
A. 
All parking areas with over 20 spaces shall provide suitable maneuvering room so that all vehicles can enter an abutting street in a forward direction. The Director may approve exceptions for residential projects;
B. 
Where the only direct access to a required parking space is from a street or alley, the parking space shall be located so that no part is less than five feet from the street or alley;
C. 
For parking areas with 50 or more spaces, no drive aisles shall be located so that a vehicle will maneuver within 20 feet of a site entrance measured from the property line; and
-Image-17.tif
D. 
A minimum unobstructed clearance height of seven and one-half (7.5) feet shall be maintained above all access drives.
2. 
Dimensional Requirements.
A. 
Minimum parking stall and aisle dimensions shall be as follows:
(1) 
Standard Parking Stall Dimensions.
Length
18.5 ft.
Width
8.5 ft.
(2) 
Compact Parking Stall Dimensions.
Length
16.0 ft.
Width
8.0 ft.
(3) 
Minimum Aisle Width—One-Way Traffic.
Parking Angle
(degrees)
Aisle Width
(feet)
30
10
45
12
60
16
90
24
(4) 
Minimum Aisle Width—Two-Way Traffic.
For two-way traffic, aisle widths and maneuvering areas shall be a minimum of 24 feet wide.
TABLE III-3
EXAMPLES OF PARKING BAY DIMENSIONS
Parking Angle
(S)
(D)
(A)
(W)
Stall Width
Stall Depth
Aisle Width
Module Width
30
8.5
16.5
10
44
44
8.5
19.0
12
50
60
8.5
20.5
16
57
90
8.5
18.5
24
61*
One-way or two-way traffic.
On either one-way or two-way aisles, back-to-back compact spaces shall be discouraged within the same aisle.
-Image-18.tif
B. 
Residential Garages/Carports. A minimum unobstructed inside dimension of 20 feet by 20 feet shall be maintained for a private two car garage and 18 feet width by (20) feet length for a two car carport. The minimum unobstructed ceiling height shall be seven and one-half (7.5) feet.
C. 
Parallel Parking Spaces. For a parallel space, the minimum width shall be nine feet and the minimum length shall be 24 feet with a minimum aisle width of 12 feet.
3. 
Drainage. All required off-street parking areas shall be designed so that surface water will not drain over any sidewalk or adjacent parcels.
4. 
Driveways. Driveways providing ingress and egress to off-street parking spaces for nonresidential uses shall be a minimum width of 12 feet for a one-way driveway and 24 feet for a two way. The maximum driveway width shall be 30 feet, exclusive of any area provided for a median divider at project entries.
Not more than one driveway shall be accessed from each street or public right-of-way having a property line frontage of less than 70 feet.
5. 
Landscaping. The following landscaping standards shall be observed for all parking facilities containing 10 or more spaces:
A. 
A minimum of 2% of the total required parking area shall be landscaped with at least one twenty-four (24) inch box size tree for each 10 parking spaces (which may be clustered or grouped) and appropriate shrubs and ground cover. The parking area shall be computed by adding the areas used for access drives, aisles, stalls and maneuvering;
B. 
Where parking areas adjoin a public right-of-way, a landscaped planting strip equal in depth to the required yard setback or five feet, whichever is greater, shall be established and continuously maintained between the public right-of-way and parking area(s);
C. 
Landscaping within the traffic safety sight area of a driveway shall not exceed 36 inches in height;
D. 
Each unenclosed parking facility shall provide a perimeter landscaped strip at least five feet wide (inside dimension) where the facility adjoins a side or rear property line. The perimeter landscaped strip may include any land-scaped yard or landscaped area otherwise required and shall be continuous, except for required access;
-Image-19.tif
E. 
Landscaped perimeter areas shall provide at least one twenty-four (24) inch box tree for each 300 square feet of area between a property line edge and the parking facility;
F. 
All landscaped areas shall be bordered by a concrete curb that is at least six inches high and six inches wide. All landscaped areas shall be a minimum of three feet in width. Concrete strips at least four inches wide may be required to separate turf areas from shrub areas;
G. 
A permanent and automatic irrigation system shall be installed and maintained in all landscaped areas in compliance with Chapter 3, Article 4 (Landscape Standards);
H. 
The landscaping plan shall provide for a variety of plant materials, with an emphasis on drought tolerant species, (see Chapter 3, Article 4, Landscape Standards); and
I. 
In order to increase the amount of parking lot landscaping, a maximum of two feet of the parking stall depth may be landscaped in lieu of asphalt paving while maintaining the required parking stall dimensions. This overhang area may include any required setbacks.
6. 
Lighting. Parking areas shall have lighting capable of providing adequate illumination for security and safety. The minimum requirement is one footcandle, maintained across the surface of the parking area. Lighting fixtures shall be energy-efficient and in scale with the height and use of the on-site structure(s). Any illumination, including security lighting, shall be directed away from adjoining properties and public rights-of-way. All parking area lighting plans shall be subject to approval of the Director.
7. 
Location of Required Parking Spaces.
A. 
All parking spaces required for residential uses shall be located on the same parcel as they are required to serve.
B. 
Required parking spaces for multi-family residential developments shall be located within 150 feet from the dwelling unit (measured from the front or rear door) for which the parking space is provided. No parking space required for a multi-family use shall be located within the front yard setback or side yard setback if adjacent to a street.
C. 
Required parking spaces for nonresidential uses shall not be more than 500 feet from the lot line of the use they are required to serve, as measured along the line of travel that a pedestrian would be required to use. Off-site parking facilities shall be secured by ownership or by a lease agreement which shall be approved by the Director and City Attorney.
8. 
Use of Public Parking Lots.
A. 
A parking space fee shall be charged when public lots owned and/or operated by the City are used to satisfy nonresidential parking requirements.
B. 
Notwithstanding other provisions of this chapter, all or a portion of the off-street parking required by this chapter may be waived when the parcel involved is located within 500 feet of properties fronting Pacific Boulevard from the north side of Florence Avenue to the south side of Randolph Street and is within 500 feet of the nearest point of a public parking lot as measured between the property line of the subject parcel to the property line of the public parking lot, provided the owner or occupant of the property on which the waiver is to be applied pays to the City an amount to be determined by the Council. (In no case shall the amount be less than $2,000 for each on-site parking space waived.)
C. 
Upon the payment to the City Treasurer of the required sum to be placed in the Parking System Fund, the Director shall issue a permit waiving the specified parking spaces.
D. 
All money given to the City in compliance with the provisions of this section shall be used for the purpose of providing for, or facilitating, the use of public off-street parking.
9. 
Maintenance of Parking Facilities. All parking facilities shall be permanently maintained free of litter and debris at all times.
10. 
Parking Structures. All parking structures shall be developed as follows:
A. 
Parking structures shall have a minimum five foot-wide continuous perimeter landscaping with vertical elements at least every 20 feet;
B. 
Driveways providing ingress and egress to a parking structure shall include a minimum three foot-wide landscaped median island and accent paving in the driveway;
C. 
All landscaping shall be permanently maintained and automatically irrigated; and
D. 
All lighting shall be energy-efficient. Lighting on the top deck shall be low-level and directed so as not to spill light beyond the deck surface. The minimum requirement is one footcandle to be maintained across the deck and a minimum of two footcandles for the interior.
11. 
Security. All parking facilities shall be designed, constructed and maintained with security as a priority to protect the safety of the users.
12. 
Screening.
A. 
Nonresidential parking areas abutting residentially zoned/used parcels shall have a six foot-high solid, architecturally treated, masonry wall to properly screen the parking area(s), subject to approval by the Review Authority. All wall treatments shall occur on both sides.
B. 
Parking areas abutting public rights-of-way shall provide a three to three and one-half (3.5) foot-high landscaped screen across the entire parking frontage except for driveways. Landscape screening may include hedge row plantings or landscaped berms.
-Image-20.tif
13. 
Slope.
A. 
Parking areas shall be designed and improved with grades not exceeding a 5% slope.
B. 
Driveways shall have no grades exceeding a 10% slope or as approved by the City Engineer.
14. 
Striping and Marking.
A. 
All parking stalls shall be marked with a single 4-inch-wide continuous line.
B. 
All aisles, entrances and exits shall be clearly marked with directional arrows painted on the parking surface.
C. 
All motorcycle parking areas shall be individually labeled with the word "motorcycles" painted on the parking surface.
D. 
All handicapped parking stalls shall be individually labeled and signed in compliance with Uniform Building Code and California Vehicle Code standards.
E. 
All compact parking stalls shall be labeled with the word "compact" painted on the parking surface.
15. 
Surfacing. All parking areas shall be surfaced with a permanent surface in compliance with current City standards.
16. 
Wheel Stops/Curbing. Continuous concrete curbing at least six inches high and six inches wide shall be provided for all parking spaces located adjacent to walls, fences, property lines, structures and landscaped areas.
(§ 1, Ord. 666-NS, eff. September 15, 2001 as amended by § 1, Ord. 828-NS, eff. September 4, 2008)

§ 9-3.810 Parking design standards for residential uses.

The following standards shall apply to all residential uses in residential zoning districts:
1. 
Driveways.
A. 
All driveways shall provide a paved way over the shortest distance between a garage, carport or other approved surplus parking area and the point of access from the public right-of-way.
B. 
All required off-street parking spaces for multi-family residential uses facing a street or within the front 50% of the parcel shall be enclosed in garages that are provided and maintained with doors.
2. 
Parking of Vehicles, Boats, Trailers, and Camper Bodies. In the R-L, R-M, R-H, C-P and C-N zoning districts where parcels of land are used for residential purposes, no person shall store or park, or permit another person to store or park, any boat, trailer or camper body within the front 50% of a parcel, or within the area between the front property line and the front of a residential building, except on a driveway. No person shall store or park, or permit another person to store or park, a motor vehicle with the front 50% of a parcel unless within an approved parking area. No person shall store or park, or permit another person to store or park, an inoperable motor vehicle on a parcel unless within an enclosed garage or unless the area is completely screened from public or private properties.
3. 
Driveway Expansions.
A. 
In any residential zoning district, paved areas immediately adjacent to the required access driveway may be used for the parking of operable automobiles with the approval of a Minor Conditional Use Permit in compliance with Chapter 2, Article 8.
(1) 
Factors taken into consideration in the granting of a Minor Conditional Use Permit shall include the lack of required on-site parking on nonconforming properties; safety or privacy needs and the lack of on-street parking.
(2) 
New curb cuts or expansions of existing curb cuts shall be discouraged so as to maintain curb availability for on-street parking.
B. 
The maximum total width of an expanded driveway shall not exceed 28 feet or 50% of the lot width, whichever is less.
-Image-21.tif
C. 
All unpaved portions of the front yard area shall be improved and maintained with landscaping as defined in Section 9-1.203 (Definitions).
4. 
Screening of Parking Facilities. All parking spaces serving multi-family uses within the R-M and R-H zoning districts shall be screened from view from public streets by a decorative masonry wall not less that five feet in height or more than seven feet. Walls shall not be located in a setback area and shall incorporate landscaping on the street side to help screen flat wall surfaces.
Duplex units may have two parking spaces that open to the front yard setback area.
5. 
Parking Location.
A. 
Vehicles shall not be parked within the front 50% of the lot or between the street property line and the front of the residential unit except on a legal driveway that provides access to required parking or other approved surplus parking area.
B. 
Recreational and commercial vehicles may be temporarily stored on driveways in front of residences for not more than 14 continuous days within any 90 day period.
-Image-22.tif
-Image-23.tif
6. 
Tandem Parking.
A. 
Tandem parking may be used to satisfy parking requirements in residential zoning districts for multi-family uses, day care centers and large family day care centers/homes.
B. 
For multi-family uses the following standards shall apply:
(1) 
Both tandem spaces shall be assigned to the same residential unit;
(2) 
Parking for up to 25% of the dwelling units may be accommodated by tandem spaces. In making this calculation, fractions shall be rounded down to the nearest whole unit. In projects utilizing low-moderate density bonuses up to 50% of the parking may be accommodated by tandem spaces; and
(3) 
Two parking spaces in tandem shall not have a combined minimum dimension less than nine and one-half (9.5) feet by 37 feet.
(§ 1, Ord. 666-NS, eff. September 15, 2001)

§ 9-3.811 Joint use of parking facilities.

Owners or lessees of property in nonresidential zoning districts may provide parking facilities for their joint use in compliance with the provisions of this section.
1. 
Joint Use with Parking Reduction.
A. 
Parking facilities for adjoining uses whose peak hours of operation are substantially different may be provided jointly and may reduce the total number of parking spaces required subject to:
(1) 
The granting of a Conditional Use Permit; and
(2) 
The satisfaction of the following conditions:
a. 
Sufficient evidence that no substantial conflict exists in the periods of peak demand for the uses for which the joint parking is proposed. A parking study prepared by a qualified traffic engineer may be required;
b. 
The number of parking spaces which may be credited against the requirements for each use involved shall not exceed the number of spaces reasonably anticipated to be available during the differing hours of operation;
c. 
The parking facilities designated for joint use shall be within 500 feet of the structures and uses served; and
d. 
A written agreement, approved by the City Attorney may be required to be executed by all parties concerned and filed in the office of the County Recorder. The agreement shall be a covenant running with the land or other enforceable restriction and shall ensure the continued availability of the number of spaces designated for joint use at the periods of time indicated.
B. 
In granting parking reductions for the joint use of parking facilities, the Review Authority shall make one or more of the following findings:
(1) 
The information presented justifies the requested parking reduction based upon the presence of two or more adjacent land uses which, because of their substantially different operating hours or different peak parking characteristics, will allow joint use of the same parking facilities;
(2) 
The traffic engineering report indicated that there are public transportation facilities and/or pedestrian circulation opportunities which justify the requested parking reduction; or
(3) 
The traffic engineering report indicates that because of the clustering of different land uses, a reduced number of parking spaces can serve multiple trip purposes to the area in question.
2. 
Joint use without parking reduction. If two or more adjoining uses are under common ownership, or separate ownership and the respective owners have acquired recordable easements for reciprocal access, the uses may jointly provide the required number of off-street parking spaces, in which case the required number of parking spaces shall not be less than the sum of the requirements for the individual uses computed separately.
(§ 1, Ord. 666-NS, eff. September 15, 2001)

§ 9-3.812 Parking reductions for transportation system management.

1. 
Reductions in the number of required parking spaces may be granted through the approval of a Minor Conditional Use Permit when it is indicated that the reductions are warranted by the provision of Transportation System Management (TSM) measures which are designed to reduce the overall demand for vehicle trips to the site. The project proponent shall request the parking reduction in writing and shall describe the measures to be taken to reduce vehicle trips to the site. The maximum number of spaces reduced shall be 10%, or as determined by the Director when an approved demand analysis is submitted. The TSM program may include, but not be limited to, the following:
A. 
Private vanpool operation;
B. 
Transit/vanpool fare subsidies;
C. 
Pay parking for employees;
D. 
Provision of subscription bus services;
E. 
Alternative work hours;
F. 
Capital improvements for transit services;
G. 
Reduction of parking fees for carpools and vanpools;
H. 
Bikeway linkages to established bicycle routes;
I. 
Provision of an on-site employee transportation coordinator;
J. 
On-site showers, lockers and bicycle storage facilities; or
K. 
Provision of other appropriate TSM measures as approved by the Director.
2. 
To be eligible for a parking reduction, the TSM program shall indicate how the proposed measures will be implemented, the permanency of the measures, the potential number of trips reduced, the number of parking spaces to be eliminated and any other pertinent information. Also, an analysis of what measures will be taken if parking demand exceeds supply shall be included. The potential for maintaining the TSM program will be considered individually for each development in determining the reduction in required parking.
3. 
Upon demonstrating to the satisfaction of the Director the effectiveness and permanence of the proposed TSM measures, the Director may approve a Minor Conditional Use Permit reducing the number of parking spaces required by up to 10% depending on the extent of the measures proposed and the likelihood of their success in reducing vehicle trips to the site.
4. 
The project proponent shall enter into an agreement with the City to guarantee the implementation, permanence and long-term maintenance of the proposed TSM measures.
(§ 1, Ord. 666-NS, eff. September 15, 2001)

§ 9-3.813 In-lieu parking fees.

All or a portion of the off-street parking required by this chapter may be waived when the lot or parcel of land involved is located in, or within 500 feet of, the Downtown Huntington Park Specific Plan (DTSP) and is within 500 feet from the nearest point of a public parking lot as measured between the property line of subject parcel or lot to the property line of the public parking lot provided the owner or occupant of the property on which the waiver is to be applied pays to the City an amount to be determined by the Council. Upon the payment to the City Treasurer of the required sum to be placed in the Parking System Fund, the Director shall issue a permit waiving the specified parking spaces. All money given to the City pursuant to the provisions of this section shall be used for the purposes of providing for, or facilitating the use of public off-street parking.
(§ 1, Ord. 666-NS, eff. September 15, 2001, as amended by § 2, Ord. 854-NS, eff. June 17, 2010)

§ 9-3.814 Relief from requirements.

When practical difficulties, unnecessary hardships or results inconsistent with the general purpose of this chapter occur through the strict/literal interpretation of the provisions of this chapter, relief from these provisions may be granted in compliance with the procedures outlined in Chapter 4, Article 7 (Minor Variances) or Chapter 4, Article 9 (Variances).
(§ 1, Ord. 666-NS, eff. September 15, 2001)

§ 9-3.815 Applicable regulations.

The provision of off-street parking shall be subject to the applicable regulations of this Code, including provisions located in the following Articles:
1.
Article 11 of Chapter 4
Conditional Use Permits
2.
Article 8 of Chapter 4
Minor Conditional Use Permits
3.
Article 7 of Chapter 4
Minor Variances
4.
Article 10 of Chapter 4
Development Permits
5.
Article 9 of Chapter 4
Variances
(§ 1, Ord. 666-NS, eff. September 15, 2001)

§ 9-3.901 Purpose.

The purpose of this article is to establish procedures to permit certain incidental outdoor uses in pedestrian arcades.
Creativity in the design of outdoor uses is encouraged and the quality, character and design of all items placed outside should contribute in a positive way to the visual appearance of the community.
The provisions of this chapter will assist in improving business, promotional, and pedestrian related activities in the City.
(§ 1, Ord. 666-NS, eff. September 15, 2001)

§ 9-3.902 Applicability.

In compliance with any other applicable provisions of this Code, the following uses may be permitted subject to the provisions of this article:
1. 
Outdoor seating;
2. 
Kiosks/vendor carts; and
3. 
Outdoor advertising.
(§ 1, Ord. 666-NS, eff. September 15, 2001)

§ 9-3.903 Required permit findings and operating standards.

No proposed outdoor use application shall be approved unless it can be reasonably expected over time to be consistent with the intent, purpose and all regulations of this article. The application shall contain sufficient information to determine substantial compliance with all conditions and regulations, and additional information may be required as deemed necessary by the Director (e.g., site plan, material samples, photos, etc.).
(§ 1, Ord. 666-NS, eff. September 15, 2001)

§ 9-3.904 General standards for outdoor uses.

All outdoor uses allowed by this article shall be subject to the following standards:
1. 
Outdoor use on private property shall not exceed five feet in depth, perpendicular to the storefront.
2. 
Outdoor uses shall maintain a minimum clearance of five feet from any other tenant storefront space, or as determined by the Director or the Commission. Outdoor uses may be expanded onto adjacent storefront areas up to a maximum of 25% of the subject tenant space width with the written approval of the adjacent tenant occupant and property owner.
3. 
Outdoor uses shall be clear of any obstructions for access to any required fire exits or primary entrances.
4. 
Outdoor uses shall maintain a minimum clearance of five feet from any stationary object or kiosk/vendor cart other than the storefront.
5. 
All pathways shall have a clearance of not less than eight feet above the surface of the path.
6. 
Outdoor uses shall require submittal of a site plan review to the Department. Plans shall include measurements, as required, including, but not limited to, arcade widths, access clearance widths and dimensions.
7. 
No cardboard or other types of similar storage boxes shall be visible to the pubic.
8. 
No outdoor storage shall be permitted in conjunction with any outdoor use.
9. 
Outdoor uses shall be limited to the regular hours of operation of the respective business, and all items placed outside shall be removed each evening, unless otherwise approved.
10. 
No use or item shall be in excess of six feet in height, unless approved by the Department and a building permit is obtained, if necessary.
11. 
All areas, uses, or items shall be maintained in a clean, neat, quiet and orderly manner at all times and shall comply with the property maintenance standards as set forth in the Huntington Park Municipal Code Section 8-9.02.1.
12. 
No use or item shall be located so as to be hazardous to pedestrian or vehicular traffic, or extend into the safe line-of-sight distances at intersections, as determined by the City Engineer.
13. 
Any signs used in conjunction with an outdoor use shall require review and approval in compliance with this article and other applicable codes, or as required by the Director.
14. 
Any outdoor use located on private property shall obtain prior authorization from the property owner.
15. 
No services shall be provided outdoors in conjunction with any outdoor use, except for table service of food in conjunction with approved outdoor seating, or as approved by the Director.
16. 
All outdoor use areas shall be continuously supervised by management or employees of the respective business to which they are connected, to ensure required pathways are kept clear and that all City requirements are complied with.
17. 
Incidental outdoor uses shall not require additional parking beyond that which is otherwise required for the primary permanent use, except as otherwise required by this chapter.
(§ 1, Ord. 666-NS, eff. September 15, 2001)

§ 9-3.905 Additional standards for outdoor seating.

All outdoor seating shall require a valid Minor Conditional Use Permit in compliance with Chapter 2, Article 11, and in compliance with the above general standards and the following additional standards:
1. 
A business shall have no more than a single row of tables parallel to the building frontage.
2. 
Any movable or fixed barriers (e.g., fences, planters, poles or ropes) shall be subject to review for approval.
3. 
A business may have more than a single row of tables under certain conditions, as approved by the Commission.
4. 
All tables and chairs shall be of sturdy construction, made of quality materials, and designed to complement the character of the streetscape. The maximum diameter of the tables shall be 30 inches.
5. 
No parking shall be required for outdoor seating, subject to the following restrictions:
A. 
If the outdoor seating is connected to a nonrestaurant, retail food business, the outdoor seating shall be for no more than eight persons.
B. 
If the outdoor seating is connected to a restaurant that has an indoor dining area for which parking has been provided, parking credit has been granted, and/or in-lieu fees have been paid, the outdoor seating shall be for no more than 16 persons. However, before approving outdoor seating for more than eight persons, the City may conduct a parking review. As part of the parking review, the City may require the business to provide a plan for employee parking.
C. 
If the outdoor seating is connected to a business that is a nonrestaurant and nonretail food business, the outdoor seating shall be for no more than four persons.
D. 
All outdoor seating which exceeds that specified above, or which otherwise does not meet the above restrictions, shall be subject to standard parking requirements.
6. 
Customer trash receptacles shall be provided as required by the Director. The receptacles shall be a decorative design to complement or enhance the intended use.
(§ 1, Ord. 666-NS, eff. September 15, 2001)

§ 9-3.906 Additional standards for kiosks/vendor carts.

All kiosks/vendor carts shall require a valid Minor Conditional Use Permit in compliance with Chapter 2, Article 11, and in compliance with the above general standards and the following additional standards:
1. 
The kiosk/vendor cart use shall maintain a minimum of five feet unobstructed clearance from any object, fixture, or storefront window to allow pedestrian access and passage.
2. 
A valid business license shall be obtained, with location approval per site plan review by the Department.
3. 
Kiosks/vendor carts shall be allowed based upon the standard of one kiosk/vendor cart for each 70 feet of lot depth.
4. 
No cardboard or other types of similar storage boxes shall be visible to the public.
5. 
Outdoor seating/eating may be allowed subject to the approval of a seating area plan.
6. 
All displays, materials, and merchandise shall be maintained in a clean, neat, quiet and orderly manner at all times and comply with the property maintenance standards as set forth in the Huntington Park Municipal Code Section 8-9.02.1.
7. 
Kiosk/vendor cart design shall be of a quality and appearance that is compatible with the surrounding area and streetscape. Kiosk/vendor cart design approval shall be subject to submittal and review of a detailed cart design and/or photos.
8. 
Customer trash receptacles shall be provided as required by the Director. The receptacles shall be a decorative design to complement or enhance the intended use.
(§ 1, Ord. 666-NS, eff. September 15, 2001)

§ 9-3.907 Additional standards for outdoor advertising.

All outdoor advertising shall be subject to the above general standards and the following additional standards:
1. 
The maximum size of the advertisement shall not exceed 12 square feet in surface area per side for a single-or double-sided advertisement. Multiple-sided advertisements, in excess of two sides, are prohibited.
2. 
The maximum height from the ground level to the top of any structure shall be six feet.
3. 
A freestanding advertisement shall not be located more than three feet from the storefront.
4. 
All advertisement structures and materials shall be maintained in good repair and in clean condition at all times.
5. 
Design, including materials, lettering and graphics, shall be of good quality and appearance and shall be subject to review and approval by the Department. Outdoor advertisements shall be constructed and lettered in a professional manner.
6. 
All materials and lettering finishes shall be durable and weather-resistant.
7. 
Designs which incorporate colorful or interesting pictorial graphics or logos are encouraged, and may be eligible for an additional three square feet of area for each side (i.e., 15 square feet maximum total area per side).
8. 
Movable, freestanding advertisements approved in compliance with this chapter are exempt from other sign regulations of this Code.
9. 
Permit requirements for outdoor advertisements shall be as follows:
A. 
Application for approval shall be completed in conjunction with a site plan review application and a sign design review application. The applicable site plan review and sign design review fees shall be required prior to an outdoor advertising permit approval.
B. 
The applicant shall sign an affidavit that he or she is aware of and agrees to all of the requirements and conditions under which approval of the use is given, and that if any of the requirements or conditions are violated, the approval shall become null and void.
C. 
The outdoor advertisement shall comply with any additional condition(s) established by the Director and made part of the record of the permit, as deemed necessary to carry out the purpose or intent of this chapter and to protect the health, safety, welfare and character of the community.
D. 
The permit may be transferred to a new, bona fide business owner at the approved location for the same business only, provided that there are no changes to the original advertisement.
E. 
Any changes or modifications to any approved outdoor advertisement shall require a new permit.
(§ 1, Ord. 666-NS, eff. September 15, 2001)

§ 9-3.908 Revocation or modification provisions for outdoor advertising permits.

An outdoor advertising permit may be revoked or modified by the Director, after notice and reasonable opportunity to comply is given, if any one of the following findings can be made.
1. 
That the use has become detrimental to the public health, safety, welfare or character of a neighborhood, or constitutes a hazard or nuisance to pedestrian or vehicular circulation or parking;
2. 
That the permit was obtained by misrepresentation or fraud;
3. 
That the use for which the permit was granted has ceased or was suspended for 60 or more days;
4. 
That the condition of the premises or the area of which it is a part, has changed so that the use is no longer justified nor fully complies with the permit regulations or conditions under the purpose or intent of this chapter;
5. 
That the use being conducted is different from that for which the permit was issued;
6. 
That one or more of the standards or any special conditions of the permit are not being met; or
Except as otherwise stipulated that the use or property is in violation of any statute, ordinance, law or regulation.
(§ 1, Ord. 666-NS, eff. September 15, 2001)

§ 9-3.909 Applicable regulations.

All outdoor uses shall be subject to the applicable regulations of this Code, including provisions located in the following Articles:
1.
Article 11 of Chapter 4
Conditional Use Permits
2.
Article 4 of this chapter
Landscaping Standards
3.
Article 8 of Chapter 4
Minor Conditional Use Permits
4.
Article 7 of Chapter 4
Minor Variances
5.
Article 7 of this chapter
Off-Street Loading Standards
6.
Article 8 of this chapter
Off-Street Parking Standards
7.
Article 10 of Chapter 4
Development Permits
8.
Article 12 of this chapter
Sign Standards
9.
Article 5 of Chapter 4
Special Event Permits
10.
Article 9 of Chapter 4
Variances
(§ 1, Ord. 666-NS, eff. September 15, 2001)

§ 9-3.1001 Purpose.

The purpose of this chapter is to establish standards and procedures for the siting and operation of various types and sizes of commercial recycling facilities.
(§ 1, Ord. 666-NS, eff. September 15, 2001)

§ 9-3.1002 Applicability.

Any operator of a recycling facility intending to operate within the City shall comply with all of the following provisions/standards:
1. 
Recycling facilities are allowed in compliance with the following schedule:
Type of Facility
Districts Permitted
Permit Required
Reverse Vending Machines
C-N
Development Permit for up to 5 reverse vending machines
 
C-G
Development Permit for up to 5 reverse vending machines
 
MPD
Development Permit for up to 5 reverse vending machines
Small Collection
C-G
Development Permit
 
MPD
Development Permit
Large Collection
MPD
Conditional Use Permit
Light Processing
MPD
Conditional Use Permit
Heavy Processing
MPD
Conditional Use Permit
For the purpose of this chapter, the following definitions shall apply:
A. 
"Collection facility" means a center for the acceptance by donation, redemption or purchase of recyclable materials from the public, which may include the following:
(1) 
Reverse vending machine(s);
(2) 
Small collection facilities which occupy an area of less than 500 square feet and may include:
a. 
A mobile unit;
b. 
Bulk reverse vending machines or a grouping of reverse vending machines occupying more than 50 square feet; and
c. 
Kiosk-type units which may include permanent structures.
(3) 
Large collection facilities which may occupy an area of more than 500 square feet and may include permanent structures.
B. 
"Mobile recycling unit" means an automobile, truck, trailer or van, licensed by the Department of Motor Vehicles that is used for the collection of recyclable materials, including bins, boxes or containers transported by trucks, vans or trailers and used for the collection of recyclable materials;
C. 
"Convenience zones" means an area within a two mile radius of a supermarket;
D. 
"Supermarket" means a full-service, self-service retail store with gross annual sales of two million dollars or more and which sells a line of dry grocery, canned goods or non-food items and some perishable items;
E. 
"Processing facility" means a facility used for the collection and processing of recyclable materials to prepare for either efficient shipment or to an end-user's specifications by means of baling, briquetting, compacting, flattening, grinding, crushing, mechanical sorting, shredding, cleaning and remanufacturing. Processing facilities include the following:
(1) 
A light processing facility occupies an area of under 45,000 square feet of collection, processing and storage area and averages two outbound truck shipments each day. Light processing facilities are limited to baling, briquetting, crushing, compacting, grinding, shredding and sorting of source separated recyclable materials sufficient to qualify as a certified processing facility. A light processing facility shall not shred, compact or bale ferrous metals other than food and beverage containers; and
(2) 
A heavy processing facility is any processing facility other than a light processing facility.
F. 
"Recycling facility" means a center for the collection and/or processing of recyclable materials. A certified recycling facility or certified processor is certified by the California Department of Conservation as meeting the requirements of State law (California Beverage Container Recycling and Litter Reduction Act of 1986). A recycling facility does not include storage containers located on a residential, commercial or industrial designated parcel used solely for the recycling of material generated on the parcel;
G. 
"Recycling or recyclable material" means reusable domestic containers including, but not limited to, metals, glass, plastic and paper which are intended for reuse, remanufacture, or reconstitution for the purpose of using in altered form. Recyclable material does not include refuse or hazardous materials; and
H. 
"Reverse vending machine" means an automated mechanical device which accepts at least one or more types of empty beverage containers including, but not limited to, aluminum cans, glass and plastic bottles and issues a cash refund or a redeemable credit slip with a value not less than the container's redemption value as determined by State law. A reverse vending machine may sort and process containers mechanically provided that the entire process is enclosed within the machine. In order to accept and temporarily store all container types in a proportion commensurate with their relative redemption rates and to meet the requirements of certification as a recycling facility, multiple grouping of reverse vending machines may be necessary.
A bulk reverse vending machine is a reverse vending machine that is larger than 50 square feet, is designed to accept more than one container at a time, and will pay by weight instead of by container.
2. 
All recycling facilities shall comply with the following standards:
A. 
Reverse vending machine(s) located within a commercial structure shall not require additional parking spaces for recycling customers and may be permitted only in the C-N, C-G and MPD zoning districts with a Development Permit subject to the following standards:
(1) 
Shall be installed as an accessory use to a commercial use which is in full compliance with all applicable provisions of this Code and the Municipal Code;
(2) 
Shall be located within 30 feet of the entrance to the commercial structure and shall not obstruct pedestrian or vehicular circulation;
(3) 
Shall not occupy parking spaces required by the primary use;
(4) 
Shall occupy no more than 50 square feet of floor space for each installation, including any protective enclosure and shall be no more than eight feet in height;
(5) 
Shall be constructed and maintained with durable waterproof and rustproof materials;
(6) 
Shall be clearly marked to identify the type of material to be deposited, operating instructions and the identity and phone number of the operator or responsible person to call if the machine is inoperative;
(7) 
Shall have a maximum sign area of four square feet for each machine, exclusive of operating instructions;
(8) 
Shall be maintained in a clean, sanitary, odor-free and litter-free condition and shall be cleaned of loose debris on a daily basis;
(9) 
Shall have operating hours which are consistent with the operating hours of the primary use;
(11) 
Shall be illuminated to ensure comfortable and safe operation if operating hours are between dusk and dawn; and
(12) 
Shall maintain adequate refuse containers on-site for the disposal of nonhazardous waste.
B. 
Small collection facilities located within the C-G and MPD zoning districts shall be subject to the approval of a Development Permit and the following standards:
(1) 
Shall be installed as an accessory use to a commercial use which is in full compliance with all applicable provisions of this Code and the Municipal Code;
(2) 
Shall be no larger than 500 square feet and occupy no more than three parking spaces not including space that will be periodically needed for removal of materials or exchange of containers;
(3) 
Shall be set back at least 10 feet from any public right-of-way and not obstruct pedestrian or vehicular circulation;
(4) 
Shall accept only glass, metals, plastic containers, papers and reusable items;
(5) 
Shall use no power-driven processing equipment except for reverse vending machines;
(6) 
Shall use containers that are constructed and maintained with durable waterproof and rustproof materials, covered when site is not attended, secured from unauthorized entry or removal of materials, and shall be of a capacity sufficient to accommodate materials collected and the collection schedule;
(7) 
Shall store all recyclable material in the mobile unit vehicle and shall not leave materials outside of the unit when attendant is not present;
(8) 
Shall be maintained in a clean, sanitary, odor-free and litter-free condition and shall be cleaned of loose debris on a daily basis;
(9) 
Noise levels shall not exceed 60 dBA as measured at the property line of the nearest residential zoning district(s)/uses in compliance with Article 5 of this chapter (Noise Standards);
(10) 
Shall not be located within 30 feet of any residential zoning district/use;
(11) 
Collection containers, site fencing, and signs shall be of a color and design which is both compatible and harmonious with the surrounding uses and neighborhood;
(12) 
Containers shall be clearly marked to identify the type of material which may be deposited; the facility shall be clearly marked to identify the name and telephone number of the facility operator and the hours of operation and display a notice stating that no material shall be left outside the recycling enclosure;
(13) 
Signs may be provided as follows:
a. 
Recycling facilities may have identification signs with a maximum area of 15% for each side of a structure or 16 square feet, whichever is greater. In the case of a wheeled facility, the side will be measured from the ground to the top of the container;
b. 
Signs shall be consistent with the character of their location; and
c. 
Directional signs, consistent with Article 12 of this chapter (Sign Standards), bearing no advertising message may be installed with the approval of the Director if found necessary to facilitate traffic circulation or if the facility is not directly visible from the public right-of-way.
(14) 
The facility shall not impair the landscaping required by Article 4 of this chapter (Landscaping Standards) for any concurrent use allowed by this Code;
(15) 
No additional parking space shall be required for customers of a small collection facility located in the established parking lot of the primary use. One space will be provided for the attendant, if needed;
(16) 
Mobile recycling units shall have an area clearly marked to prohibit other vehicular parking during hours when the mobile unit is scheduled to be present;
(17) 
Occupation of parking spaces by the facility and by the attendant shall not reduce available parking spaces below the minimum number required for the primary use unless all of the following conditions exist:
a. 
A parking study shows that existing parking capacity is not already fully utilized during the time the recycling facility will be on the site; and
b. 
The permit shall be reviewed at the end of one year and again thereafter, as determined by the Review Authority.
(18) 
Small collection facilities shall not operate outside of the hours of the main use and shall not be 24 hour operations;
(19) 
Small collection facilities may be subject to landscaping and/or screening as determined by the Review Authority; and
(20) 
Shall maintain adequate refuse containers on-site for the disposal of nonhazardous waste.
C. 
A large collection facility, which is larger than 500 square feet or on a separate parcel and not accessory to a "primary" use, and which has a permanent structure, is permitted only in the MPD zoning district, subject to the approval of a Conditional Use Permit and the following standards:
(1) 
The facility shall not be located adjacent to any residential zoning district/use;
(2) 
The facility shall be screened from all public rights-of-way;
(3) 
Structure setbacks and landscape requirements shall comply with those provided for the MPD zoning district;
(4) 
All exterior storage of material shall be in sturdy containers or enclosures which are covered, secured, and maintained in good condition at all times. Storage containers for flammable materials shall be constructed of nonflammable materials. Outdoor storage shall be screened by a six foot high, solid decorative masonry wall. No storage, excluding truck trailers, shall be visible above the height of the required wall;
(5) 
The facility shall be maintained in a clean, sanitary and litter-free condition. Loose debris shall be collected on a daily basis and the site shall be secured from unauthorized entry and removal of materials when attendants are not present;
(6) 
Space shall be provided on-site for six vehicles to circulate and to deposit recyclable materials;
(7) 
Four parking spaces for employees plus one parking space for each commercial vehicle operated by the recycling facility shall be provided on-site;
(8) 
Noise levels shall not exceed 60 dBA as measured at the property line of the nearest residential zoning district(s)/uses in compliance with Article 5 of this chapter (Noise Standards);
(9) 
If the facility is located within 500 feet of property zoned or used for residential purposes, it shall not be in operation between the hours of 7:00 p.m. and 7:00 a.m.;
(10) 
Any containers provided for "after hours" donation of recyclable materials shall be permanently located at least 50 feet from any residential zoning district/use, constructed of sturdy, rustproof materials, with sufficient capacity to accommodate materials collected;
(11) 
Donation areas shall be kept free of litter and any other undesirable material and the containers shall be clearly marked to identify the type of material that may be deposited. The facility shall display a notice stating that no material shall be left outside the recycling containers;
(12) 
The facility shall be clearly marked with the name and phone number of the facility operator and the hours of operation. Signs shall be installed in compliance with Article 12 of this chapter (Sign Standards);
(13) 
No dust, fumes, smoke, vibration or odor above ambient levels shall be detectable from adjacent parcels; and
(14) 
The facility shall maintain adequate refuse containers on-site for the disposal of nonhazardous waste.
D. 
Light processing facilities and heavy processing facilities shall be permitted only in the MPD zoning district subject to the approval of a Conditional Use Permit and the following standards:
(1) 
The facility shall not be located adjacent to any residential zoning district/use;
(2) 
Processors shall operate within a completely enclosed structure if located within 500 feet of any residential zoning district or a C-N zoning district;
(3) 
Power-driven processing shall be permitted provided all noise levels are in compliance with Article 5 of this chapter (Noise Standards). Light processing facilities are limited to baling, briquetting, crushing, compacting, grinding, shredding and sorting of source-separated recyclable materials and repairing of reusable materials;
(4) 
A light processing facility shall be no larger than 45,000 square feet and shall have no more than an average of two outbound truck shipments of material each day and shall not shred, compact or bale ferrous metals other than food and beverage containers. A heavy processor may exceed 45,000 square feet and two outbound truck shipments each day, and may perform those functions not allowed at light processing facilities;
(5) 
Structure setbacks and landscape requirements shall comply with those provided for the MPD zoning district;
(6) 
All exterior storage of material shall be in sturdy containers or enclosures which are covered, secured, and maintained in good condition at all times. Storage containers for flammable materials shall be constructed of nonflammable materials. Outdoor storage shall be screened by a seven foot high, solid decorative masonry wall, or as determined by the Commission. No storage, excluding truck trailers, shall be visible above the height of the required wall;
(7) 
The premises shall be maintained in a clean, sanitary, odor-free and litter-free condition. Loose debris shall be collected on a daily basis and the site shall be secured from unauthorized entry and removal of materials when attendants are not present;
(8) 
Space shall be provided on-site for the anticipated peak load of customers to circulate, park and deposit recyclable materials. If the facility is open to the public, an on-site parking area shall be provided with a minimum of five spaces at any one time;
(9) 
One employee parking space shall be provided on-site for each commercial vehicle operated by the processing center;
(10) 
Noise levels shall not exceed 60 dBA as measured at the property line of the nearest residential zoning district(s)/uses, in compliance with Article 5 of this chapter (Noise Standards);
(11) 
If the facility is located within 500 feet of property zoned or used for residential purposes, it shall not be in operation between the hours of 7:00 p.m. and 7:00 a.m. The facility shall be administered by on-site personnel during normal business hours;
(12) 
Any containers provided for "after hours" donation of recyclable materials shall be permanently located at least 100 feet from any residential zoning district/use, constructed of sturdy, rustproof materials, with sufficient capacity to accommodate materials collected;
(13) 
Donation areas shall be kept free of litter and any other undesirable material and the containers shall be clearly marked to identify the type of material that may be deposited. The facility shall display a notice stating that no material shall be left outside the recycling containers;
(14) 
The facility shall be clearly marked with the name and phone number of the facility operator and the hours of operation. Signs shall be installed in compliance with Article 12 of this chapter (Sign Standards);
(15) 
No dust, fumes, smoke, vibration or odor above ambient levels shall be detectable from adjacent parcels; and
(16) 
Adequate refuse containers shall be maintained on-site for the disposal of nonhazardous waste.
(§ 1, Ord. 666-NS, eff. September 15, 2001)

§ 9-3.1003 Performance guarantee requirements.

The applicant may be required as a condition of approval to provide adequate security to guarantee the restoration of the property back to its original condition, or better, in compliance with Section 9-2.2402 (Performance Guarantee Requirements).
(§ 1, Ord. 666-NS, eff. September 15, 2001)

§ 9-3.1004 Applicable regulations.

1.
Article 11 of Chapter 2
Conditional Use Permits
2.
Article 24 of Chapter 2
Enforcement of Provisions
3.
Article 4 of this chapter
Landscaping Standards
4.
Article 8 of Chapter 2
Minor Conditional Use Permits
5.
Article 7 of Chapter 2
Minor Variances
6.
Article 7 of this chapter
Off-Street Loading Standards
7.
Article 8 of this chapter
Off-Street Parking Standards
8.
Article 10 of Chapter 2
Development Permits
9.
Article 12 of this chapter
Sign Standards
10.
Article 14 of Chapter 2
Special Event Permits
11.
Article 9 of Chapter 2
Variances
(§ 1, Ord. 666-NS, eff. September 15, 2001)

§ 9-3.1101 Purpose.

The purpose of this chapter is to provide locational/developmental/operational standards for the Senior Citizen/Congregate Care Housing facilities.
(§ 1, Ord. 666-NS, eff. September 15, 2001)

§ 9-3.1102 Applicability.

Senior citizen housing developments are allowed in compliance with Table IV-1 and IV-5 (Allowed Land Uses), subject to the approval of a Conditional Use Permit, and shall be located/developed/operated in the following manner:
1. 
The number of residential dwelling units shall not exceed a maximum density of 225 units per gross acre in a Senior Citizen Housing Overlay Zone, or the allowable density in other zoning districts;
2. 
A "density bonus" may be utilized if the development proposal is in compliance with the applicable provisions of Article 2 of this chapter (Bonus Development);
3. 
The minimum floor area for each residential unit shall be as follows:
Studio:
410 square feet
One-bedroom:
570 square feet if kitchen-dining living areas are separate
Two-bedroom:
670 square feet if kitchen-dining living areas are separate
4. 
The main entrance to the facility, common areas, and all living units shall provide disabled access in compliance with the City's Building Code;
5. 
Adequate internal and external lighting shall be provided for security purposes. The external lighting shall be stationary, directed away from adjacent properties and public rights-of-way and of an intensity compatible with the surrounding neighborhood;
6. 
Common recreational and entertainment activity area(s) of a number, size and scale consistent with the number of living units shall be provided;
7. 
Common laundry facilities of sufficient number and accessibility, consistent with the number of living units shall be provided;
8. 
The development may provide one or more of the following specific common facilities for the use of the residents:
A. 
Beauty and barber shop,
B. 
Central cooking and dining room(s),
C. 
Exercise, educational and recreational room(s),
D. 
Medical/therapy facilities,
E. 
Postal facility,
F. 
Retail sales facility, ATMs, etc., and
G. 
Small scale drug store (not exceeding 850 square feet);
9. 
Off-street parking shall be provided in compliance with Article 8 of this chapter (Off-Street Parking Standards);
10. 
A bus turnout and shelter on the on-site arterial frontage may be required by the Review Authority;
11. 
The owner/operator shall ensure that a transportation shuttle service is provided to meet the needs of the residents;
12. 
The entire project shall be designed to provide adequate security for residents, guests and employees;
13. 
Trash receptacle(s) shall be provided on the premises in compliance with Section 9-3.103; and
14. 
Residential occupancy shall be limited to single persons over 55 years of age or married couples of which one spouse is over 55 years of age, or disabled persons as defined by the United States Department of Housing and Urban Development.
(§ 1, Ord. 666-NS, eff. September 15, 2001, as amended by § 1, Ord. 828-NS, eff. September 4, 2008)

§ 9-3.1103 Applicable regulations.

All senior citizen/congregate care housing facilities shall be subject to the applicable regulations of this Code, including provisions located in the following Articles:
1.
Article 11 of Chapter 2
Conditional Use Permits
2.
Article 4 of this chapter
Landscaping Standards
3.
Article 8 of Chapter 2
Minor Conditional Use Permits
4.
Article 7 of Chapter 2
Minor Variances
5.
Article 7 of this chapter
Off-Street Loading Standards
6.
Article 8 of this chapter
Off-Street Parking Standards
7.
Article 10 of Chapter 2
Development Permits
8.
Article 12 of this chapter
Sign Standards
9.
Article 14 of Chapter 2
Special Event Permits
10.
Article 9 of Chapter 2
Variances
(§ 1, Ord. 666-NS, eff. September 15, 2001)

§ 9-3.1201 Title.

This article may be referred to as the Huntington Park Sign Ordinance, or the sign ordinance.
(§ 2, Ord. 802-NS, eff. July 4, 2007)

§ 9-3.1202 Authority.

The ordinance codified in this article is adopted pursuant to the authority of California Government Code Section 38774, Business and Professions Code Sections 5230 and 5490 et seq., Civil Code Section 713, and other applicable state law.
(§ 2, Ord. 802-NS, eff. July 4, 2007)

§ 9-3.1203 Regulatory scope.

This article regulates signs, as defined herein, which are located on or mounted on private property within the corporate limits of the City, as well as land owned by public entities other than the City or its affiliates, over which the City has land use regulatory authority. This article does not regulate signs on the public right-of-way; such signs are subject to Article 12A of this chapter.
(§ 2, Ord. 802-NS, eff. July 4, 2007)

§ 9-3.1204 Purpose and intent.

The purposes of this article include:
1. 
To protect and advance the City's interests in community esthetics by controlling visual clutter; to advance and serve the public interests in pedestrian and driver safety; to protect property values; and to allow adequate opportunities for the display of messages on a sign;
2. 
To implement the General Plan by insuring that signs erected within the City are compatible with their surroundings and are in keeping with the goals and objectives of the General Plan; and
3. 
To maintain the attractiveness and orderliness of the City's appearance by regulating the number, location, type, quality of materials, height, illumination and maintenance of signs.
(§ 2, Ord. 802-NS, eff. July 4, 2007)

§ 9-3.1205 Basic policies.

The policies and principles stated in this section apply to all signs within the regulatory scope of this article, and to all procedures set forth in, or invoked by, this article. These policies and principles prevail over any other provision to the contrary, even if more specific.
A. 
Enforcement Authority. The Director of Community Development is authorized and directed to enforce and administrate this article.
B. 
Permit Generally Required. Unless expressly exempted by a provision of this article or by other applicable law, signs within the regulatory scope of this article may be erected, moved, altered, repaired, maintained or displayed only pursuant to a permit issued by the City.
C. 
Message Neutrality. It is the City's policy to regulate signs in a constitutional manner, which is content neutral as to noncommercial signs and content neutral or viewpoint neutral as to commercial signs.
D. 
Regulatory Interpretations. All regulatory interpretations of this article are to be exercised in light of the City's message neutrality policy. Where a particular type of sign is proposed in a permit application, and the type is neither expressly allowed nor prohibited by this article, then the Director shall approve, conditionally approve or disapprove the application based on the most similar sign type that is expressly regulated by this article.
E. 
Substitution of Messages. Subject to the property owner's consent, a noncommercial message of any type may be substituted, in whole or in part, for any duly permitted or allowed commercial message or in place of any duly permitted or allowed noncommercial message, provided that the sign structure or mounting device is legal without consideration of message content. Such substitution of message may be made without any additional approval or permitting. This message substitution authorization is continuing in nature, and is not a "one-time" option. This provision prevails over any more specific provision to the contrary within this article. The purpose of this provision is to prevent any inadvertent favoring of commercial speech over noncommercial speech, or favoring of any particular noncommercial message over any other noncommercial message. This provision does not create a right to increase the total amount of signage on a parcel, lot or land use; it does not affect the requirement that a sign structure or mounting device be properly permitted; it does not allow a change in the physical structure of a sign or its mounting device; it does not allow the substitution of an off-site commercial message in place of an on-site commercial message, and does not allow one particular on-site commercial message to be substituted for another without a permit.
F. 
Rules for Noncommunicative Aspects of Signs. All rules and regulations concerning the noncommunicative aspects of signs, such as location, size, height, illumination, spacing, orientation, etc., stand enforceable independently of any permit or approval process.
G. 
Billboard Policy. The City completely prohibits the construction, erection or use of any billboards, other than those which legally exist in the City, or for which a valid permit has been issued and has not expired, as of the date on which this provision is first adopted. This policy does not apply to signs and devices which satisfy the rules for electronic displays. No permit shall be issued for any billboard which violates this policy, and the City will take immediate abatement action against any billboard constructed or maintained in violation of this policy. In adopting this provision, the City Council affirmatively declares that it would have adopted this billboard policy even if it were the only provision in this article. The City Council intends for this billboard policy to be severable and separately enforceable even if other provision(s) of this article may be declared, by a court of competent jurisdiction, to be unconstitutional, invalid or unenforceable. This provision does not prohibit agreements to relocate presently existing, legal billboards.
H. 
Permanent signs should be accessory or auxiliary to the principal use of the land.
I. 
Situs of Noncommercial Signs. The onsite/off-site distinction applies only to commercial messages on signs.
J. 
Multiple Use Zones. In any zone or district where both residential and nonresidential uses are allowed, the sign-related rights and responsibilities applicable to any particular use shall be determined as follows: residential uses shall be treated as if they were located in a zone where that type of use would be allowed as a matter of right, and nonresidential uses shall be treated as if they were located in a zone where that particular use would be allowed, either as a matter of right or subject to a conditional use permit or other discretionary process.
K. 
Property Owner's Consent. No sign may be displayed without the consent of the legal owner(s) of the property on which the sign is mounted or displayed. For purposes of this policy, "owner" means the holder of the legal title to the property and all parties and persons holding a present right to possession, control or use of the property.
L. 
Legal Nature of Sign-Related Rights and Duties. As to all signs attached to property, real or personal, the signage rights, duties and obligations arising from this article attach to and travel with the land or other property on which a sign is mounted or displayed. This provision does not modify or affect the law of fixtures, sign-related provisions in private leases regarding signs (so long as they are not in conflict with this article or other law) or the ownership of sign structures.
M. 
Sign Programs. Sign programs for specific developments, as well as special sign districts or special sign overlay zones, when duly approved, may modify the rules stated herein as to sign size, height, illumination, spacing, orientation or other non-communicative aspects of signs, but may not override or modify any of the Basic Policies stated in this section. All the provisions of this section shall automatically apply to and be deemed a part of any sign program approved after the date on which this provision is initially adopted.
N. 
Severance. If any section, sentence, clause, phrase, word, portion or provision of this article is held invalid or, unconstitutional, or unenforceable, by any court of competent jurisdiction, such holding shall not affect, impair, or invalidate any other section, sentence, clause, phrase, word, portion, or provision of this article which can be given effect without the invalid portion. In adopting this article, the City Council affirmatively declares that it would have approved and adopted the Article even without any portion which may be held invalid or unenforceable.
(§ 2, Ord. 802-NS, eff. July 4, 2007)

§ 9-3.1206 Definitions.

For the purposes of this article, the following words and phrases shall have the meanings respectively ascribed to them by this section:
"Abandoned sign"
means any sign which was lawfully erected, but whose use has ceased for a period of 180 or more consecutive days, including any structure, poles, braces, and similar devices that support the sign.
"Air-dancer sign"
means an animated portable sign by which air is used to inflate and cause a part to move around or gyrate. The air-dancer may contain a commercial message.
"Alteration"
means any change of copy, sign face, color, size, shape, illumination, position, location, construction or supporting structure of any sign.
"Animated" sign and "moving sign"
both mean any sign which uses movement, lighting or special materials to depict action or create a special effect to imitate movement.
Area of a Sign.
See "Sign area."
"Awning, canopy or marquee sign"
means a graphic image that is painted on, or attached to, an awning, canopy or marquee.
"Banner, flag or pennant"
means any cloth, bunting, plastic, paper or similar material used for advertising purposes attached to or pinned onto any structure, staff, pole, line, framing or vehicle, including captive balloons and inflatable signs.
"Bench sign"
means copy painted on any portion of a bench.
"Billboard"
means a sign whose display face exceeds eight square feet, is on a permanent structure, and meets any one of the following criteria: (a) it is used for the display of off-site commercial messages; (b) it is used for general advertising or advertising for hire; or (c) the sign structure constitutes a principal, separate or secondary use of the land, as opposed to an accessory or auxiliary use of the land.
"Electronic displays"
are not within this definition.
"Building frontage"
means that building elevation that fronts on a public street, alley, the subject site's parking lot or pedestrian arcade.
"Building sign"
means a sign used for identifying a multitenant building.
"Cabinet sign" or "can sign"
means a sign that contains all the text and/or logo symbols on the display face of an enclosed cabinet.
"Changeable copy sign"
means a sign designed to allow the changing of copy through manual, mechanical or electrical means; however, "electronic displays" are not within this definition.
"Channel letters"
means three-dimensional individually cut letters or figures, illuminated or nonilluminated, affixed to a building or sign structure.
"Civic event sign"
means a temporary sign, other than a commercial sign, posted to advertise a civic event which is not commercial in nature.
"City property"
means land or other property owned by the City, as well as property in which the City has a present right of possession and/or control, and all public rights-of-way.
"Commercial mascot"
means a human or animal dressed, decorated, holding, or functioning as commercial advertising device or message. This definition includes "sign twirlers," "sign clowns," and similar devices.
"Commercial message"
means a message or display on a sign which pertains primarily to the economic interests of the sign owner or sponsor and/or the sign viewer, or which proposes a commercial transaction or offers or solicits professional services. This definition shall be interpreted in light of relevant court decisions.
"Construction sign"
means a temporary sign located on the premises of a land development involving new construction or physical alteration which is subject to land development approval and/or building permits.
"Copy"
means the communicative portion of the sign, consisting of visual images.
"Directional sign"
means a sign whose purpose is to guide or direct pedestrian or vehicular traffic.
"Director"
means the Director of the Huntington Park Community Development Department or designee.
"Directory sign"
means a sign that identifies tenants in a multiple tenant building or center.
"Eave line"
means the bottom of the roof eave.
"Electronic display"
means an internally illuminated message device capable of displaying full color, full motion graphic images. Such devices are also known as "electronic readerboards."
"Establishment"
means a nonresidential use of land involving structures which are subject to the Building Code. By way of example and not limitation, this definition includes stores, businesses, warehouses, factories, libraries, schools, hospitals, etc., but not long-term residential structures.
"Establishment identification sign"
means a sign that serves to identify an establishment.
"Feather sign"
means an animated portable sign that has the appearance of sail or feather which may move around.
"Flashing sign"
means a sign that utilizes an intermittent or sequential interruption of the light source.
"Freestanding sign"
means a sign that is supported on the ground by one or more uprights, braces, poles or other similar structural components. Types include pole signs (those mounted on poles or similar devices) and monument signs (those mounted directly on the ground).
"Frontage"
means lineal measurement of a building facade or lot that fronts on a public street, alley, the subject site's parking lot or pedestrian arcade.
"Future tenant identification sign"
means a temporary sign that identifies the names of future businesses that will occupy a site or building in the foreseeable future.
"Grand opening"
means a promotional activity, not exceeding 180 calendar days, used by establishments newly opened in a particular location, within six months after occupancy, the purpose of which is to inform the public of their location and services available to the community. This definition does not include an annual or occasional promotion by an establishment which has been located in a particular location for more than six months.
"Height of sign"
means: (a) for freestanding signs, the greatest vertical distance measured from the existing grade at the mid-point of the sign support(s) that intersect the ground to the highest element of the sign, or (b) for wall signs, the distance from the finished ground surface below the sign to the highest element of the sign.
"Human sign"
means a commercial sign held by or attached to a human for the purposes of advertising or otherwise drawing attention to an individual, business, commodity, service or product. This includes a person dressed in costume for the purpose of advertising or drawing attention to an individual, business, commodity, service or product. However, it does not include noncommercial signs held by or attached to a human.
"Illegal sign"
means any sign placed without proper governmental approval and/or permits, or in violation of limits or rules which apply regardless of any permit requirement or exemption there from.
"Illuminated sign"
means a sign which uses an artificial source of light to make the message readable or more visually prominent. This definition includes internally and externally lighted signs, as well as reflectorized, glowing, or radiating signs.
"Logo sign"
means an established trademark or symbol identifying the use of a building.
"Marquee"
means a permanent roof-like structure that projects beyond the building wall in the form of a large canopy to provide protection from the weather.
"Monument sign"
means a freestanding sign mounted directly on the ground without separate poles or braces.
Moving Sign.
See "Animated sign."
"Multiple tenant site/center"
means a commercial or industrial development consisting of four or more separate establishments that share either the same lot or building, and use common access and parking facilities.
"Neighborhood entrance sign"
means a sign placed at or near the entrance to a development or neighborhood.
"Nonconforming sign"
means a sign that was legally installed under laws or ordinances in effect prior to the effective date of the ordinance codified in this article or subsequent revisions, but which is in conflict with the provisions of this article.
"Noncommercial message"
means a message or image which pertains to matters other than those included in the definition of "commercial message," such as, by way of example and not limitation, expression on topics of public concern and debate (religion, political views, philosophy, commentary on social trends or policy, etc.). Location-based criteria, such as "on-premises" or "off-premises" do not apply to noncommercial messages.
"Off-site sign"
means a sign that displays a commercial message concerning goods or services which are not available at the same location as the sign. The on-site/off-site distinction applies only to commercial message signs.
"On-site sign" or "on-premises sign"
means a sign whose message, if commercial in nature, that identifies, advertises or attracts attention to a business, product, service, event or activity, which is sold, existing or offered at the same site.
"Opaque"
means a surface that prohibits light from shining through.
"Painted-on-the-wall sign"
means a sign painted directly onto a wall surface.
"Portable sign, animated"
means a sign which is capable of being carried or readily moved from one location to another and which is not permanent in terms of its materials, attachment or mounting method. Includes, but is not limited to, the types commonly known as feather signs and air-dancers.
"Portable sign, stationary"
means a sign which is capable of being carried or readily moved from one location to another and which is not permanent in terms of its materials, attachment or mounting method, and no portion of the sign is animated or capable of having motion. Includes, but is not limited to, the types commonly known as A-frame signs or sign stands.
"Projecting sign"
means a sign, other than a wall sign, which is attached to the exterior of a building and extends beyond such exterior wall, and is not parallel to the structure to which it is attached.
"Promotional sign"
means a temporary sign erected for the purpose of advertising a special event which lasts not more than 15 calendar days.
"Property/lot frontage"
means lineal measurement of a property or a lot abutting a public street.
"Raceway"
means the exposed portion of a sign structure that houses the electrical wiring.
"Real estate sign"
means a temporary sign pertaining to a proposed economic transaction involving real property, but not including vacancy or availability information for institutions offering transient occupancy, such as hotels, motels, etc.
"Sign"
means any device used for display of visual images as a means of communicating ideas or information, which is visible from the public right-of-way. This definition includes both the image display and the physical mounting structure or mounting device. However, the following are not within this definition:
A. 
Interior Signs.
Signs or other visual communicative devices that are located entirely within a building or other enclosed structure, which are not visible from the exterior thereof or located at least five feet from the window, provided the building or enclosed structure is otherwise legal.
B. 
Architectural Features.
Decorative or architectural features of buildings (not including lettering, trademarks or moving parts).
C. 
Symbols Embedded in Architecture.
Symbols of noncommercial organizations or concepts including, but not limited to, religious or political symbols, when such are permanently integrated into the structure of a permanent building which is otherwise legal; the definition also includes foundation stones and cornerstones.
D. 
Personal Appearance.
Items or devices of personal apparel, decoration or appearance, including tattoos, makeup, wigs, costumes, masks, etc. (but not including commercial mascots).
E. 
Manufacturers' Marks.
Marks on tangible products, which identify the maker, seller, provider or product, and which customarily remain attached to the product even after sale.
F. 
Fireworks, etc.
The legal use of fireworks, candles and artificial lighting not otherwise regulated by this article.
G. 
Mass Transit Signage.
Graphic images mounted on trains or duly licensed mass transit vehicles that legally pass through the City.
H. 
Certain Insignia on Vehicles and Vessels.
On street legal vehicles and properly licensed watercraft; license plates, license plate frames, registration insignia, noncommercial messages, messages relating to the business of which the vehicle or vessel is an instrument or tool (not including general advertising) and messages relating to the proposed sale, lease or exchange of the vehicle or vessel.
I. 
Grave stones or grave markers.
J. 
Newsracks and newsstands.
K. 
Shopping carts, golf carts, personal "scooters" and similar devices.
L. 
Vending machines which do not display off-site commercial messages or general advertising messages.
M. 
Graphic images which are visible only from above, such as those visible only from airplanes or helicopters.
N. 
On residential uses, holiday and cultural observance decorations which are on display for no more than 45 calendar days per year (cumulative) and which do not include commercial advertising messages; by way of example and not limitation, such displays would include those related to Thanksgiving, Christmas, Hannukah, Ramadan, Kwaanza, Solstice celebrations, etc.
O. 
Cornerstones and foundation stones.
P. 
Hot air balloons which carry persons and do not display general advertising messages.
"Sign area"
means the entire area within a perimeter defined by a continuous line composed of right angles that enclose the extreme limits of lettering, logo, trademark or other graphic representation, together with any frame or structural trim forming an integral part of the display used to differentiate the sign from the background against which it is placed.
"Sign program" or "planned sign program"
means a coordinated program of one or more signs for an individual building or building complex with multiple tenants.
"Sign structure"
means any structure on which sign copy or communicative image is placed, or which is used to mount or support the same.
"Site"
means one or more parcels of land identified on a recorded tract or parcel map where an integrated building development has been approved or proposed. The site shall include all parcels of land contained within or a part of the development application.
"Special event sign/banner"
means a temporary sign or banner that is intended to inform the public of a unique happening, action, purpose, occasion, grand opening or community event.
"Temporary sign"
means a sign made of lightweight or flimsy materials and is not designed for permanent display. Such signs are usually made of cloth, canvas, light fabrics, cardboard, wallboard, plywood, metal or plastic.
"Translucent"
means a surface that allows light to shine through, but is diffused to the extent so that visual images are unclear.
"Vehicle sign"
means a sign that is attached to, painted, or placed on a vehicle or trailer that is parked or circulating within the city limits, the principal purpose of which is to display commercial messages or advertisements. This definition does not include signs on vehicles and/or trailers displaying a business identification.
"Wall sign"
means a sign that is attached to the exterior wall of a building with the display surface of the sign approximately parallel to the building wall.
"Window sign"
means a graphic image posted, painted, placed or affixed in or on any window exposed to public view; includes images visible from the exterior whenever the image is located within three feet of the window.
(§ 2, Ord. 802-NS, eff. July 4, 2007, as amended by §§ 2—4, Ord. 899-NS, eff. September 6, 2012)

§ 9-3.1207 Sign permits.

1. 
Generally.
A. 
Unless expressly exempted by a provision of this article or by other applicable law, signs within the regulatory scope of this article may be erected, moved, altered, repaired, maintained or displayed only pursuant to a permit issued by the City.
B. 
Change of copy on an existing, legal sign does not require a new permit, provided there is no change to the physical structure and that the change does not result in the display of off-site commercial messages on permanent structures.
C. 
A sign permit is also for signs approved through a planned sign program application in compliance with Section 9-3.1211 of this chapter.
D. 
Application for a sign permit shall be on a form provided by the City and shall be accompanied by a filing fee, as set by Council resolution.
2. 
Application Requirements. The following information is required for submittal of a sign permit application:
A. 
A completed application form and fee; and
B. 
Plans, to scale, to include the following:
(1) 
Sign details, indicating sign area, dimensions, colors, materials, method of illumination and a statement as to whether the sign will be used to display off-site commercial messages,
(2) 
Site plan indicating the location of all existing and proposed signs with sign area and dimensions for the entire development site,
(3) 
Building elevation(s) with proposed signs depicted and dimensioned,
(4) 
The method of attachment for wall signs, and a foundation plan, sign support and method of attachment for freestanding signs,
(5) 
The type and method of illumination (interior/exterior), intensity in lumens and watts, and electrical installation and insulation devices, where applicable,
(6) 
Planned sign program applications shall also include a written set of design standards approved by the property owner and property management or property owner association,
(7) 
Freestanding sign applications shall include landscaping plans, architectural criteria, traffic line-of-sight triangulation approved by the City Engineer to ensure safe view of drivers and pedestrians as well as technical drawings and calculations, including wind load calculations, signed by a California Registered engineer or architect,
(8) 
Name and contact information for the applicant,
(9) 
Whether any zoning or building code violations exist on the property, or if notices thereof have been given,
(10) 
Name and contact information for any sign contractor who will construct the sign.
3. 
Approval of Sign Applications. A sign permit application will be approved by the Director when it is found to be in compliance with this article and all other applicable laws, rules and regulations.
4. 
Appeal Right. A sign permit applicant objecting to a determination of the Director may appeal initially to the Planning Commission and then to the City Council, after which judicial review may be sought pursuant to Code of Civil Procedure Section 1094.8. The Director may also appeal or refer any application or other sign-related decision. This same appeal path is available for all sign-related decisions. While a decision or permit application is proceeding through appeal, the status quo shall be maintained unless the physical condition of a sign constitutes an immediate and serious threat to the public health and safety, in which case the sign may be summarily abated as a public nuisance.
5. 
Notice of Appeal. Appeals are effected by filing a written notice of appeal, stating the matters appealed from and the grounds therefor, within 15 calendar days of notice of the decision, and including any appeal fee applicable under City law.
6. 
Time for Decision. At each step in the review and appeal process, the decision shall be made within 45 calendar days of when a complete application is presented, or when the notice of appeal is filed, as applicable. The decision time requirement may be waived.
7. 
Completeness of Applications. When a sign permit application is presented to the City, the Director shall cause it to be reviewed for completeness. If it is found incomplete, then a particularized notice of the incompleteness shall be mailed or delivered to the applicant. Upon receiving such notice, the applicant has 15 calendar days to cure without incurring a new filing fee. If no notice of incompleteness is timely provided, then the application shall be deemed complete as of the day after the notice could have been given.
8. 
Revocation of Sign Permits. The Director is authorized to revoke a sign permit and require the removal of a sign that has been granted in compliance with the provisions of this article if any of the following apply:
A. 
The sign has been erected, altered, reconstructed or is being maintained in a manner inconsistent with the sign permit;
B. 
The sign permit was obtained by misrepresentation or fraud;
C. 
Any of the condition of the sign permit have not been met; or
D. 
The use is in violation of any statute, ordinance, law or regulation.
(§ 2, Ord. 802-NS, eff. July 4, 2007)

§ 9-3.1208 Exemptions from sign permit requirement.

Permits shall not be required for the following types of signs:
1. 
Signs with No Size Limitations.
A. 
Face Change. Change of copy on an existing, legal sign structure, provided that such change of copy does not result in the display of off-site commercial messages.
B. 
Official and legal notices issued by a court or governmental agency.
C. 
Flags displaying noncommercial images.
D. 
Direction, warning, or safety information signs required or authorized by law or by Federal, State, County or City authority, including public utility signs.
2. 
Signs Limited by Maximum Areas. The following signs are exempt from the requirements of sign permits and do not count towards the aggregate number or area of signs allowed:
A. 
On nonresidential establishments, window signs not exceeding 25% of window area;
B. 
Signs not exceeding four square feet in display face area which provide directional information for drivers, cyclists and pedestrians; if freestanding, such signs may not exceed four feet in height;
C. 
On residential uses, plates or insignia not exceeding one square foot in display face area, which identify residents and addresses;
D. 
Other Noncommercial Signs on Residential Uses. In addition to residential nameplates, signs displaying noncommercial message signs may be displayed on residential uses at any time, subject to: maximum display area (cumulative total for all signs on a single residential use): eight square feet; maximum height (if freestanding): four feet; illumination: not permitted; physical types: freestanding yard sign(s) or mounted on a wall, fence, or window, maximum number per residential use: not limited. However, during the time period which begins 45 days before any primary, general or special election and ends seven days after such election, the maximum display area (per residential use) is increased to 64 square feet This provision does not override sign related provisions in private leases or other contracts concerning use of real property;
E. 
On auto-related uses, motels, hotels and inns, signs that provide information required by law, or which pertain to services provided, trade affiliations, credit cards accepted, etc., or noncommercial messages, provided the signs are attached to an otherwise approved freestanding sign, structure or building. Total area of all such signs shall not exceed two square feet.
3. 
Vehicle signs when the copy or message:
A. 
Relates only to the business or establishments of which the vehicle itself is a part;
B. 
Pertains to the sale, rent, lease or hire of such vehicle; or
C. 
Is a noncommercial message.
(§ 2, Ord. 802-NS, eff. July 4, 2007, as amended by § 5, Ord. 899-NS, eff. September 6, 2012)

§ 9-3.1209 Planned sign program.

1. 
Sign Program Required. In order to ensure that signs within multitenant projects and other special types of signs are in harmony with other on-site signs, buildings, and surrounding developments, a planned sign program shall be required when any of the following circumstances exist:
A. 
Multitenant developments of four or more separate businesses that share either the same lot or building and use common access and parking facilities;
B. 
Whenever five or more signs are proposed for a development; and
C. 
Whenever wall signs are proposed on structures over two stories in height.
2. 
Intent of the Sign Program. The intent of a planned sign program is to integrate multiple signs with building design in a unified architectural statement. The sign program is not intended to limit the message content of signs, but rather to insure architectural harmony of sign structures, and to provide a means for flexible application of the sign regulations. The message substitution provision, stated in the basic policies section, applies automatically to all sign programs. The intent and goals of the sign program may be achieved by:
A. 
Using the same or similar type of cabinet and supports for signs of a same type; using the same type of construction material for components (i.e., sign copy, cabinets, and supports);
B. 
Using the same form of illumination for all signs, or by using varied forms of illumination that have been determined by the Director to be compatible;
C. 
Permitting an increase in the number or types of signs normally allowed, provided that the design and placement of the signs provide a visual enhancement to the project and the total allowable sign area is not increased; and
D. 
Ensuring that the sign program accommodates future revisions that may be required due to tenant changes.
3. 
Application Requirement. The following information is required for submittal of a planned sign program:
A. 
A completed sign permit application form and fee;
B. 
Plans, to scale, to include the following:
(1) 
Sign details indicating sign area, dimensions, colors, materials, letter style, proposed copy letter height and method of illumination,
(2) 
Site plan indicating the location(s) of all existing and proposed signs with sign area dimensions, colors, materials, letter style, proposed copy if available, letter height and method of illumination,
(3) 
Building elevation(s) with sign location depicted and dimensioned, and
(4) 
Approval and Appeal of Planned Sign Programs. A planned sign program may be approved by the Director provided that the proposed sign program is consistent with the intent and provisions of this article. Decisions on proposed sign programs are subject to the same procedures as sign permit applications, including time for decision and appeal rights. Alternatively, the Director may refer sign program proposals to the Planning Commission.
4. 
Review.
A. 
Review of the planned sign program may include consideration of size, color, material, illumination, location, size and height, compatibility with building architecture and other elements of design, but shall not include review of the actual message, copy or graphic design of the display face.
B. 
Sign Program Revisions. Whenever revisions are proposed for an approved sign program, the revisions shall be processed in the same manner as an original proposal.
(§ 2, Ord. 802-NS, eff. July 4, 2007)

§ 9-3.1210 Abatement of illegal and abandoned signs.

1. 
Public Nuisance. Illegal, abandoned, unsafe and improperly maintained signs and supporting structures are deemed to be public nuisances and are subject to abatement under the procedures outlined for the abatement of public nuisances. The determination of "unsafe" or "improperly maintained" conditions shall be made by the Building Official, who shall base the decision on the physical attributes of the sign, and not on the message or image displayed thereon.
2. 
Authority to Abate. The Director is authorized to abate all illegal and abandoned signs in compliance with the procedures in Article 35 of Title 5 of this Code for the abatement of public nuisances. The City may follow the procedure detailed in Business and Professions Code Section 5499.1 et seq., or any other method allowed by law.
3. 
Recovery of Costs. When the City is required to remove illegal or abandoned signs in compliance with this section, the reasonable cost of the removal may be assessed against the owner or occupant of the property upon which any sign abatement occurs. The cost of removal shall be determined in compliance with Article 35 of Title 5.
(§ 2, Ord. 802-NS, eff. July 4, 2007)

§ 9-3.1211 Prohibited signs.

The following signs are prohibited throughout the City:
1. 
Any sign not in compliance with the provisions of this article or which were not in compliance with the laws and rules in effect at the time of original construction or mounting (disregarding any rules making reference to message content);
2. 
Abandoned signs and sign structures;
3. 
Bench signs, except at approved bus passenger loading areas;
4. 
Light bulb strings used as part of commercial advertising;
5. 
Signs on roofs, except mansard-type roofs (see Section 9-3.1216 of this chapter);
6. 
Billboards, as defined herein;
7. 
Human signs;
8. 
Portable signs or A-frame signs not specifically permitted by the provisions of this article;
9. 
Signs emitting audible sounds, odors or visible matters; however, this provision does not prohibit signs which also include devices for customers to place an order or conduct a transaction from their vehicles;
10. 
Signs placed in a manner so that they interfere with the free use of any fire escape, exit or standpipe, or obstruct any required ventilator, door, stairway or window;
11. 
Signs that obstruct traffic visibility or cause a hazardous distraction to motorists as determined by the City Engineer, without consideration of copy or message displayed;
12. 
Styrofoam or Similar Nondurable Material Signs. Styrofoam core (or similar material) individual channel letter signs may be approved by the Director in the C-P, C-N and C-G zoning districts if completely enclosed with a durable exterior finish and part of an integrated sign design. A durable finish shall provide good weather resistance.
13. 
Vehicle Signs. Any vehicle displaying signs may not be parked and/or circulate within the City limits for the primary purpose of commercial advertising. Vehicles may not be used as mounting or holding devices for commercial signs. This provision shall not apply to government vehicles, public transportation vehicles, and taxis.
(§ 2, Ord. 802-NS, eff. July 4, 2007, as amended by § 1, Ord. 828-NS, eff. September 4, 2008, and § 6, Ord. 899-NS, eff. September 6, 2012)

§ 9-3.1212 General provisions for signs in all districts.

1. 
Maintenance of Signs. All signs, including temporary signs, shall be maintained in good repair and functioning properly at all times. Any repairs to signs shall be equal or better in quality of materials and design as the original sign. Dilapidated signs are deemed to be a public nuisance and may be abated in compliance with provisions of the Municipal Code. The Director shall have the authority for determining the maintenance status of all signs in compliance with the following:
A. 
Signs shall not be in a state of unsafe condition where any supporting structures or hardware are (is) substantially corroded, loose or broken, or otherwise presents a threat to the public safety.
B. 
Signs shall not be excessively dirty or faded.
2. 
Measurement of Sign Area for All Signs except Awning, Canopy and Window Signs. The surface area of a sign shall be calculated by enclosing the extreme limits of any writing, logo, representation, emblem or other display, together with any frame, background area, structural trim or other material or color forming an integral part of the background of the display or used to differentiate the sign from the backdrop or surface against which it is placed, with-in a single continuous perimeter composed of squares or rectangles. (Figure 12-1)
-Image-24.tif
A. 
Supporting framework or bracing that is clearly incidental to the display itself shall not be computed as sign area.
B. 
If the sign consists of more than one section or module and the sign is intended to read as a single sign, all of the area, including the area between the sections or modules, shall be included in the computation of sign area. However, on frontages with multiple signs that are intended to be read as multiple signs, the area between words, logos, emblems, or other displays, shall not be included in the computation of sign area.
C. 
Double-faced (back-to-back) freestanding signs shall be regarded as a single sign only if the distance between each sign face does not exceed two feet.
D. 
A "V-type" sign shall be regarded as a single sign only if the two sides are separated by no more than three feet at any point.
3. 
Awning or Canopy Signs.
A. 
The surface area of a canopy or awning sign shall be calculated by enclosing the extreme limits of any writing, logo, representation, emblem, border or other display within a single continuous perimeter composed of squares or rectangles.
B. 
If more than one surface of the awning or canopy is utilized for signs, or if an under-canopy sign is attached to the main canopy, the aggregate sign area shall be calculated by totaling the sign area on each surface.
C. 
Signs shall be located only on the valance or lower edge of the awning or canopy, or as determined by the Director. Logos may be allowed on other portions of the awning as an integrated design as approved by the Director.
4. 
Window Signs.
A. 
The surface area of a window sign shall be calculated by enclosing the extreme limits of any writing, logo, representation, emblem, border or other display within a single continuous perimeter composed of squares or rectangles.
B. 
Window coverage shall be the quotient of the sign area divided the window size. Window signs exceeding 25% of window area shall require a sign permit and when combined with other signs shall not exceed the total allowable sign area and shall not cover more than fifty percent of the window area.
(§ 2, Ord. 802-NS, eff. July 4, 2007, as amended by § 2, Ord. 885-NS, eff. June 7, 2012)

§ 9-3.1213 Illumination of signs.

1. 
Sign illumination shall be either from the interior of the sign, behind individually cut letters (back lighting), neon tubing a screened indirect light source or decorative exterior light fixtures;
2. 
Illuminated signs shall be designed to fully shield their light source from view; and
3. 
Illuminated signs shall be designed and placed so that no light is cast onto any property zoned/used for residential purposes.
(§ 2, Ord. 802-NS, eff. July 4, 2007)

§ 9-3.1214 Use of exposed neon tubing.

The use of neon shall be allowed in all but residential zoning districts and shall require the approval of a sign permit in compliance with Section 9-3.1204. The proposed use of neon lighting as an architectural element is subject to approval through a Development Permit (Title 9, Chapter 2, Article 10 of the HPMC). In addition, the following requirements apply:
1. 
Neon signs and linear tubing shall be UL (Underwriters Laboratories) listed with a maximum 20 amps per circuit and be designed to accommodate a dimmer in order to reduce the brightness of the sign;
2. 
Neon manufacturer shall be registered with Underwriters Laboratories;
3. 
Neon adjacent to residential uses shall not exceed one half foot candle measured at the property line;
4. 
Neon signs hung inside the storefront window shall not occupy more than 25% of the window area.
(§ 2, Ord. 802-NS, eff. July 4, 2007)

§ 9-3.1215 Signs that project.

1. 
All projecting signs shall be double-faced;
2. 
The outside face of a wall mounted sign shall not project more than 30 inches from the surface of a building or wall to which it is attached;
3. 
Signs may project over public spaces, public sidewalks or building lines as far as, but not beyond, the line marked "A" indicated in Figure 12-2 in this article. Signs less than nine square feet in size shall be exempt from this section;
-Image-25.tif
4. 
Signs that project over pedestrian areas shall maintain eight feet of headroom. Signs that project more than six inches over vehicular areas shall maintain a clearance of 14 feet above grade; and
5. 
Signs may not project above the eave line or parapet of a structure a distance greater than 20% of the distance between the ground level and the eave line or top of parapet. (Figure 12-3)
-Image-26.tif
(§ 2, Ord. 802-NS, eff. July 4, 2007)

§ 9-3.1216 Signs on mansard roofs.

1. 
Signs placed on a wall of a structure may not project above the eave line of a mansard roof a distance greater than 20% of the distance between the ground level and the top of mansard roof. Signs placed on a mansard roof may not project above the top of the roof; and
2. 
Signs shall be constructed to conceal all supporting structures and fastenings to the greatest extent feasible. (Figure 12-4)
-Image-27.tif
(§ 2, Ord. 802-NS, eff. July 4, 2007)

§ 9-3.1217 Monument and freestanding pole signs.

1. 
Monument and freestanding pole signs shall only be permitted in the C-P, C-N, C-G and MPD zoning districts;
2. 
All signs shall be double-faced;
3. 
Signs shall not project beyond any property line. Any supporting structure/pole shall be set back a minimum of five feet from any property line;
4. 
Signs shall incorporate architectural design features, materials, and colors that are compatible with structures on the site;
5. 
Sign shall not be placed in a location that would create a safety hazard for pedestrians and/or motorists; and
6. 
A landscaped area shall be provided at the base of each sign equal to the area of one sign face.
(§ 2, Ord. 802-NS, eff. July 4, 2007)

§ 9-3.1218 Special regulations for food markets.

Because of the special circumstances that exist in the advertising of products sold in food markets, the following sign regulations shall apply to food markets only:
1. 
For the purpose of this section, "food markets" are defined as any market or grocery store that has a variety of fresh meat and produce available at all times along with other standard food items;
2. 
The maximum surface area for all signs, temporary and permanent, shall be computed on the following basis: four square feet of sign area for each lineal foot of building frontage, with no limit on the number of signs; and
3. 
Temporary signs shall be subject to the following restrictions:
A. 
Outside signs shall be located completely within the area of a sign frame or structure that is permanently installed;
B. 
Sign frames or structures shall be constructed of durable materials;
C. 
Signs may be constructed of paper, cloth, canvas, light fabric, cardboard or wallboard;
D. 
The maximum size of any individual temporary sign shall not exceed nine square feet;
E. 
Sign structures shall be treated in a manner satisfactory to the Director in order to resist deterioration from weather;
F. 
Signs affixed to, or obscuring, a window shall comply with Section 9-3.1512 of this article; and
G. 
No temporary sign shall be placed over public property.
(§ 2, Ord. 802-NS, eff. July 4, 2007)

§ 9-3.1219 Replacement of off-site billboard signs.

Any legal billboard located in the C-N, C-P, C-G or MPD zoning districts may be replaced by a new sign structure, provided that:
1. 
The area of the display face(s) may not be increased;
2. 
The number of display faces shall not be increased;
3. 
The new sign may include multi-prism or "tri-vision" type display devices only if the old sign also used such devices;
4. 
The total illumination of the new sign shall not exceed that on the old sign;
5. 
The new sign shall not be used for extensions or projections beyond the display face;
6. 
The new sign may not utilize moving images, or the appearance of moving images;
7. 
The new sign shall not emit sound, smoke or vapors of any kind;
8. 
The replaced sign(s) shall be removed prior to the use of the replacement sign.
(§ 2, Ord. 802-NS, eff. July 4, 2007)

§ 9-3.1220 Temporary signs.

1. 
Advertising Signs. An advertising sign is intended to inform the public of specific products or services offered on-site. Temporary advertising signs may include, but shall not be limited to, signs that are painted on a window or constructed of paper, cloth or similar disposable materials and affixed on a window, wall, building surface, or structure. Temporary advertising signs shall require the approval of a sign permit in compliance with Section 9-3.1207. Temporary advertising signs are subject to the following standards:
A. 
Only one temporary sign shall be allowed for each building frontage;
B. 
The total area of temporary advertising signs shall not exceed 50% of the maximum sign area allowed for the business or 40 square feet whichever is less;
C. 
Temporary signs shall only be attached to an exterior flat wall surface of a building or other structure and shall be secured at all corners;
D. 
Temporary signs shall not be attached to the exterior of windows or doors, except painted-on signs;
E. 
Any advertising sign that is significantly damaged, dilapidated, worn, weathered or not securely or properly attached shall be immediately removed or replaced;
F. 
Temporary advertising signs may be displayed for a maximum of 30 days within a 90 day period;
G. 
Permits shall not be required for temporary window signs that cover less than 25% of any individual window;
H. 
A temporary sign or banner associated with a special event may only be displayed in conjunction with a permitted special event; and
I. 
Temporary signs shall not require a permit during periods of official public events (e.g., sidewalk sales, street fairs, etc.) Exempted signs shall be removed upon closing of the public event.
2. 
Real Estate Signs. Real estate signs on private property are exempt from the requirements of sign permits subject to the following limitations:
A. 
Individual residential dwellings: one sign per street frontage not exceeding six square feet each and seven feet in height;
B. 
Apartment units: one unlighted sign per street frontage, not to exceed 16 square feet and seven feet in height;
C. 
Individual commercial, office and industrial properties not located in a commercial center or industrial park: one sign per street frontage not exceeding 32 square feet in area and eight feet in height. Signs shall not impede sight distance requirements. Freestanding signs shall not be located closer than five feet to any property line;
D. 
Multiple-tenant commercial centers, office buildings and industrial subdivisions: two signs per street frontage not to exceed a total of 50 square feet in area and eight feet in height. In addition, one sign for each tenant space available not to exceed six square feet to be located at the individual space for rent or lease. Signs shall not impede sight distance requirements.
3. 
Construction Signs. Construction signs are exempt from the requirements of sign permits subject to the following limitations:
A. 
For residential, commercial and industrial projects, one sign per street frontage not to exceed 16 square feet each. Maximum height shall be eight feet. Signs shall not be located in any way that limits traffic visibility.
B. 
Removal. Construction signs must be removed within 10 calendar days of the earliest of issuance of a final inspection, notice of completion, or certificate of occupancy, or the functional equivalent of any of them.
4. 
Future Tenant Signs. Future tenant identification signs that advertise the future use of a property are exempt from the requirements of sign permits subject to the following limitations:
A. 
Signs shall be limited to a maximum of 50 square feet. Freestanding signs exceeding eight feet in height shall require a building permit.
5. 
Subdivision Directional Signs. Signs giving directions to subdivisions may be displayed on private land and are subject to the following:
A. 
There shall be no more than 10 signs located within the City limits for each subdivision;
B. 
Total sign area shall not exceed 100 square feet;
C. 
Sign height shall not exceed 15 feet;
D. 
Signs shall not be illuminated;
E. 
Signs may be displayed during the two years following date of recordation of the final map, or until 90% of the units have been sold or rented, whichever occurs first;
F. 
Apartment and group housing complexes of 30 units or more shall be considered within the definition of a "subdivision."
(§ 2, Ord. 802-NS, eff. July 4, 2007, as amended by § 7, Ord. 899-NS, eff. September 6, 2012)

§ 9-3.1221 Sign regulations by zoning district.

Table III-4 identifies the signs permitted in each zoning district. In addition to the following regulations, all signs shall be in compliance with all other provisions of this article.
TABLE III-4
SIGN REGULATIONS BY ZONING DISTRICT
CLASS
TYPE
MAXIMUM NUMBER
MAXIMUM SIGN AREA
MAXIMUM SIGN HEIGHT
LOCATION
ILLUM.
STANDARDS
A. SIGNS PERMITTED IN R-L, R-M, AND R-H (RESIDENTIAL) ZONES
1. Name Plate
Wall or Door
1 per dwelling unit.
2 s.f. each
Below roofline.
Wall or door.
No
Used to identify the name and/or address of the occupant.
2. Apartment
Wall or Monument
1 per street frontage.
30 s.f. each
Below roofline for wall sign and 8 ft. for monument sign.
5 ft. setback from property lines.
Only in R-H Zone
a. Signs shall not be internally lighted.
b. Copy limited to noncommercial messages and on-site commercial messages.
3. Establishment Signs
Wall or Monument
1 per street frontage.
50 s.f. each
Below roofline for wall sign and 8 ft. for monument sign.
10 ft. setback from front and 5 ft. setback from side property line.
Yes
a. Noncommercial or on-site commercial messages.
b. May incorporate changeable copy.
c. Shall not be internally lighted.
4. Neighborhood
Wall or Monument
2 per major entrance.
20 s.f. each
4 ft.
At major entrances to project/neighborhood.
No
a. Noncommercial or on-site commercial messages.
b. Shall not be internally lighted.
c. Maintenance responsibility shall be assigned to community association.
5. Temporary Signs - The following temporary signs are permitted in any R zone.
a. Subdivision Identification (on-site)
Freestanding
3 signs per project.
80 s.f. each
15 ft.
5 ft. setback from any property line. Located on the site of the project/subdivision.
No
 
b. Subdivision Identification (off-site)
Freestanding
10 signs per project.
100 s.f. each
15 ft.
5 ft. setback from any property line. Located within City limits.
No
 
c. Real Estate (single-family)
Wall or Freestanding
1 per street frontage.
6 s.f. each
7 ft.
Within the subject property.
No
 
d. Rental/Lease (multi-family)
Wall or Freestanding
1 per street frontage.
16 s.f. each
7 ft.
5 ft. setback from property line.
No
 
e. Construction Signs (4 units or more)
Wall or Freestanding
1 per street frontage.
16 s.f. each
8 ft.
5 ft. setback from property line.
No
 
f. Political Signs
Wall or Freestanding
N/A
64 s.f.
 
Private residential property.
No
45 days before and 7 days after a primary, general or special election.
B. SIGNS PERMITTED IN THE CP (OFFICE PROFESSIONAL) ZONE
1. Business or Establishment Identification (single tenant)
Wall or Monument
Wall: 1 per street frontage. Monument: 1 per 150 ft. of street frontage.
Wall: 2 s.f. of sign area per lineal foot of building frontage. 100 s.f. max. for monument.
Below roofline for wall sign and 6 ft. for monument.
Monument signs shall be set back 5 ft. from property lines.
Yes
a. Total sign area allowed includes wall, canopy, projecting signs and window signs >25% of window area.
b. Signs shall consist of illuminated, individual wall mounted letters and/or logos.
c. Cabinet, foam and painted wall signs are discouraged and the maximum sign area allowed is 1 s.f. for each lineal foot of building frontage.
d. Landscaped planter base is required for monument signs equal to or greater than the area of 1 sign face.
2. Building Identification (multiple tenant)
Wall or Monument
Wall: 1 per building frontage. Monument: 1 per 150 ft. of street frontage.
1 s.f. of sign area per lineal foot of building frontage. 75 s.f. max. for monument.
Below roofline for wall sign and 6 ft. for monument.
Monument signs shall be set back 5 ft. from property line.
Yes
a. Signs shall consist of illuminated, individual wall mounted letters, cabinet and/or logos.
b. Landscaped planter base is required for monument signs equal to or greater than the area of 1 sign face.
3. Business/Establishment Identification (multiple tenant)
Wall
1 per tenant.
2 s.f. of sign area per lineal foot of building frontage.
Below roofline.
Wall or canopy.
Yes
a. Total sign area allowed includes wall, canopy, projecting signs and window signs >25% of window area.
b. Signs shall consist of illuminated, individual wall mounted letters and/or logos.
c. Cabinet, foam and painted wall signs are discouraged and the maximum sign area allowed is 1 s.f. for each lineal foot of building frontage.
4. Pedestrian Business Directory (multiple tenant)
Wall or Freestanding
1 per street frontage.
15 s.f.
6 ft.
May not be located in any required setback.
No
Noncommercial message or identification of tenants and directional information.
5. Name Plate
Wall
1 per tenant.
4 s.f. each
 
Adjacent to primary entrance of each tenant.
 
 
6. Window Signs
Window
1 per window.
25% of window area. 26%—50% with a sign permit.
 
 
 
Only individual letters/logos/symbols painted or applied to window surfaces.
7. High Rise Buildings (4 stories +)
a. Building Identification
Wall
1 per building frontage.
50 s.f.
 
Above the windows of the highest floor and below the roofline.
Yes
a. Signs shall be composed of individual wall mounted letters only.
b. Secondary Tenant Identification
Wall
4 per building.
22 s.f. max. per sign. Max. letter height 18 in.
Below the second floor or 20 ft., whichever is less.
Near the entrance of the tenants they identify.
Yes
a. Signs shall be composed of individual wall mounted letters only.
b. Company logos may be used in combination with letters.
c. Center or Project
Monument
1 per 150 ft. street frontage.
40 s.f. each
6 ft. above grade or max. of 4 ft. above top of planter or landscape mound.
Near main entrance to center/project.
Yes
a. Landscaped planter base is required equal to or greater than the area of 1 sign face, or as determined by the Director.
8. Temporary Signs - Same as for residential zones.
C. SIGNS PERMITTED IN C-G (GENERAL COMMERCIAL) ZONES HAVING FRONTAGE ALONG FLORENCE AVENUE, SANTA FE AVENUE AND SLAUSON AVENUE
1. Single Tenant Sites - Not part of a center.
a. Business/Establishment Identification
Wall and/or Canopy
No max. number of signs, however the total sign area of all signs cannot exceed the total sign area allowed by this code.
Aggregate sign area equal to 2 s.f. per each lineal foot of building frontage.
May not project above the roofline or eaveline.
May be located on parapet or canopy.
Yes
a. Total sign area allowed includes wall, canopy and projecting signs.
b. Signs shall consist of illuminated, individual wall mounted letters and/or logos.
c. Cabinet, foam and painted wall signs are discouraged and the maximum sign area allowed is 1 s.f. for each lineal foot of building frontage.
b. Business/Establishment Identification
Projecting
1 double face sign per street frontage.
Aggregate sign area equal to 2 s.f. per each lineal foot of building frontage.
Refer to Section 9-3.1215.
May only be attached to the building to which the copy relates.
Yes
Allowed within total sign area.
c. Business/Establishment Identification
Bonus projecting
1 per building frontage.
9 s.f. per face.
10 ft.
 
No
a. Allowed in addition to other signs.
b. Pedestrian orientation.
d. Additional Graphic Displays
Wall and/or Canopy
 
Aggregate graphic area(s) cannot exceed 15% of the area it is attached to.
May not project above the roofline or eaveline of the structure it is applied to.
May be applied to a wall and/or canopy.
No
a. Allowed in addition to other signs.
b. Graphics shall be located within a sign frame that is attached to a wall containing a frontage.
c. Displays and frames shall be constructed of durable materials to provide good weather resistance as approved by the Director.
d. Graphics within the frames shall be professionally designed and printed.
e. Graphics may not contain any advertisement or identification of any business, product or logo.
e. Business/Establishment Identification
Window
 
25% of window area. 26%—50% with a sign permit.
 
Lettering permitted on interior or exterior of window.
No, except neon signs or channel letters.
a. Allowed in addition to other signs.
b. Total window sign area shall include permanent and temporary signs.
c. No more than 4 neon signs permitted per business.
d. Changeable copy signs limited to 9 s.f. total.
f. Business/Establishment Identification
Monument
1 per 100 ft. of street frontage.
50 s.f. each or as determined by the Director within the limit of 1 s.f. per lineal frontage of lot.
8 ft. above grade or 6 ft. above top of planter or landscaped mound.
Shall not create traffic hazard at corners or driveways.
Yes
a. Landscaped area at base to be provided equal to the area of 1 sign face or greater.
b. May not be located within 5 ft. of property lines.
c. Refer to Section 9-3.1217.
g. Business/Establishment Identification
Freestanding (pole sign)
1 sign per street frontage or as determined by sign program.
1 s.f. per lineal frontage of lot, 100 s.f. per sign face.
25 ft.
Shall not create traffic hazard at corners or driveways.
Yes
a. Minimum street frontage of 150 ft. required.
b. Pole cover and box design to complement project architecture.
c. Landscaped area at base equal to area of one sign face or greater.
2. High Rise Buildings (4 stories +), Multi-Tenant Sites (shopping centers), Service Stations, Institutional Signs, and Temporary Signs refer to Signs in C-N and C-G (Commercial) Zones Section 9-3.122(D) below.
D. SIGNS PERMITTED IN C-N AND C-G (COMMERCIAL) ZONES
1. Single Tenant Sites - Not part of a center.
a. Business/Establishment Identification
Wall and/or Canopy
1 each per building frontage.
Aggregate sign area equal to 2 s.f. per each lineal foot of building frontage.
May not project above the roofline or eaveline.
May be located on parapet or canopy.
Yes
a. Total sign area allowed includes wall, canopy, projecting signs and window signs >25% of window area.
b. Signs shall consist of illuminated, individual wall mounted letters and/or logos.
c. Cabinet, foam and painted wall signs are discouraged and the maximum sign area allowed is 1 s.f. for each lineal foot of building frontage.
b. Business/Establishment Identification
Projecting
1 double face sign per street frontage.
Aggregate sign area equal to 2 s.f. per each lineal foot of building frontage.
Refer to Section 9-3.1215.
May only be attached to the building to which the copy relates.
Yes
Allowed within total sign area.
c. Business/Establishment Identification
Bonus projecting
1 per building frontage.
9 s.f. per face.
10 ft.
 
No
a. Allowed in addition to other signs.
b. Pedestrian orientation.
d. Business/Establishment Identification
Window
 
25% of window area. 26%—50% with a sign permit.
 
Lettering permitted on interior or exterior of window.
No, except neon signs or channel letters.
a. Allowed in addition to other signs.
b. Total window sign area shall include permanent and temporary signs.
c. No more than 4 neon signs permitted per business.
d. Changeable copy signs limited to 9 s.f. total.
e. Business/Establishment Identification
Monument
1 per 150 ft. of street frontage.
30 s.f. each in C-N, 50 s.f. each in C-G, or as determined by the Director within the limit of 1 s.f. per lineal frontage of lot.
8 ft. above grade or 6 ft. above top of planter or landscaped mound.
Shall not create traffic hazard at corners or driveways.
Yes
a. Landscaped area at base to be provided equal to the area of 1 sign face or greater.
b. May not be located within 5 ft. of property lines.
c. Refer to Section 9-3.1217.
f. Business/Establishment Identification
Freestanding (pole sign)
1 sign per street frontage or as determined by sign program.
1 s.f. per lineal frontage of lot, 100 s.f. per sign face.
25 ft.
Shall not create traffic hazard at corners or driveways.
Yes
a. Minimum street frontage of 150 ft. required.
b. Pole cover and box design to complement project architecture.
c. Landscaped area at base equal to area of one sign face or greater.
2. High Rise Buildings (4 stories +)
a. Building Identification
Wall
One per building.
50 s.f.
 
Above the windows of the highest floor and below the eave line.
Yes
a. Signs shall be composed of individual wall mounted letters only.
b. Company logos may be used in combination with letters.
b. Secondary Tenant Identification
Wall
4 per building.
22 s.f. max. per sign. Max. letter height 18 inches.
Below the second floor or 20 ft. which ever is less.
Near the entrance of the tenants they identify.
Yes
 
c. Center or Project
Monument
1 per street frontage.
40 s.f. each.
6 ft. above grade or max. of 4 ft. above top of planter or landscape mound.
Near main entrance to center/project.
Yes
a. Landscaped planter base is required equal to or greater than area of 1 sign face.
3. Multiple Tenant Sites - Shopping Centers.
a. Business/Establishment Identification
Wall or Canopy
1 per tenant per building frontage.
2 s.f. of sign area per each lineal foot of building frontage.
May not project above the roofline or eave line.
May be located on parapet or canopy.
Yes
a. Total sign area allowed includes wall, canopy, projecting signs and window signs >25% of window area.
b. Signs shall consist of illuminated, individual wall mounted letters and/or logos.
c. Cabinet, foam and painted wall signs are discouraged and the maximum sign area allowed is 1 s.f. for each lineal foot of business frontage.
b. Business/Establishment Identification
Window
 
25% of window area. 26%—50% with a sign permit.
 
Window lettering permitted on interior or exterior of glass window or door.
 
Total window sign area shall include permanent and temporary signs.
c. Business/Establishment Identification
Under canopy or Marquee
1 per entrance (double face).
6 s.f. per face.
10 ft.
Beneath canopy or marquee with 7 ft. clearance below lowest point of sign.
 
a. Signs used for commercial messages shall be uniform in color and design for all tenant identification within the center.
b. Allowed in addition to aggregate sign area for the business.
d. Business/Establishment Identification
Monument
1 per 150 ft. of street frontage.
30 s.f. each or as determined by the Director within limit of 1 s.f. per lineal frontage of lot.
6 ft. above grade or 4 ft. above top of planter or landscape mound.
Shall be set back a min. of 5 ft. from front or side property lines.
Yes
a. Allowed in addition to other monument signs for the center, but only for detached single businesses in structures of not less than 3,000 s.f.
b. Allowed in addition to total sign area for the business.
c. Planter base or landscape area equal to 2 times the area of 1 sign face or greater.
e. Center Identification
Monument
1 per 150 ft. of street frontage. Additional under sign program.
75 s.f. each. 125 s.f. with street frontage of 150 ft. or more. Additional in C-G Zone under sign program.
10 ft. above grade or 8 ft. above top of planter or landscape mound.
Shall not be located so as to be a hazard for driveway or corner radius.
Yes
a. Sign may identify center and 2 major tenants, or 3 major tenants.
b. Planter base or landscape area equal to 2 times the area of 1 sign face or greater.
f. Center Identification
Freestanding (pole sign)
1 double face sign per street frontage for sites over 10,000 s.f., or as determined by sign program.
100 s.f. per sign face.
25 ft.
Shall not create traffic hazard at corners or driveways.
Yes
a. Min. street frontage of 100 ft. required.
b. Pole cover and box designed to complement project architecture.
c. Allowed in lieu of monument sign.
d. Landscaped area at base equal to area of 1 sign face or greater, or as determined by the Director.
g. Drive-Thru Restaurants
Menu board
2 per building.
30 s.f. each.
6 ft.
Shall not be located so as to be a hazard for driveway of corner radius.
Yes
 
4. Service Stations.
a. Service Station Identification and Pricing
Wall and Monument
1 per street frontage, max. 2
10% of building face not to exceed 30 s.f. each.
Not above roofline or 25 ft., whichever is less.
 
Yes
a. A combination of monument and wall signs may be used, but not more than a total of 3 signs.
b. Signs shall include the identification of the station and gasoline prices. No other price signs are allowed.
c. Landscape base for monument sign equal to sign area, or as determined by the Director.
b. Special Service Signs
Wall or Ground
1 for each pump island, not to exceed a total of 4 per station.
2 s.f. each.
8 ft.
 
No
Special service signs shall be limited to those that identify items (e.g., self serve, full serve, air, water, and cashier).
5. Institutional Signs
Institutional Signs
Wall and/or Monument
Wall: 1 per building frontage. Monument: 1 per 15 ft. of street frontage.
1 s.f. of sign area per each lineal foot of building frontage. Not to exceed 50 s.f. each.
 
Below eave line for wall sign and 8 ft. for monument sign.
Yes, indirect only.
a. May incorporate changeable copy.
b. Landscape base for monument sign equal to sign area.
6. Temporary Signs.
a. Special Event Signs, Banners
 
Refer to Section 9-3.1220.
 
 
 
No
 
b. Advertising
 
Refer to Section 9-3.1220.
 
 
 
No
 
c. Real Estate
 
Refer to Section 9-3.1220.
 
 
 
No
 
d. Construction
 
Refer to Section 9-3.1220.
 
 
 
No
a. Authorized upon the issuance of a grading or building permit.
b. Sign shall be removed at issuance of earliest of certificate of compliance, final inspection checkoff, certificate of occupancy, or the functional equivalent of any of them.
e. Future Facility or Tenant
 
Refer to Section 9-3.1220.
 
 
 
No
Sign shall be removed upon occupancy of the building.
E. SIGNS PERMITTED IN THE PP AND PV ZONES
1. Business/Establishment Identification (ground floor)
Wall, Projecting, or Canopy
1 each per building frontage.
2 s.f. of sign area for each lineal foot of building frontage.
Refer to Section 9-3.1215.
 
Yes
a. A combination of wall, projecting, canopy and window (>25% of window area) signs may be used as long as the maximum permitted sign area is not exceeded.
b. Wall signs shall consist of individual wall mounted letters and/or logos.
c. Cabinet-type signs are not allowed on front of buildings and the maximum area allowed is 1 s.f. for each lineal foot of building.
d. Visible raceways are prohibited.
 
Under canopy or Marquee
1 per entrance (double face)
6 s.f. per face.
10 ft.
 
 
a. Signs shall be uniform in color and design for all tenant identification within the center.
b. Allowed in addition to aggregate sign area for the business.
 
Bonus projecting
1 per building or tenant frontage.
9 s.f. per face.
10 ft.
 
No
a. Allowed in addition to other signs.
b. Pedestrian orientation.
 
Window
 
25% of window area. 26%—50% with a sign permit.
 
 
Yes
Total sign area allowed includes permanent and temporary signs.
2. Business Identification (second floor)
Wall and Projecting
1 each per building frontage.
2 s.f. of sign area for each lineal foot of building frontage.
Refer to Section 9-3.1215.
 
Yes
a. A combination of wall, projecting, canopy and window (>25% of window area) signs may be used as long as the maximum permitted sign area is not exceeded.
b. Wall signs shall consist of individual wall mounted letters and/or logos.
c. Cabinet-type signs are not allowed on front of buildings and the maximum area allowed is 1 s.f. for each lineal foot of building.
d. Visible raceways are prohibited.
 
Window
1 per window.
25% of window area. 26%—50% with a sign permit.
 
 
Yes
Total sign area allowed includes permanent and temporary signs.
3. Business/Establishment Directory
Wall
1 per building frontage.
10 s.f. each.
7 ft., or as determined by the Director.
 
Yes
 
4 High Rise Buildings (4 stories +) – Same as for C-N and C-G zoning districts.
5. Multiple Tenant Sites – Shopping Centers – Same as for C-N and C-G zoning districts.
6. Temporary Signs – Refer to Section 9-3.1220.
F. SIGNS PERMITTED IN THE INDUSTRIAL ZONE (MPD)
1. Single Tenant Sites.
a. Business/Establishment Identification
Wall and/or Monument
Wall: 1 per building frontage. Monument: one per 150 ft. of street frontage.
1 s.f. of sign area per each lineal foot of building fronting on a street. Not to exceed 100 s.f. per sign.
Wall signs shall not project above roofline. Monument signs, 8 ft. above grade or 6 ft. above top of planter or landscape mound.
Shall not be located so as to create traffic hazard for driveway or corner radius.
Yes
a. A combination of wall and monument signs may be used.
b. Planter base or landscape area equal to or greater than the area of 1 face of a sign.
b. Advisory/Directional
Wall or Freestanding
Minimum number necessary to provide adequate information.
4 s.f. each.
4 ft.
Minimum 3 ft. setback from property lines.
Yes
Directional information.
2. Multiple Tenant Sites.
a. Center or Project Identification
Monument
1 per 150 ft. of street frontage.
50 s.f. each.
8 ft. above grade or 4 ft. above top of planter or landscape mound.
Shall not be located so as to create traffic hazard for driveway or corner radius.
Yes
a. Planter base or landscape area equal to or greater than the area of 1 face of a sign.
 
Freestanding (pole sign)
1 double face sign per street frontage for sites over 10,000 s.f., or as determined by sign program.
100 s.f. per sign face.
25 ft.
Shall not create traffic hazard at corners or driveways.
Yes
a. Pole cover and box design to complement project architecture.
b. Allowed in lieu of roof and monument signs.
c. Landscaped area at base equal to area of 1 sign face.
d. Refer to Section 9-3.1217.
b. Business/Establishment Identification
Wall or Canopy
1 per tenant per building frontage.
1 s.f. of sign area per each lineal foot of building frontage. Not to exceed 75 s.f.
May not project above roofline.
 
Yes
a. A sign program shall be required for developments with 4 or more tenants per Section 9-3.1209.
c. Business/Establishment Directory
Wall or Freestanding
As determined by the Director.
25 s.f. each.
6 ft.
Not in any setback area.
Yes
Intended to list only the names and locations of on-site occupants.
d. Advisory/Directional
Wall or Freestanding
Minimum number necessary to provide adequate information.
4 s.f. each.
4 ft.
Minimum 3 ft. setback from property lines.
Yes
Directional information.
3. Temporary Signs - Refer to Section 9-3.1220
(§ 2, Ord. 802-NS, eff. July 4, 2007, as amended by § 2, Ord. 816-NS, eff. October 4, 2007, § 2, Ord. 818-NS, eff. November 1, 2007; § 1, Ord. 828-NS, eff. September 4, 2008, as amended by § 3, Ord. 885-NS, eff. June 7, 2012)

§ 9-3.1222 Electronic Displays.

"Electronic display" means an internally illuminated message device capable of displaying full color, full motion graphic images. Such devices are also known as "electronic readerboards."
1. 
Permits. The electronic displays described herein may be installed, erected and displayed only after a permit therefor has been duly issued and approved subject to the provisions and regulations of the Sign Ordinance and provisions set forth in this section. All applicable provisions of the building, electrical, grading, plumbing, and other safety codes must be satisfied.
2. 
Location. The electronic displays may be mounted, installed, erected and displayed only on properties with street frontage which are located along Pacific Boulevard from the north side Florence Avenue to the south side of Randolph Street.
3. 
Structural Rules. All electronic displays shall be mounted to the exterior façade of the building and conform to the following specifications:
A. 
Electronic displays shall be wall-mounted and shall not extend beyond the length of the wall or walls on which the display is mounted;
B. 
Maximum size: two and one-half (2.5) square feet of display face area per lineal foot of tenant frontage,
C. 
The display area of an electronic display shall be in addition to the sign area otherwise permitted/allowed;
D. 
Vertical projection: limited to the roof line or parapet;
E. 
Electronic displays that project out from the façade shall comply with the requirements of Section 9-3.1218;
F. 
Height of the display face: minimum two and one-half (2.5) feet;
G. 
Clearance above grade: minimum eight feet;
H. 
Corner wrap mountings are allowed only on walls with street frontage;
4. 
Display Characteristics. The electronic display face shall be capable of full color, full motion display, with a minimum resolution of 48 x 1200 pixels, a minimum 48 bit full color display, a minimum brightness of 5,000 nits at 6,500K (white balance), and a minimum pitch of 16 mm.
5. 
Message Types. The electronic displays may be used for any combination of noncommercial messages and on-site commercial messages, but off-site commercial messages may not be displayed.
(§ 2, Ord. 802-NS, eff. July 4, 2007; as amended by § 1, Ord. 828-NS, eff. September 4, 2008)

§ 9-3.1223 Portable signs.

The following regulations apply to portable signs:
1. 
Private property with one to two stores located on one parcel:
A. 
Only one store is allowed a portable sign at any one particular time.
2. 
Private property with three and more stores on one parcel or development (i.e., shopping centers and multitenanted buildings:
A. 
Each store within a shopping center or multi-tenanted building is allowed one portable sign but in no instance shall more than 50% of the stores display portable signs at any one particular time;
B. 
Stationary portable signs shall be located completely on private property and placed so as not to obstruct any required ingress/egress into stores or along private walkway areas. However, stationary portable signs may be placed within the entry area to stores and private walkway areas if a minimum horizontal clearance of five feet is maintained at all times for pedestrian travel. At no time shall a portable sign be placed more than 12 inches from the edge of the ground level of a structure, as defined in Section 9-1.203 of this Code;
C. 
Animated portable signs may be placed within the property setback areas and parking areas provided that the portable sign does not encroach into or over the public rights-of-way;
D. 
Animated portable signs shall not be located within the entry of stores and private walkway areas;
E. 
The property owner shall include portable signs as part of the property's Master Sign Program;
F. 
The property owner shall regulate and enforce the provisions of this section; and
G. 
The property owner and tenant will both be held liable for violation of this section.
3. 
Public Property.
A. 
Only stationary portable signs may be placed on public rights-of-way. Animated portable signs are not allowed on public rights-of-way;
B. 
Stationary portable signs may be placed on the public sidewalk so long as they are located no further than 12 inches from the front property line of the store and a minimum horizontal clearance of five feet is maintained at all times for pedestrian travel.
4. 
General Conditions.
A. 
The maximum dimensions for portable signs shall be as follows:
(1) 
A-frame signs: four feet high and three feet wide;
(2) 
Air-dancer signs: not allowed in the DTSP;
(3) 
Feather signs: 10 feet high and three feet wide;
(4) 
Sign stand: four feet high and two feet wide.
5. 
Permits.
A. 
A temporary sign permit shall be issued for all portable signs and may be placed for up to 30 days in a three month period.
B. 
All portable signs shall be designed and completed professionally subject to the approval of the Community Development Director or designee.
C. 
The owner of the sign shall provide a certificate of liability insurance in compliance with the City of Huntington Park City Clerk's office for signs placed on the public right-of-way.
(§ 8, Ord. 899-NS, eff. September 6, 2012)

§ 9-3.12A.01 Capacity.

In adopting this chapter, the City acts in its proprietary capacity as to City property. Private parties may post signs on City property only in accordance with this article or some other authorization duly adopted by the City Council.
(§ 2, Ord. 757-NS, eff. July 5, 2005)

§ 9-3.12A.02 Intent as to public forum.

The City declares that all City property in the City shall not function as a public forum for sign display by private parties, unless some specific portion of public property is identified herein as a public forum of one particular type; in such case, the declaration as to public forum type shall apply strictly and only to the specified area and the specified time period, if any.
(§ 2, Ord. 757-NS, eff. July 5, 2005)

§ 9-3.12A.03 Definitions.

All definitions stated in the Sign Ordinance (Article 12 of this chapter) apply in this article, unless a term is defined in this article.
"City property"
means that land or other property owned by the City, or in which the City holds the present right of possession and/or control, or land or other property which the City holds in trust, as well as all public rights of way located within the corporate limits of the City.
"Sign"
has the same definition as given in Article 12 of this chapter, except that the exclusion of signs on city property or public property do not apply.
(§ 2, Ord. 757-NS, eff. July 5, 2005)

§ 9-3.12A.04 Signs must be permitted or exempted.

No sign may be mounted, located or displayed on City property unless a City Property Sign Permit therefor has first been issued, or the subject sign is expressly exempted from the City Property Sign Permit requirement by this article.
Only those signs expressly allowed by this chapter (or another law) shall be eligible for a City Property Sign Permit.
Any sign posted, mounted or displayed on City property within the City, without a permit and/or contrary to the policies stated herein, may be summarily removed by the City as a trespass and a nuisance, and/or pursuant to Penal Code 556.
(§ 2, Ord. 757-NS, eff. July 5, 2005)

§ 9-3.12A.05 City property sign permits.

The Director shall prepare and make available to the public a form for application for a City Property Sign Permit ("Permit"), which shall, when fully approved, constitute a permit and indicate the City's consent, in its proprietary capacity, for placement or display of a sign. The applicant for the permit must be the same person or entity who is to be the owner of the sign. The processing fee for each application, which shall not be refundable even if the application is denied, shall be the same as the fee for a sign permit under the Sign Ordinance.
Any City Property Sign Permit issued in error may be summarily revoked by any officer of the City by simply informing the applicant of the nature of the error in issuance. Any applicant whose permit is revoked as issued in error may, at any tune thereafter, submit a new permit application which cures any deficiencies in the original application.
Applications which fully comply with the terms and conditions of this article shall be duly issued after administrative review by the Director. Applications which are denied, or permits which are revoked or suspended, may be appealed in the same manner as denials of sign permits, as described in the Sign Ordinance.
(§ 2, Ord. 757-NS, eff. July 5, 2005)

§ 9-3.12A.06 Exemptions from permit requirement.

The following signs are exempted from the permit requirement: Traffic control and traffic directional signs erected by the City or another governmental unit, official notices required by law, signs placed by the City in furtherance of its governmental functions, other signs approved pursuant to City Council action, and signs allowable under Section 9-3.12A.07 of this article.
(§ 2, Ord. 757-NS, eff. July 5, 2005)

§ 9-3.12A.07 Temporary political, religious, labor protest and other noncommercial signs in traditional public forum areas.

In traditional public forums (public streets, parks and sidewalks, as well as the exterior curtilage of City Hall), persons may display noncommercial message signs thereon without first obtaining a City Property Sign Permit, subject to:
A. 
The signs must be personally held by a person, or personally attended by one or more persons. "Personally attended" means that a person is physically present within five feet of the sign at all times.
B. 
The maximum aggregate size of all signs held or attended by a single person is eight square feet.
C. 
The maximum size of any one sign which is personally attended by two or more persons is eight square feet.
D. 
The displayed signs may not be inflatable, activated by air or moving gas, illuminated, or electrified.
E. 
In order to serve the City's interests in traffic flow and safety, persons displaying signs under this section may not stand in any vehicular traffic lane when a roadway is open for use by vehicles, and persons displaying signs on public sidewalks must give adequate space for pedestrians to pass by.
(§ 2, Ord. 757-NS, eff. July 5, 2005)

§ 9-3.12A.08 Real estate signs on public right-of-way.

Real estate signs are not allowed on City property.
(§ 2, Ord. 757-NS, eff. July 5, 2005)

§ 9-3.12A.09 Special events.

When the City allows a special event on City property, sponsored by a private entity, the City shall state only the time, place, manner and quantity of signage allowed, and leave decisions as to which signs may be displayed as part of the event to the private party sponsor.
When the City itself sponsors a special event, City property may be used to promote and identify the special event, but co-sponsors, if any, shall be limited to commercial entities and commercial sign messages only. A City Property Sign Permit is not required for entities participating in a City-sponsored special event (including the City or Redevelopment Agency).
(§ 2, Ord. 757-NS, eff. July 5, 2005)

§ 9-3.12A.10 Encroachments.

When a sign is mounted on private property but projects or encroaches into City property or the public right-of-way, such encroachment is allowed only pursuant to an encroachment permit, which shall be evaluated without regard to the message on the sign.
(§ 2, Ord. 757-NS, eff. July 5, 2005)

§ 9-3.12A.11 Benches at bus shelters.

Existing contracts concerning advertising on bus shelter benches are validated. This provision does not extend the term of any such contracts, and does not create a right or expectation of extension of such contract.
-Image-28.tif
(§ 2, Ord. 757-NS, eff. July 5, 2005)

§ 9-3.1301 Purpose.

The purpose of this article is to provide locational/developmental/operational standards for Single Room Occupancy (SROs) facilities.
(§ 1, Ord. 666-NS, eff. September 15, 2001)

§ 9-3.1302 Applicability.

Single room occupancy (SRO) facilities, allowable only in the SRO Overlay District and within specified Districts in the Huntington Park Downtown Specific Plan (DTSP) subject to a Development Permit, shall be located/developed/operated in the following manner:
1. 
The parcel upon which the single room occupancy facility is to be established shall conform to all standards of the R-H and the Huntington Park Downtown Specific Plan (DTSP) zoning districts, as applicable;
2. 
SROs shall not be located within 250 feet of a parcel which has a school for children, adult bookstore or theater, bar or liquor store;
3. 
SROs shall be located within one-quarter mile of a bus stop or transit station;
4. 
SROs shall not exceed a maximum density of 70 units per gross acre in the DTSP or 400 units per gross acre in the SRO Overlay District;
5. 
Off-street parking shall be provided in compliance with Chapter 3, General Regulations, Article 8, Off-Street Parking Standards;
6. 
Secured bicycle or motorcycle spaces shall be provided at a minimum ratio of one space for each 10 tenants;
7. 
A permanent, continuously available temporary parking/loading area shall be provided adjacent to the main entrance;
8. 
Exterior common areas and/or open courtyards should be provided throughout the project. These areas should be designed to provide passive open space with tables, chairs, planters or small garden spaces to make these areas useful and functional for the tenants. Exterior common areas, including parking areas, shall be illuminated with a minimum of two footcandles by low pressure sodium lighting from dusk to dawn. The exterior lighting shall be stationary and directed away from adjacent properties and public rights-of-way;
9. 
Each SRO unit shall be provided with the following minimum amenities:
A. 
Adequate heating and air conditioning. (Window air conditioning units are not permitted.) Air conditioning units may be installed for each SRO unit as long as they are flush with the exterior wall surface,
B. 
Kitchen sink with garbage disposal,
C. 
Counter top measuring a minimum of 12 inches deep and 24 inches wide,
D. 
Space and proper wiring for a microwave and small refrigerator. (These appliances shall be available from the operator for rent by the residents.),
E. 
Pre-wired for telephone and cable television,
F. 
Toilet and sink in a separate room (minimum of 20 square feet without shower and 40 square feet with shower),
G. 
One bed (minimum standard twin size),
H. 
One closet (minimum six square feet),
I. 
One storage/desk arrangement with chair,
J. 
Intercom system, and
K. 
Lockable door, which is a minimum of 36 inches wide, opens inward and has a reprogrammable key card access from a secured enclosed interior hallway or common area;
10. 
The maximum occupancy for each unit is one tenant and the minimum unit size (not including the toilet compartment) shall be 150 square feet;
11. 
Elevators shall be required on new SROs that are three stories or more in height;
12. 
A full common kitchen facility shall be provided on each floor, if complete kitchens are not provided in each unit. Complete kitchens shall include a range/stove, sink with garbage disposal and refrigerator. Tenant-provided cooking appliances or facilities shall be prohibited in each SRO unit, unless approved in writing by the management staff;
13. 
If complete bathrooms are not provided in each unit, shared showers shall be provided at a minimum ratio of one for each seven tenants or fraction thereof on the same floor with interior lockable doors. These shall be directly accessible from indoor common areas or indoor hallways;
14. 
SRO facilities shall provide for a minimum of one handicapped-accessible unit for every 25 units or fraction thereof for up to 100 units and one handicapped-accessible unit for every 40 units or fraction thereof for the number of units over 100;
15. 
At least one janitor closet and trash chute shall be provided on each floor;
16. 
Common laundry facilities shall be provided with a minimum of one washer and one dryer for every 25 units or fraction thereof for up to 100 units and one washer and one dryer for every 50 units or fraction thereof for the number of units over 100. Keyed access for "tenants only" shall be provided. Defensible space concepts shall be employed in the design and location of the laundry facility areas;
17. 
Furnished and secured common indoor space shall be provided at the following minimum ratios:
A. 
Four and one-half square feet for each 150 to 159 square feet unit,
B. 
Four square feet for each 160 to 169 square feet unit,
C. 
Three and one-half square feet for each 170 to 179 square feet unit,
D. 
Three square feet for each 180 and up square feet unit;
Common indoor space means all useable interior common areas not used for circulation or service facilities. Common indoor space includes, but is not limited to, lobby, recreation room or reading room;
18. 
Ingress and egress shall be strictly limited and monitored by the use of a front desk area which has a full view of the entry/lobby area, is staffed 24 hours a day, seven days a week, and has an operational outdoor entry intercom system with intercoms in each unit and common areas. Entrance into the hallways of common areas where individual units are located shall be regulated by the front desk clerk through the use of "buzz-in" doors. Each tenant and guest shall be cleared by the front desk clerk before entry is permitted. The required secondary egress areas shall also be alarmed and monitored. A notice shall be posted in the indoor lobby area regarding contact procedures to investigate code compliance problems. At least one pay telephone, a drinking fountain, restrooms and individual mailboxes shall be provided in the lobby/front desk area;
19. 
An adequately sized supply room shall be provided with adequate security control;
20. 
SROs of any size shall be required to have fully automatic fire sprinkler systems with a central monitoring system, alarm and fire annunciator in compliance with County Fire Department standards. A manual fire alarm system shall also be installed;
21. 
All provisions of the Uniform Building Code and Uniform Fire Code relating to hotels shall be followed. However, reasonable equivalent alternatives to Building and Fire Code requirements may be utilized, if approval is first obtained from the City Building Official and County Fire Chief on a case-by-case, item-by-item basis;
22. 
Interior hallways shall be brightly lit with at least one footcandle of lighting on the floor surface;
23. 
All lighting fixtures shall be vandal and graffiti resistant. All ground-floor exteriors and common areas, including hallways, elevators and shower facilities, should be made graffiti resistant through the use of special paint, texturing, carpeting or other means approved by the Police Department;
24. 
A Management Plan shall be submitted for review and approval or approval with modifications as part of the development permit process. This Plan shall be comprehensive and shall contain provisions recommended by the Director and adopted by the review authority. Failure of the property owner to comply with the Management Plan shall be grounds for revocation of the Development Permit in compliance with Chapter 2, Article 11;
25. 
Security provisions shall be provided in the following manner:
A. 
Video cameras equipped with infrared detectors shall be strategically placed in all public areas, including hallways, elevator entrances, lobby areas, garage areas, laundry areas, profit centers and other common areas and monitored for internal security. The monitoring station shall be at or adjacent to the front desk. In order to provide for adequate monitoring, the location and configuration of monitors is subject to approval by the Police Department,
B. 
Individual tenant's entry doors shall be equipped with interior locks and key card entrance systems that shall be reprogrammable,
C. 
Common shower area doors accessible through hallways shall be equipped with interior locks with access by a management master key. An emergency call button or pull cord shall be provided in the shower area,
D. 
Front entry areas shall allow for adequate visual access into the front entry/desk/lobby area by police from patrol cars,
E. 
Each tenant's room and all common areas shall have operable windows, except for the first floor which may be fixed, if a reasonable equivalent alternative is approved by the City Building Official and County Fire Chief,
F. 
Adequate measures shall be taken to provide for vehicle parking security, including limited secured access by electronic wrought iron security gates and fencing or alternative materials compatible with the architectural style, night lighting and video camera monitoring. Override devices for gates shall be provided for the Police and Fire Departments,
G. 
If management fails to operate the facility in a safe and secure manner or violations of conditions of approval are found, then a private security guard may be required to be provided on a 24-hour-a-day basis. The security guard shall be fully uniformed, bonded, P.O.S.T. certified and licensed by the State to bear firearms,
H. 
Valid photo identification shall be required as a condition of tenant registration. A valid photo identification is a State-issued driver's license, a military identification card, an official State identification card or a Police Department registration card. Management shall post in the lobby/registration area signs declaring that photo identification is required for every tenant and that the registration information will be presented to the Police Department upon demand, and
I. 
Management is to keep and maintain complete and accurate tenant registration cards in duplicate, including photocopies of required photo identification. Registration information shall include the name of the tenant, unit number, rental rate, vehicle type and vehicle license number. The duplicate copies of the registration cards shall be taken to the Police Department weekly. Registration information shall be provided to the Police Department upon demand;
26. 
A condition of approval of a SRO facility shall be compliance with Chapter 1 of Title 3 of the Municipal Code (Business License Regulations). A SRO facility with excessive drug or prostitution arrests or other officers deemed public safety concerns may be brought before the Chief of Police for review, with notice of that review meeting being sent to the SRO facility owner. If the Chief of Police determines that excessive drug or prostitution arrests or other officers deemed public safety concerns are occurring at the SRO facility, the operators permit may be revoked. Further operation of the SRO facility shall not occur without first applying and obtaining approval for a new operators permit;
27. 
Compliance inspections by the City may be made on an annual basis and the costs of the inspections shall be paid by the SRO facility operator. Any violation(s) of the conditions of approval, Municipal Code, or State, or Federal laws or regulations pertaining to SRO facilities, as they exist at the time of the inspection, shall be corrected within the time period(s) specified in the notice of violation. If the Director makes a finding that the corrections have not been made within the specified time period(s), the Development Permit and Operators Permit for the SRO facility may be revoked in compliance with Chapter 2, Article 11 of this Code; and
28. 
The maximum number of SRO units to be brought into service within the City after the effective date of this Code, shall be the number that accommodates 500 tenants. Prior to any proposed amendments to these SRO standards or to an increase in the maximum number of SRO units-in-service, the Department shall present a report to the Council with the following information:
A. 
The number and location of permitted SRO projects,
B. 
The capacity of existing SRO units,
C. 
The average occupancy rate,
D. 
The rent levels,
E. 
The average number of vehicles for each tenant, and
F. 
The perceived adequacies or deficiencies of the management services provided in the SRO facilities.
(§ 1, Ord. 666-NS, eff. September 15, 2001, § 1, Ord. 828-NS, eff. September 4, 2008; Ord. 2025-02, eff. September 3, 2025)

§ 9-3.1303 Applicable regulations.

All single room occupancy facilities shall be subject to the applicable regulations of this Code, including provisions located in the following Articles:
1.
Article 10 of Chapter 4
Development Permits
2.
Article 8 of Chapter 4
Minor Conditional Use Permits
3.
Article 11 of Chapter 4
Conditional Use Permits
4.
Article 7 of Chapter 4
Minor Variances
5.
Article 9 of Chapter 4
Variances
(§ 1, Ord. 666-NS, eff. September 15, 2001)

§ 9-3.1401 Purpose.

The purpose of this article is to achieve the following:
1. 
Mitigate the impacts that new and expanding land uses may have on traffic congestion and air quality within the City and surrounding region;
2. 
Promote transportation demand management strategies that encourage employers to utilize both the existing and planned transportation infrastructure in an efficient manner through a variety of trip reduction techniques;
3. 
Specify responsibilities of applicants proposing nonresidential development within the City to consider transportation demand management strategies which incorporate design standards and other strategies that reduce single-occupant vehicle trips;
4. 
Require the implementation of strategies that reduce transportation demand through the City permit review process;
5. 
Support development of facilities that promote the use of alternative, energy-conserving transportation modes; and
6. 
Implement State law (Government Code 65088, Congestion Management).
(§ 1, Ord. 666-NS, eff. September 15, 2001)

§ 9-3.1402 Definitions.

For the purposes of this article, the following definitions shall apply:
"Alternative transportation modes"
means any mode of travel that serves as an alternative to a single occupant vehicle, including all forms of ridesharing (i.e., carpooling, vanpooling), public transit, bicycling, walking, etc.
"Applicable development"
means any development project that is determined to meet or exceed the project size threshold criteria contained in this article.
"Buspool"
means a vehicle carrying 16 or more passengers commuting on a regular basis to and from work with a fixed route, according to a fixed schedule.
"Carpool"
means two to six persons traveling together in a single vehicle.
"Development"
means the construction or addition of new structure square footage. All calculations shall be based on gross square footage.
"Employee parking area"
means the portion of total required parking at a development used by on-site employees.
"Preferential parking"
means parking spaces designated or assigned, through use of a sign or painted space markings for carpool and vanpool vehicles carrying commute passengers on a regular basis that are provided in a location more convenient to a place of employment than parking spaces provided for single occupant vehicles.
"Property owner"
means the legal owner of a parcel(s) subject to the provisions of this article, ultimately responsible for complying with the provisions of this chapter.
"Ridesharing"
means the cooperative effort of two or more people traveling together for the purpose of getting to work. Utilization of carpools, vanpools, buspools, taxipools, trains and bus and rail transit are all examples of ridesharing.
"Telecommuting"
means a work arrangement for performing work electronically, where employees work at a location other than the primary work location (i.e., at home or in a subordinate office).
"Teleconferencing"
means telephone or video multi-access link for group communication.
"Teleservices"
means automatic information services (i.e., automatic teller machines, telephone information services, telephone banking/transactions, computer mail, computer modem, facsimile, etc.).
"Tenant"
means the lessee of facility space at an applicable development project.
"Transportation demand management"
means the implementation of programs, policies or permit approvals designed to encourage changes in individual travel behavior, including emphasis on alternative travel modes to single occupant vehicle use (i.e., carpools, vanpools and public transit, reduction or elimination of vehicle trips, shifts in peak hour vehicle commuting, etc.).
"Trip reduction"
means reduction of the number of work related trips taken during peak-hours in single occupant vehicles.
"Vanpool"
means a van occupied by seven to 15 persons commuting together to and from work on a regular basis.
(§ 1, Ord. 666-NS, eff. September 15, 2001)

§ 9-3.1403 Applicability.

Any new or expanded nonresidential development or change of use whose total square footage exceeds, or will exceed, the thresholds provided in Section 9-3-1404 shall provide, as a minimum, all applicable transportation demand management and trip reduction measures in compliance with this article.
(§ 1, Ord. 666-NS, eff. September 15, 2001)

§ 9-3.1404 Transportation Demand Management Program requirements.

All applicable projects shall prepare and implement a Transportation Demand Management (TDM) Program which will encourage increased ridesharing and the use of alternative transportation modes. A TDM Program shall include all of the requirements of this section and may include the optional measures provided in Section 9-3-1405.
1. 
Projects 25,000 Square Feet Gross Floor Area and Above. All nonresidential projects/uses of 25,000 square feet and more shall provide a bulletin board, display case or kiosk displaying transportation information located where the greatest number of employees are likely to see it. Information displayed shall include, but is not limited to, the following:
A. 
Current maps, routes and schedules for public transit routes serving the site;
B. 
Telephone numbers for referrals on transportation information including numbers for the regional ridesharing agency and local transit operators;
C. 
Ridesharing promotional material supplied by commuter-oriented organizations;
D. 
Bicycle route and facility information, including regional/local, bicycle maps and bicycle safety information; and
E. 
A listing of facilities available for carpoolers, vanpoolers, bicyclists, transit riders and pedestrians at the site.
2. 
Projects 50,000 Square Feet Gross Floor Area and above. All nonresidential projects/uses of 50,000 square feet and more shall provide all of the measures outlined above in addition to the following:
A. 
Carpool/Vanpool Preferential Parking. At least 10% of the employee parking spaces shall be designated for carpool vehicles by marking the spaces "Carpool Only." Carpool spaces shall be used only by carpool vehicles in which at least two of the persons are employees or tenants of the project. Spaces shall be located near the structure's employee entrance(s) or other preferential locations within the employee parking areas as approved by the Director.
A statement that preferential carpool/vanpool spaces for employees are available and a description of the method for obtaining the spaces shall be included on the required transportation information board.
For the purposes of this section, the percentages listed below shall be used to determine the number of employee parking spaces:
Type of Use
Percentage of Total Parking Devoted to Employee Parking
Office uses (excluding medical/dental offices)
85%
Hospital and medical/dental offices
50%
Commercial uses
30%
Industrial and Warehousing
90%
B. 
Bicycle Parking. A bicycle parking/storage area shall be provided for use by employees and tenants, located in a secure location in close proximity to employee entrances. The minimum number of bicycle parking spaces to be provided shall be three spaces for each 100 employees or fraction thereof. This requirement is in addition to bicycle parking requirements for the public as provided in Article 5 of this chapter (Off-Street Parking Standards).
C. 
Pedestrian Access. Sidewalks and other paved pathways shall be provided on-site to connect off-site external pedestrian circulation systems, for both existing and proposed development.
D. 
Commuter Matching Service. Commuter matching services shall be provided to all employees on an annual basis and all new employees upon hiring.
3. 
Projects 100,000 Square Feet Gross Floor Area and Above. All nonresidential projects/uses of 100,000 square feet and more shall provide all of the measures outlined above in addition to the following:
A. 
Carpool/Vanpool Loading Zones. A safe and convenient zone in which vanpool and carpool vehicles may deliver or board their passengers shall be provided near employee entrances.
B. 
Transit Waiting Shelters. Bus pullouts, bus pads and bus shelters may be required by the Review Authority for projects located along high traffic volume streets and established or proposed bus routes.
The developer shall consult with local bus service providers in determining appropriate improvements, and shall include the improvements as required by the Review Authority. Structure entrances shall be designed to provide safe and efficient access to nearby transit stations/stops.
C. 
Joint Access and Shared Parking. For applicable projects, as determined by the Review Authority, joint access and shared parking across multiple parcels may be required to implement the intent of this article.
(§ 1, Ord. 666-NS, eff. September 15, 2001)

§ 9-3.1405 Miscellaneous optional measures.

The following measures may be required by the Review Authority and incorporated into a project in order to further implement the intent of this chapter.
1. 
Shower and locker facilities provided on-site for use by employees/tenants who commute to the site by bicycle/walking or similar alternative transportation;
2. 
On-site daycare facilities;
3. 
On-site lunch room/cafeteria facilities; and
4. 
Telecommunication facilities to be available for exchange or shared use for activities (e.g., teleconferencing, teleservices or telecommuting).
(§ 1, Ord. 666-NS, eff. September 15, 2001)

§ 9-3.1406 Transit Mitigation Fee.

1. 
Applicability. Whenever property is developed within the City, a Transit Mitigation Fee may be required as a condition of project approval or may be requested by an applicant to be provided in lieu of providing other requirements of this chapter.
2. 
Amendments. The Council may periodically review and cause an adjustment to made to the Transit Mitigation Fee upon a determination that it is necessary to do so in order to correctly make changes in actual and estimated costs of the facilities and equipment. The adjustment in the fee may also reflect changes in the facilities required to be constructed, in the estimated revenue received, and the availability or lack thereof of other funds with which to construct the transit facilities.
3. 
Payment of Fees. The following provisions shall apply to the timing of payment of Transit Mitigation Fees:
A. 
Fees shall be paid at the time of the filing of the final map or parcel map, as a condition of the waiver of the filing of a parcel map or, if a subdivision is not involved, the fee may be paid, in pro rata amounts, at the time of the issuance of Building Permits. The amount of the fee to be paid shall be the amount that is in effect at the time of payment of the fee.
B. 
If the applicant elects to have payment deferred to the time of issuance of a Building Permit, the recorded final map or parcel map, shall specifically state that payment of a Transit Mitigation Fee is required to be paid before the issuance of a Building Permit.
C. 
Prior to the deferment of any transit mitigation contributions, the applicant shall post bonds to ensure the future payment of the obligation. The bonds shall be valid for a period of not to exceed 18 months and may be subsequently extended. Before each extension the amount of the obligation shall be recomputed based upon the current contribution schedule.
4. 
Waiver of Fees. The council may waive fees when it determines that doing so would result in a superior project than otherwise might be developed and that doing so would be in the best interest of the City.
5. 
Use of Funds. All fees collected shall be deposited, invested, accounted for and expended in compliance with State law for related transit activities.
(§ 1, Ord. 666-NS, eff. September 15, 2001)

§ 9-3.1407 Monitoring.

1. 
Facilities required under Section 9-3.1404 shall be included in the building plans and submitted to the Department.
2. 
Prior to the issuance of a Certificate of Compliance by the Department, all improvements and/or systems required by this chapter shall be in place at the site.
(§ 1, Ord. 666-NS, eff. September 15, 2001)

§ 9-3.1408 Applicable regulations.

All transportation demand management programs/measures shall be subject to the applicable regulations of this Code, including provisions located in the following articles:
1.
Article 11 of Chapter 4
Conditional Use Permits
2.
Article 8 of Chapter 4
Minor Conditional Use Permits
3.
Article 7 of Chapter 4
Minor Variances
4.
Article 10 of Chapter 4
Development Permits
5.
Article 9 of Chapter 4
Variances
(§ 1, Ord. 666-NS, eff. September 15, 2001)

§ 9-3.1501 Purpose.

It is the intent of this article to promote diverse housing which maintains a suitable balance between rental and owner accommodations, taking into account the housing needs of all economic segments of the community, including the elderly, families with children, and low and moderate income households to ensure that condominiums and condominium conversions are a positive factor in the community's housing stock. In furtherance of those goals, the city intends to achieve the following:
1. 
Architectural unity and harmony should be achieved both within the project and between the project and the surrounding neighborhood so that it promotes stability of and does not constitute a disruption to the established character of the neighborhood;
2. 
Provide for a high level of safety, compatibility and quality of the design of buildings, signs, parking areas, landscaping, luminaries and other site features. These shall include functional aspects of the site development such as automobile and pedestrian circulation;
3. 
A comprehensive and integrated design, providing its own open space, off street parking and amenities for contemporary living. Insofar as the scale of the project allows open space, walkways and other areas for people should be separated from parking areas, driveways and other areas for automobiles;
4. 
A layout of structures and other facilities to effect conservation in the street, driveway, curb cut and other public or quasi-public improvements. Additionally, structures shall be designed to minimize, within the context of accepted architectural practice, the consumption of natural resources such as sunlight, air circulation, and energy;
5. 
A configuration and orientation which respects reasonable design limits imposed by the natural and man-made environment. Structures shall be situated to take advantage of view, topography, sun and wind, while at the same time not obstructing comparable advantages for adjacent properties. Structures shall be situated to minimize or buffer any undesirable characteristics of the site such as street noise and nearby deleterious commercial or industrial uses;
6. 
The layout of the units and open space within the project shall establish, through the use of structure and landscape materials, a perceptible spatial transition from the public street, through semi-privacy of common areas, to the privacy of the unit. The environment of each condominium unit shall be private and free from visual, audio and other intrusions;
7. 
Ensure that new projects are a positive addition to the surrounding neighborhoods by increasing property values, creating safe and esthetically pleasing living conditions and are a benefit to the city;
8. 
Through innovative and imaginative design concepts, condominium developments, conversions, and planned unit development projects be encouraged to help eliminate existing blighted and undesirable conditions within established neighborhoods and help maintain adequate supply of affordable rental housing and the promotion of new affordable housing.
(Ord. § 2, Ord. 832-NS, eff. January 1, 2009)

§ 9-3.1502 Definitions.

For the purposes of this article, the following words and phrases shall have the meanings respectively ascribed to them by this section:
"Active recreational area"
means usable common open space which is developed with active recreational facilities, such as swimming pools, tennis courts, recreational buildings, a clubhouse, or other similar facilities.
"Appliances"
means electric or gas operated household devices such as stoves, fans, heaters, refrigerators, airconditioners, water heaters, dishwashers or any other devices used for cooking, heating, cooling or cleaning, and air circulation.
"Association"
means the organization of persons who own a parcel, area, airspace, or the right of exclusive occupancy in a unit or condominium, and who have interests in the control of common area of such project.
"Common area"
means those portions of the project area which are designed, intended or used in common and not under the exclusive control or possession of owners or occupants of individual units in said project.
"Community apartment project"
means the same as defined by Section 11004 of the California Business and Professions Code.
"Condominium conversion"
means a proposal to subdivide a parcel of real property by dividing the space within an existing residential, commercial or industrial building or zone into condominium, townhouse, stock cooperative or community housing and/or community apartment ownership.
"Community housing project"
means and includes the following: a condominium project as defined in Section 1350 of the Civil Code of the State, containing two or more condominiums, as defined in Section 783 of the Civil Code; a community apartment project, as defined in Section 11004 of the Business and Professions Code of the State, containing two or more rights of exclusive occupancy; a cooperative apartment or a stock cooperative, as defined in Section 11003.2 of the Business and Professions Code of the State, containing two or more rights to exclusive occupancy; and a planned development, as defined in Section 11003 of the Business and Professions Code of the State, containing two or more separately owned lots, parcels, or areas.
"Condominium"
means the same as defined by Section 783 of the California Civil Code.
"Developer"
means the owner or subdivider with controlling proprietary interest in the condominium project, or the person or organization making application to the city to build such a project.
"Live/work unit"
means a residential occupancy, by a single household, with one or more rooms which include a cooking space, sanitary facilities, and adequate working space that is reserved for business operations by persons residing therein. Work activity is limited to office or other activities compatible with residential use. Live/work units allow for client visitations and may be located within buildings designed for mixed use or strictly residential.
"Open space, common"
means open space which is suitably located and improved for common recreational purposes, active or passive, and accessible to each lot or dwelling within a development through a system of public or private walkways.
"Open space, private"
means open space which is designed and maintained for the sole and exclusive use of the occupants of not more than one dwelling and may include covered patio areas and balconies.
"Open space, recreation"
means patios, decks, and private open space balconies. Such space must be directly accessible to a unit and must have no dimension less than seven feet.
"Organizational documents"
means declarations of restrictions, management or operation of all or any part of a project.
"Planned unit development"
means a form of subdivision wherein the dwelling space as well as the land directly beneath a dwelling is owned individually and only the land surrounding the dwelling units is held in common ownership. No planned unit development shall be vertically stacked so as to be over or under any other dwelling unit.
"Project"
means the entire parcel of real property and buildings proposed to be used or divided, as land or airspace, into two or more lots or units as a condominium, community apartment, stock cooperative or planned unit or townhouse.
"Residential density"
means the number of residential dwelling units occupying a given land area and is expressed in terms of dwelling units per net acre of land area.
"Stock cooperatives"
means the same as defined by Section 11003.2 of the California Business and Professions Code.
"Townhouse"
means a design style with all elements of a dwelling unit stacked vertically, so no other unit is over or under the dwelling.
"Unit"
means the particular area of land or airspace that is designed, intended or used for the exclusive possession or control of individual owners or occupiers, whether or not they have interests in any common area of said project.
(Ord. § 2, Ord. 832-NS, eff. January 1, 2009)

§ 9-3.1503 Applicability.

This article applies to new construction of condominiums, condominium conversions, community apartments, stock cooperatives, planned unit developments and residential portions of commercial planned developments. It is a supplement and an addition to the standards, and requirements of the zone in which the development is proposed, or exists, and to the general plan designation in which the development is proposed or exists.
(Ord. § 2, Ord. 832-NS, eff. January 1, 2009)

§ 9-3.1504 Application required.

Condominium developments/conversions shall be permitted in the Low-Density Residential (R-L), Medium-Density Residential (R-M), High-Density Residential (R-H), and the Downtown Huntington Park Specific Plan (DTSP) Underlying (Base) Districts, subject to approval of a development permit in the R-L, R-M and R-H Zones, and development permit approval in the DTSP. Condominium conversions shall be permitted in the DTSP Districts subject to approval of a conditional use permit.
(Ord. § 2, Ord. 832-NS, eff. January 1, 2009; Ord. 2025-02, eff. September 3, 2025)

§ 9-3.1505 Declarations of covenants, conditions and restrictions.

A set of covenants, conditions and restrictions shall be submitted for review and approval by the City with a proposed condominium development/conversion at the time of filing for a Final Map and shall contain provisions addressing, but not limited to, the following:
1. 
Home Owner's Association;
2. 
Emergency access;
3. 
Right of public entry;
4. 
Rights of the City;
5. 
Parking;
6. 
Maintenance; and
7. 
Storage.
(Ord. § 2, Ord. 832-NS, eff. January 1, 2009)

§ 9-3.1506 Required findings.

In approving or conditionally approving a project, the following findings shall be made:
1. 
The proposed use is permitted or conditionally permitted within, and would not impair the integrity and character of the subject zoning district and complies with all of the applicable provisions of this Code;
2. 
The proposed use is consistent with the General Plan;
3. 
The approval of the Development Permit or Conditional Use Permit for the proposed use is in compliance with the requirements of the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) and the City's Guidelines;
4. 
The design, location, size and operating characteristics of the proposed use are compatible with the existing and planned future land uses within the general area in which the proposed use is to be located and will not create significant noise, traffic or other conditions or situations that may be objectionable or detrimental to other permitted uses operating nearby or adverse to the public interest, health, safety, convenience or welfare of the City;
5. 
The subject site is physically suitable for the type and density/intensity of use being proposed; and
6. 
There are adequate provisions for public access, water, sanitation, and public utilities and services to ensure that the proposed use would not be detrimental to public health and safety.
(Ord. § 2, Ord. 832-NS, eff. January 1, 2009)

§ 9-3.1507 Property development standards.

In addition to the general provisions of this chapter, the following property development standards shall apply to all land and structures in condominium and community housing projects:
1. 
Each condominium development/conversion shall have an area of not less than 15,000 square feet.
2. 
All condominium developments/conversions shall meet the density and development standards established in the base zones or underlying DTSP districts.
3. 
Front yards, side yards, side yards-corner lots, side yards-driveways, rear yards, fences, hedges, and walls and building requirements shall be the same as the property development standards for the respective underlying zone or district, unless more restrictive requirements are required by the Planning Commission as a condition of approval.
4. 
The maximum coverage of the lot or parcel by all structures shall not exceed the percentage of the lot area designated for the underlying zone or district. For the purposes of this subsection, swimming pools shall not be counted as structures.
5. 
Open space shall be provided in the following manner in condominium developments/conversions:
A. 
Common open space shall be provided in the following manner in condominium developments/conversions:
(1) 
Not less than 200 square feet per dwelling unit.
(2) 
Twenty-five percent of the required usable common space may be provided within the required building separation for passive recreational purposes, subject to the approval of the Planning Commission.
(3) 
Condominium developments/conversions within the DTSP shall provide common open space as specified with-in the underlying DTSP district.
B. 
Private open space shall be provided in the following manner in condominium developments/conversions:
(1) 
There shall be a total square footage of not less than 200 square feet for each dwelling unit, 50% of which may be private balconies. For dwelling units abutting and easily accessible to usable common open areas, this requirement may be waived by the Director of Community Development, provided an equal amount of land area is added to the required usable common open space.
(2) 
Condominium developments/conversions within the DTSP shall provide private open space as specified within the underlying DTSP district.
6. 
Access to the required parking for the project shall be a minimum width of 12 feet, without obstructions and clearly marked "Fire Access." In addition, driveways shall be reserved as permanent access to required parking by recordation of a covenant on the land serving all units in the development. Said covenant shall include rights of access on private property by the City of Huntington Park enforcement agencies the power and authority to remove vehicles, or other obstructions after proper notification. Said covenant shall be submitted in a form subject to approval of the City Attorney.
7. 
All projects shall be in accordance with the development policies adopted by the General Plan, Zoning Ordinance, International Building Code, Fire Code, development standards established in the ordinance and policy resolutions approved pursuant to this title.
8. 
All fixtures and appliances within the units shall be provided with shutoff valves capable of eliminating both hot and cold water flow; each unit shall have a shutoff valve; and each supply riser shall have a shutoff valve for hot and cold water;
9. 
All utilities shall be metered on a per-unit basis; common areas of the project shall not be supplied with utilities from the units within the project;
10. 
A circuit breaker panel controlling all circuits and outlets which serve the unit shall be provided for each unit;
11. 
All utilities shall be underground;
12. 
Utility meters are not to be placed on the front or interior elevations;
13. 
All drainage for the project shall be conducted under the public right-of-way; and
14. 
The Planning Commission may, by resolution, approve other criteria compatible with the standards contained herein.
(Ord. § 2, Ord. 832-NS, eff. January 1, 2009)

§ 9-3.1508 Live/work units.

In addition to the property development standards of this chapter, the following development standards shall apply to all condominium and community housing projects containing live/work units:
1. 
The minimum total gross square footage of a live/work unit shall be 1,300 square feet;
2. 
The maximum size of the business portion of the live/work unit shall be 50% of the unit, in order to ensure that the business portion remains an accessory use to the primary residential use;
3. 
All work activities shall be in accordance with the zoning designation;
4. 
Where there are multiple live/work units within a single structure, each unit shall be physically separated from other units and uses within the structure, and access to individual units shall be from a common open space, corridor, hallway, or other common access area;
5. 
The internal layout of the live/work unit shall incorporate the following:
A. 
There shall be direct access between the live and work portions within the live/work unit; however there shall also be a clear delineation between both portions; and
B. 
There shall be no separate entrance to the live portion by a separate door. All access to the live portion shall be from the work portion.
6. 
Occupancy and employees shall be in accordance with the following:
A. 
At least one of the persons living in the live portion shall work in the work portion; conversely at least one employee of business activity shall also reside in the unit;
B. 
The business activity occupying the live/work unit may utilize a maximum of two nonresident employees, not including the person living in the unit; and
C. 
The work portion shall not be leased separately from the live portion; conversely the live portion shall not be leased separately from the work portion.
7. 
The parking and loading requirements for live/work units shall be the same as for the similar commercial use. A minimum of two parking spaces per unit shall be provided;
8. 
Outdoor signs that identify a business within a live/work unit shall be prohibited;
9. 
The following land uses shall not be allowed in a live/work unit:
A. 
Sexually oriented businesses;
B. 
Medical;
C. 
Motor vehicle maintenance and repair;
D. 
Welding and/or machining;
E. 
Psychic or palm reading;
F. 
Massage/acupressure;
G. 
Head shops; and
H. 
Any land use determined by the Director of Community Development not to be compatible for live/work units.
10. 
Hours of operation for any business activity within a live/work unit shall be restricted to the hours between 7:00 a.m. and 9:00 p.m.;
11. 
Businesses within live/work units shall not involve the use of hazardous materials or produce medical or hazardous waste;
12. 
In order to ensure that live/work units continue to be operated as bona-fide live/work units, all live/work units shall be subject to City inspections, as deemed necessary;
13. 
The occupants of the live/work units shall maintain a valid City Business License at all times for any business activity occurring within the unit;
14. 
All permitted business activities shall be subject to all City, County and State regulations; and
15. 
Once established, live/work units may be converted to solely residential use. Conversions of live/work units to solely commercial/business uses shall not be permitted.
(Ord. § 2, Ord. 832-NS, eff. January 1, 2009)

§ 9-3.1509 Information required for applications.

In addition to such other application requirements as the Planning Commission may deem necessary and those requirements set forth for the issuance of a Development Permit or Conditional Use Permit, no application for a residential condominium or community housing conversion project shall be accepted for any purpose unless the application includes the following:
1. 
A certified list of the names and addresses of all tenants residing in a project proposed to be converted to residential condominiums at the time the application is filed;
2. 
A property report describing in detail the condition and useful life of the roof, foundations, and mechanical, electrical, plumbing, and structural elements of all existing buildings and structures. Such report shall be prepared by a registered civil or structural engineer, a licensed architect, or a licensed general engineering contractor;
3. 
A descriptive report containing acoustical test data which indicates the noise attenuation characteristics of the existing party walls and ceilings. The data for such reports shall include a sampling of at least 30% of the dwelling units involved, but in no case fewer than two dwelling units, and shall be compiled by a person experienced in the field of acoustical testing and engineering; and
4. 
A preliminary annual operating budget containing a sinking fund reasonably calculated to accumulate reserve funds to pay for major anticipated maintenance, repair or replacement expenses and, in the case of previously occupied buildings and structures, a property report and structural pest report as required by subsections (2) and (3) of this section.
(Ord. § 2, Ord. 832-NS, eff. January 1, 2009)

§ 9-3.1510 Notices to tenants.

The developer shall mail written notices to all tenants residing in the project proposed to be converted to residential condominiums or community housing not less than 10 days prior to the hearing on the Development Permit or Conditional Use Permit. Such notice shall state the following:
1. 
The date, time, place and purpose of the hearing;
2. 
That should the Development Permit or Conditional Use Permit be approved, tenants may be required to vacate the premises; and
3. 
That should the Development Permit or Conditional Use Permit be approved, the property owner will be required to give all tenants a minimum of 120 days' notice to vacate; however, such notice shall not restrict the exercise of lawful remedies pertaining to, but not limited to, tenants' defaults in the payment of rent or the defacing or destruction of all or a part of the rented premises.
(Ord. § 2, Ord. 832-NS, eff. January 1, 2009)

§ 9-3.1511 Required findings of fact.

In addition to those requirements set forth in Title 9, Articles 10 and 11 of this Code, the Planning Commission shall find the following:
1. 
That the proposed residential condominium or community housing conversion project would not adversely affect the supply and availability of rental housing in the City or within a specified area in the City;
2. 
That at least 25% of the tenants qualify for the purchase of units in the proposed residential condominium or community housing conversion project; and
3. 
That the proposed residential condominium or community housing project is in a residential zone, Huntington Park Downtown Specific Plan (DTSP), and approved in the Land Use Element of the General Plan for residential uses.
(Ord. § 2, Ord. 832-NS, eff. January 1, 2009)

§ 9-3.1512 Conditions of approval.

1. 
All such permits for new and converted residential condominium or community housing projects shall be subject to the following conditions:
A. 
A Tentative and Final Map shall be required for all subdivisions creating a condominium or community housing project;
B. 
The organizational documents shall provide that the association is responsible for the maintenance and landscaping of all parts of the community housing project which are held in common and that such maintenance shall be performed to the standard of maintenance prevalent in the neighborhood;
C. 
The organizational documents shall allow the association to terminate the contract of any person or organization engaged by the developer to perform management or maintenance duties three months after the association assumes the control of the community housing project or at any time thereafter;
D. 
The organizational documents shall be submitted to the City Attorney for a determination that such documents comply with the requirements of this chapter;
E. 
A Parking Management Plan (PMP) shall be incorporated in the Covenants, Conditions, and Restrictions (CC&Rs). All uncovered off-street parking space shall be held within the common area to be administered and maintained by the association. The uncovered spaces shall be held for use by all owners within the project and shall not be assigned to a particular unit. The CC&Rs shall have a provision precluding the sale of garage units required by the PMP;
F. 
No application for a residential condominium conversion project or community housing conversion project of less than six units shall be approved; and
G. 
The owner of a detached single residential condominium or community housing unit shall be responsible for the maintenance of the exterior of his or her individual unit.
2. 
All such permits allowing residential condominium or community housing conversions projects shall be subject to all of the following conditions, which shall be in addition to such other conditions deemed necessary by the Commission:
A. 
The developer shall certify that all tenants in any building or structure have been notified individually and in writing prior to the time of filing an application for a Development Permit or Conditional Use Permit;
B. 
The existing or modified structures shall conform to the development standards set forth in this chapter, except as may otherwise be permitted by variance in accordance with the procedures and findings as prescribed therefor;
C. 
The existing or modified structures shall be in compliance with all the applicable provisions of the Uniform Building, Plumbing, Electrical, and Mechanical Codes as modified and adopted by the City;
D. 
The developer shall request and receive an inspection of individual dwelling units from the Building Division of the Community Development Department prior to the sale or re-occupancy of each unit. Notice of a request for inspection shall be given to the Building Division at least 48 hours in advance of each inspection visit. The Building Division's inspector shall make an inspection to identify any existing violation of building, fire, electrical, or plumbing regulation of this chapter. Prior to a sale or re-occupancy, such unit shall be required to meet all the applicable requirements of this chapter and of the building regulations which were in effect at the time of filing the tentative map. Written notification or corrective work required prior to a sale or re-occupancy shall be given by the Building Division to the property owner within 14 working days after the day of the inspection. All corrective work or remedial action required by the Building Official shall be completed prior to the closing of any escrow or issuance of an occupancy permit. A Pre-Sale Inspection Fee per unit shall accompany each inspection request;
E. 
Prior to the sale or re-occupancy of dwelling units within a condominium or community housing conversion project, each dwelling unit shall be provided with a smoke detection device which meets the requirements of the Uniform Building Code and the requirements the Building Official deems necessary to ensure that the device will serve its intended purpose;
F. 
The developer shall give tenants preemptive rights to purchase the units occupied by such tenants at equal or more favorable terms than generally available to non-tenants. Such rights shall be irrevocable for a period of 90 days after the commencement of sales or issuance of the final public report by the Real Estate Commissioner;
G. 
The developer shall give tenants the right to terminate leases upon not less than (30) days' written notice by the tenant to the owner at any time after the application for conversion is filed with the City;
H. 
The developer shall allow tenants with children to extend their leases to the end of the school term; and
I. 
The developer shall arrange for equivalent or not more expensive housing facilities, at the tenants' expense, for tenants who have committed themselves to purchase units but who are displaced by renovations.
(Ord. § 2, Ord. 832-NS, eff. January 1, 2009)

§ 9-3.1601 Fund created.

There is hereby created a fund to be known as the "Park Facilities Fund" to account for fees paid pursuant to this article. Such fees shall be deposited into the Park Facilities Fund, and maintained by the City Treasurer, and shall be used solely for the acquisition of new and rehabilitation of existing community park and recreational facilities.
(§ 1, Ord. 740-NS, eff. January 5, 2005)

§ 9-3.1602 Park dedication or payment of fees.

(a) 
Except as otherwise provided in this article, any new residential development of one unit or more, and any addition of one or more units to an existing residential property shall be subject to the park dedication requirement, or payment of fees in lieu thereof, or both, as established by this article.
(b) 
The amount of land to be dedicated for neighborhood and community park or recreational facilities or fees to be paid in lieu thereof shall be based on the residential density factor of the proposed development, which shall be determined on the basis of the number of dwelling units to be constructed and the density factor as set forth in subsection (c) of this section so as to provide two acres of park and recreation area per 1,000 residents in the City.
(c) 
As used herein, the term "density factor" means 4.12 persons per dwelling unit, or based upon the most recently available census, or updated census pursuant to California Government Code Section 40200 (et seq.).
(d) 
When a fee is to be paid in lieu of or in addition to parkland dedication, the amount of such fee shall be the Fair Market Value, as determined pursuant to Section 9-3.1607 of this article, per acre of the land within the proposed residential development multiplied by the numbers of acres required to be dedicated pursuant to this section, except that the amount of the fee shall be calculated as provided in Section 9-3.1603 of this article when the construction consists solely of adding a second residential unit to a property containing only one single-family dwelling unit.
(e) 
The standardized in lieu fee payment formula (subject to updated census numbers) shall be as follows:
 
Acres of Parkland per Resident
H.P. Average Density per Dwelling Unit (Census)
Amount of Land to Be Dedicated
Or Amount of Fee to Be Paid In Lieu of Parkland
Fee per New Residential Unit
0.002 acres pe rperson
4.12 persons per dwelling unit
0.00824 acres (358.9344 sq. ft.)
358.9344 x fair market value = in lieu fee
(f) 
The City Council, by resolution, may establish a flat fee of a lesser amount than determined by the formula outlined in subsection (e) of this section. Such flat fee shall apply to all projects on a per unit basis including such fees as required by Section 9-3.1603 of this article. Such adopted resolution shall supersede the amount determined by the formula.
(g) 
The park dedication or payment of fees in lieu thereof, or both, shall be completed prior to the issuance of a certificate of occupancy for any such dwelling unit within a development.
(§ 1, Ord. 740-NS, eff. January 5, 2005)

§ 9-3.1603 Reduction of fees for second dwelling unit.

When a building permit is sought for the development of a second dwelling unit to a property containing only one existing single-family dwelling unit, regardless of the zoning district in which the property is located, the amount of the in lieu fee to be paid at the time the certificate of occupancy is issued for that second unit shall be 50% of the amount required under the formula established in Section 9-3.1602(e) of this article.
(§ 1, Ord. 740-NS, eff. January 5, 2005)

§ 9-3.1604 Recreational facilities credit.

(a) 
Where private open space area is developed for active recreational facilities in a proposed development, the value of such open space may be partially credited against the parkland dedication/fee requirement established in Section 9-3.1602 of this article.
(b) 
The final decision making authority on the residential development shall determine at the time the residential development is approved or conditionally approved whether it is in the public interest to credit up to 50% of the value of such private open space against the dedication/fee otherwise due. The decision shall take into consideration factors such as the size, shape, topography, geology, access, and location of such private open space area within the development.
(c) 
Any yard areas, setback areas or other open space areas required to be maintained by any zoning or building requirement shall not be considered as credit against the parkland dedication/fee requirement.
(d) 
To qualify for any credit under this section, the private ownership and maintenance of the private open space area as active recreational facilities must be adequately provided for by written agreement and the use of such area restricted by recorded covenants which run with the land and which cannot be defeated or eliminated without the consent of the City.
(§ 1, Ord. 740-NS, eff. January 5, 2005)

§ 9-3.1605 Exemptions.

Any unit within a residential development which is restricted by covenant to occupancy for low-and moderate-income households or senior citizens shall be exempted from the requirements of this article during the period such unit remains covenanted for such use. Upon termination of such restrictions, the then current owner of the unit shall pay additional fees to the City, based upon the then current fair market value of the land and in accordance with the density factor in effect at the time the restrictions terminate.
(§ 1, Ord. 740-NS, eff. January 5, 2005)

§ 9-3.1606 Return of fees.

(a) 
Fees paid into the Park Facilities Fund which are not committed within five years from the date of payment shall be returned to the then current owner(s) of the residential development project, in the same proportion as the size of their lot bears to the total area of all lots within the development project.
(b) 
Notwithstanding the provisions of subsection (a) of this section, no refund shall be required if the City Council determines any one of the following applies.
(1) 
Moneys were not posted as fees, but were satisfied by a letter of credit, bond or other interest taken to secure payment at a future date; or
(2) 
The administrative costs of refunding the uncommitted fees pursuant to this section exceeds the amount to be refunded; provided a public hearing is held thereon for which each of the dwelling units within the project has been delivered a public notice, pursuant to Article 17 of Title 9 of the Huntington Park Municipal Code, at least 10 days prior to the hearing.
(§ 1, Ord. 740-NS, eff. January 5, 2005)

§ 9-3.1607 Determination of fair market value.

(a) 
Fair market value shall be based upon the property value of the proposed residential development multiplied by the acres (square footage) to be dedicated pursuant to this article. Such value is determined by a written appraisal report provided by the developer, as prepared and signed by an appraiser acceptable to the City. The appraisal shall be paid for by the developer.
(b) 
The date of the appraisal shall be no more than six months prior to the payment of the fee. If more than six months have elapsed from the date of the appraisal to the time of payment of the fee, the City may require preparation of an updated appraisal. The sub-divider shall pay for the cost of any such updated appraisal.
(c) 
For the purposes of this article, fair market value shall be determined based upon the assumption that the development proposal is approved and in accordance with acceptable standards of the real estate appraisal profession.
(d) 
The determination of fair market value by the City shall be final and conclusive.
(§ 1, Ord. 740-NS, eff. January 5, 2005)

§ 9-3.1701 Intent and purpose.

The following provisions are intended to allow for the development of cultural and artistic resources that improve and enhance the quality of life for individuals living, working and visiting the City. Artwork shall be placed at locations which are visible to the public. The publicly visible art application procedures assist in the purpose of improving opportunities to promote the beautification of the City. Balanced development of cultural and artistic resources preserves and improves the quality of the urban environment and increases property values. As development and revitalization of the properties within the City continues, the opportunity for creation of cultural and artistic resources is diminished. There-fore, the intent of the publicly visible art program is to present the community with a variety of art styles and themes, all of the highest possible quality to improve and enhance the City.
(§ 1, Ord. 765-NS, eff. December 7, 2005)

§ 9-3.1702 Definitions.

For the purpose of this article, unless otherwise apparent from the context, certain words and phrases used in this article are defined as follows:
"Artwork"
means original creations of art including, but not limited to, the following categories: sculptures, murals, mosaic, earthwork (hardscape), fountains, paintings or other form of approved physical media. These categories may be created out of materials such as steel, bronze, glass, concrete, wood, ceramic and stone, as well as other suitable materials. "Artwork" does not include the following:
(1) 
Directional elements such as signage or graphics;
(2) 
Objects that are mass produced in a standard design; and
(3) 
Landscape gardening, unless substantially comprising of durable elements.
"Publicly visible"
means any exterior area on public or private property which is accessible and/or visible to the general public.
(§ 1, Ord. 765-NS, eff. December 7, 2005, as amended by § 1, Ord. 913-NS, eff. December 18, 2013)

§ 9-3.1703 Authority of the Planning Commission.

Where so provided by this article, the Planning Commission shall have the authority to grant approval or denial of any artwork proposed to be placed on private property and associated with a development project. The Planning Commission shall not grant the placement of any artwork unless the Planning Commission finds that the artwork complies with the property maintenance standards as set forth in Huntington Park Municipal Code Section 8-9.02.1.
(§ 1, Ord. 765-NS, eff. December 7, 2005, as amended by § 1, Ord. 913-NS, eff. December 18, 2013)

§ 9-3.1704 Approval or denial of artwork not associated with a development project.

The City Council shall have the authority to grant approval or denial of any proposed artwork submitted pursuant to the publicly visible art requirements in this article that is not associated with a development project. The City Council shall not grant the placement of any artwork unless the City Council finds that the artwork complies with the property maintenance standards as set forth in Huntington Park Municipal Code Section 8-9.02.1.
(§ 1, Ord. 765-NS, eff. December 7, 2005, as amended by § 1, Ord. 861-NS, eff. October 20, 2010, and § 1, Ord. 913-NS, eff. December 18, 2013)

§ 9-3.1705 Fund created.

(a) 
There is hereby created a fund to be known as the "City Art Fund" to account for fees paid pursuant to this article. Upon the payment to the Finance Department of the required sum to the City Art Fund, the Planning Division shall waive the condition of providing a physical form of art. All money given to the City pursuant to the provisions of this section shall be used for the purposes of providing publicly visible art.
(b) 
The Huntington Park Parks and Recreation Department has the authority to recommend to the City Council expenditures from the City Art Fund.
(§ 1, Ord. 765-NS, eff. December 7, 2005, as amended by § 1, Ord. 913-NS, eff. December 18, 2013)

§ 9-3.1706 Projects subject to publicly visible art requirement.

(a) 
All new residential developments of two or more units, public and institutional buildings, and all commercial and industrial development projects with a construction valuation equal to or exceeding $100,000 shall be subject to the provisions of this article, provided that the value of residential units covenanted for low or moderate income house-holds, or for senior citizens shall not be included when determining the value of a residential development.
(b) 
Including, but not limited to, exterior and interior modifications and additions, all remodeling and/or renovation of existing residential buildings of two or more units, public and institutional buildings, and existing commercial and industrial buildings shall be subject to the provisions of this article when such remodeling/renovation has a valuation equal to or exceeding $50,000, excluding earthquake rehabilitation required by this Code for seismic safety. As used in this article, the value of a residential unit covenanted for low or moderate income households or for senior citizens shall not be included when determining the value of a residential development.
(c) 
All development projects, as identified above, shall comply with all requirements of this article.
(§ 1, Ord. 765-NS, eff. December 7, 2005)

§ 9-3.1707 Exemptions.

(a) 
Buildings which are designed and dedicated to performing arts or museum uses shall not be required to meet the one percent set-aside requirement as described in Section 9-3.1708 for as long as the performing arts or museum uses are maintained within the building.
(b) 
Reconstruction of structures which have been damaged by fire, collapse, explosion, flood, wind, earthquake or other disaster and subject to Section 9-3.611 of this Code.
(§ 1, Ord. 765-NS, eff. December 7, 2005)

§ 9-3.1708 Program allocations.

(a) 
The program allocation, as used in this article, is the percentage of the construction cost which is set aside for the City's publicly visible art program, and shall be an amount equal to one percent of the total construction valuation for an applicable project, excluding land acquisition and off-site improvement costs. The total construction valuation shall be computed using the rates established by the County of Los Angeles' Ordinance Numbers 91-0086, 91-0087, 91-0088, and 91-0089 as adopted by the Huntington Park City Council (Resolution No. 94-52).
(b) 
In-lieu of placement or donation of an approved artwork, the applicant may pay to the City art fund as set forth in Section 9-3.1705, one percent of the total construction valuation, determined as set forth in subsection a.
(c) 
Nothing in this section shall prohibit the applicant from placing an approved artwork with acquisition and installation costs in an amount less than the program allocations provided that the applicant shall also pay to the City art fund an amount equal to the difference between the program allocation and the costs of acquisition and installation of such artwork.
(§ 1, Ord. 765-NS, eff. December 7, 2005)

§ 9-3.1709 Certificates of occupancy.

(a) 
No final City approval, such as final inspection or a certificate of occupancy, for any project subject to this article shall be granted or issued unless and until full compliance with the publicly visible art program is achieved in one or more of the following ways:
(1) 
The approved artwork has been placed in a manner satisfactory to the Planning Division;
(2) 
In-lieu art fees have been paid at the time of building permit issuance;
(3) 
Posting of financial security in an amount equal to the acquisition and installation costs of an approved artwork, in a form approved by the City Attorney, has been posted;
(4) 
Artwork has been approved by the Planning Commission.
(b) 
For the purposes of subsection (a), full compliance with the publicly visible art shall not be found until the entire program allocation required by this article for the project has been satisfied.
(c) 
If any approved artwork placed on private property pursuant to this article is removed without City approval, the certificate of occupancy may be revoked.
(d) 
Artwork shall remain in place, unless written authorization has been given by the Planning Division, even if property is sold, transferred, deeded or conveyed.
(§ 1, Ord. 765-NS, eff. December 7, 2005, as amended by § 1, Ord. 913-NS, eff. December 18, 2013)

§ 9-3.1710 Application procedures for placement of artwork on private property.

An application for placement of artwork on private property as required by this article, shall be submitted to the Planning Division for Planning Commission review and approval, if the proposed artwork is associated with a development project or to the Parks and Recreation Department for City Council review and approval if the proposed artwork is not associated with a development project. The application shall include:
(a) 
Preliminary sketches, photographs, examples of similar artwork or other documentation of sufficient descriptive clarity to indicate the nature of the proposed artwork;
(b) 
An appraisal or other legitimate evidence of the value of the proposed artwork, including acquisition and installation costs;
(c) 
Preliminary plans containing such detailed information as may be required by the Planning Division, to adequately evaluate the location of the artwork in relation to the proposed development and its compatibility with the proposed development, including compatibility with the character of adjacent conforming developed parcels and existing neighborhood if necessary to evaluate the proposal; and
(d) 
A narrative statement, demonstrating that the artwork will be displayed in an area open and freely available and/or visible to the general public during hours of operation of the business or enterprise, or otherwise provide public accessibility in an equivalent manner based on the characteristics of the artwork or its placement on the site.
(§ 1, Ord. 765-NS, eff. December 7, 2005, as amended by § 1, Ord. 861-NS, eff. October 20, 2010, and § 1, Ord. 913-NS, eff. December 18, 2013)

§ 9-3.1711 Approval for placement of artwork on private property.

(a) 
Except as provided in subsection (b) of this section, completed applications for projects subject to the publicly visible art requirement in this article shall be submitted in compliance with Section 9-3.1709 for review and approval of the artwork, considering the aesthetic quality and harmony of the artwork with the existing on-site improvements, and the proposed location of and public accessibility to the artwork.
(b) 
The following shall apply to the review and approval of such artwork, the Reviewing Authority shall be the Planning Commission when the proposed artwork is in association with a development project and the City Council when proposed artwork is not in association with a development project:
(1) 
The appropriate reviewing authority shall consider staff's recommendation in its review and approval of the proposed artwork; and
(2) 
If the applicant proposes or the reviewing authority recommends significant revisions to the architecture or physical design and layout of the proposed artwork, the revised application shall be returned to staff for further review and recommendation concerning the revised proposal prior to resubmittal to the reviewing authority for final review and approval.
(§ 1, Ord. 765-NS, eff. December 7, 2005, as amended by § 1, Ord. 861-NS, eff. October 20, 2010, and § 1, Ord. 913-NS, eff. December 18, 2013)

§ 9-3.1712 Application procedure for acceptance of artwork donated to the City.

An application for acceptance of artwork to be donated to the City pursuant to this article shall include:
(a) 
Preliminary sketches, photographs, examples of similar artwork, models or other documentation of sufficient descriptive clarity to indicate the nature of the proposed artwork;
(b) 
An appraisal or other legitimate evidence of the value of proposed artwork, including acquisition and installation costs;
(c) 
A written agreement executed by or on behalf of the artist who created the artwork which expressly waives his or her rights under the California Art Preservation Act or other applicable laws; and
(d) 
Other information as may be required by the Parks and Recreation Department staff or the City Council to adequately evaluate the proposed donation of artwork.
(§ 1, Ord. 765-NS, eff. December 7, 2005, as amended by § 1, Ord. 861-NS, eff. October 20, 2010, and § 1, Ord. 913-NS, eff. December 18, 2013)

§ 9-3.1713 Review of application for acceptance of artwork donated to the City.

Completed applications shall be submitted to the Parks and Recreation Department for review and recommendation to the City Council, which shall have the sole authority to accept, reject or conditionally accept the donation.
(§ 1, Ord. 765-NS, eff. December 7, 2005, as amended by § 1, Ord. 861-NS, eff. October 20, 2010, and § 1, Ord. 913-NS, eff. December 18, 2013)

§ 9-3.1714 Ownership of artwork.

(a) 
All artwork placed on the site of an applicant's project shall remain the property of the applicant; the obligation to provide all maintenance necessary to preserve the artwork in good condition shall remain with the owner of the site.
(b) 
Maintenance of artwork, as used in this article, shall include without limitation, preservation of the artwork in good condition to the satisfaction of the City, protection of the artwork against physical defacement, vandalism, or alteration, and securing and maintaining fire and extended coverage insurance and vandalism coverage in an amount equivalent to the value of the artwork, including acquisition and installation costs, as noted on the submitted application. Before placement of an approved artwork, applicant and owner of the site shall execute and record a covenant in a form approved by the City for maintenance of the artwork. Failure to maintain the artwork as provided herein is hereby declared to be a public nuisance.
(c) 
The proposed artwork shall comply with all applicable codes, laws, rules, and regulations, including health and safety, building, fire, sign, zoning, and business license regulations of the City of Huntington Park.
(d) 
The property and artwork shall be developed and maintained in a clean, neat, quiet and orderly manner at all times and comply with the property maintenance standards as set forth in the Huntington Park Municipal Code Section 8-9.02.1.
(e) 
In addition to all other remedies provided by law, in the event the owner fails to maintain the artwork, upon reasonable notice, the City may perform all necessary repairs, maintenance or secure insurance and the costs therefor shall become a lien against the property owner.
(f) 
All artwork donated to the City shall become the property of the City upon acceptance by the City Council.
(g) 
Stolen or removed artwork shall be replaced by the owner. Replaced artwork shall be reviewed and approved by the criteria set forth in this article.
(§ 1, Ord. 765-NS, eff. December 7, 2005, as amended by § 1, Ord. 861-NS, eff. October 20, 2010, and § 1, Ord. 913-NS, eff. December 18, 2013)

§ 9-3.1715 Artwork on public property and performing arts.

(a) 
The Huntington Park Parks and Recreation Department shall prepare an annual budget and plan for the Publicly Visible Art Program for City Council approval.
(b) 
The Huntington Park Parks and Recreation Department may recommend to the City Council the purchase of artwork to be displayed and placement location on public property. For purposes of this section, artwork may include removable and reusable seasonal artwork. A recommendation shall include the type of artwork considered, an analysis of the constraints applicable to placement of the artwork on a site, the need for and practicality of the maintenance of the artwork, and the costs of acquisition and installation of the artwork.
(c) 
The Huntington Park Parks and Recreation Department has the authority to recommend to the City Council expenditures from the City Art Fund for performing arts, provided the performance occurs within the City of Huntington Park. Approved expenditures may include expenditures for equipment expedient to implement the performing art. A recommendation for an expenditure on performing arts under this subsection shall include the type of performing art considered and the costs of implementation.
(§ 1, Ord. 765-NS, eff. December 7, 2005, as amended by § 1, Ord. 861-NS, eff. October 20, 2010, and § 1, Ord. 913-NS, eff. December 18, 2013)

§ 9-3.1716 Criteria for approving architecture as art.

The following criteria shall be used to determine, on a case-by-case basis, whether architecture can be considered art for purposes of fulfilling the City's publicly visible art requirement:
(a) 
The architect shall be substantially recognized by the art world, in shows, museums, and/or publications.
(b) 
When reviewing architecture as art, the underlying concept of the architecture shall be expressive as more than mere utilitarian architecture. The architecture as a whole or certain architectural features shall express ideas or meaning and have cultural significance or conceptual complexity in relation to the totality of the object.
(c) 
In the alternative, architecture can be considered art if it is created as a collaborative effort with an artist, the artist does the majority of the work, the artist has major design control of the portions of the architecture to be considered art, and the artist has been brought in early in the process. The artist shall have experience and knowledge of monumental scale sculpture.
(d) 
The architecture must meet all the general criteria regarding placement of artwork on private property as defined in Section 9-3.1710 of this article.
(§ 1, Ord. 765-NS, eff. December 7, 2005)

§ 9-3.1717 Procedure for approving architecture as art.

The developer must follow the following procedure requirements to fulfill the public art with the building's architecture.
(a) 
A developer must make a presentation to the City of Huntington Park Planning Commission:
The presentation shall be made prior to the development application being deemed complete. The developer must submit a drawing, model, material board and/or any other design schemes, which satisfactorily illustrate the proposed conceptual development. The developer and/or architect must also submit a conceptual statement expressing why the architecture should be considered art, including an explanation of the ideas, meaning, cultural significance or conceptual complexity expressed in the architecture.
(b) 
The developer and architect shall demonstrate that there will be high quality materials and craftsmanship used in the execution of the construction.
(c) 
If all of the foregoing criteria are met, the City of Huntington Park Planning Commission shall make the recommendation to accept the architecture as art, only if, in its judgment, the architectural work is of extremely high artistic merit and would make a substantial cultural contribution to the City of Huntington Park.
(d) 
The developer and/or architect shall have the responsibility to demonstrate that all of the foregoing criteria are met.
(§ 1, Ord. 765-NS, eff. December 7, 2005)

§ 9-3.1801 Purpose.

1. 
Implement the historic preservation goals, policies and programs as applicable;
2. 
Protect, enhance and perpetuate Historic Resources that represent or reflect distinctive and important elements of the City's cultural, social, economic, political, archaeological and architectural history;
3. 
Stabilize and improve property values, and enhance the visual and aesthetic character and environmental amenities of the City's historic areas;
4. 
Recognize the City's Historic Resources as economic assets;
5. 
Provide educational programs to promote and encourage preservation, restoration, rehabilitation and maintenance of existing Historic Resources for the culture, education, enjoyment and economic welfare of the City's residents;
6. 
Foster civic pride in the beauty and noble accomplishments of the past by promoting private stewardship of Historic Resources that represent these accomplishments;
7. 
Promote the City as a destination for tourists and as a desirable location for business;
8. 
Ensure that the rights of the owners of Historic Resources are safeguarded;
9. 
Fulfill the City's responsibilities as a Certified Local Government under Federal preservation laws; and
10. 
Fulfill the City's responsibilities for Federal Section 106 reviews and for the California Environmental Quality Act.
(§ 2, Ord. 789-NS, eff. October 5, 2006, as amended by § 1, Ord. 862-NS, eff. December 15, 2010)

§ 9-3.1802 Enabling.

This article is adopted pursuant to California Government Code Section 37361 and in furtherance of the City's police powers to regulate for the health, safety and welfare of its residents.
(§ 2, Ord. 789-NS, eff. October 5, 2006, as amended by § 1, Ord. 862-NS, eff. December 15, 2010)

§ 9-3.1803 Definitions.

Unless it is plainly evident from the content that a different meaning is intended, certain words and phrases used in this article are defined as follows:
"Adverse Effect" (also "Significant Adverse Effect")
shall mean an activity or action that has the potential to diminish the significance of a Historic Resource.
"Alteration/Substantial Alteration" (also "Alter")
shall mean any physical modification or change to the exterior of a building, structure, site object or designated interior that may have a negative effect on significant features of a Historic Resource and requires Planning approval and a building permit under Titles 8 and 9 of this Code or does not require a building permit but may have a significant adverse effect on character-defining features of a Historic Resource. Alteration shall also include construction of additions, but shall not include ordinary maintenance and repairs.
"Architectural Attributes"
shall mean the design and/or construction technique and elements or combination of elements that are the character-defining features of a building.
"California Environmental Quality Act" ("CEQA")
shall mean the State Statute codified in the California Public Resources Code Section 21000 et seq.
"California Register of Historical Resources" (also "California Register")
shall mean the State Statute codified in the California Public Resources Code Section 5020.1 et seq.
"Certificate of Appropriateness"
shall mean a certificate issued by the Historic Preservation Commission approving such plans, specifications, design, or statements of work, for any proposed alteration, restoration, demolition, removal, or relocation, in whole or in part, of or to improvements relative to a Historic Resource.
"Certificate of No Effect"
shall mean a certificate issued by the Community Development Director stating that proposed work on the property is minor in nature and will have no detrimental effect on the historic character of the property and therefore can proceed without further approvals and authorizing the issuance of necessary permits for the proposed work.
"Certified Local Government"
shall mean the program authorized by the National Historic Preservation Act of 1966 (16 U.S.C. Section 470 et seq.) and the subsequent participatory agreement between the City and the State of California Office of Historic Preservation.
"Contributing Property"
shall mean a property within a Historic District, as designated by the City or as listed in the National Register or California Register of Historical Resources, that has characteristics and features that relate to the historic context and historic significance of the district and that has been specified in the designation or listing as contributing.
"Declaration of Designation of a Historic Resource"
shall mean a document approved by the City Council which designates a site as a Historic Resource.
"Demolition"
shall mean the complete destruction or removal of a building, structure or object, removal of more than 50% of perimeter walls, removal of any portion of a structural wall of a street-facing elevation of a building, or removal/destruction of any portion of a structure, site, etc., that may have an adverse affect on the significance of a property.
"Demolition by Neglect"
shall mean the failure to provide ordinary and necessary maintenance and repair to a Historic Resource, whether such neglect is willful or unintentional or by design, by the owner or any party in possession of such property, which results in one or both of the following conditions:
1. 
The severe deterioration of exterior features so as to create or permit a dangerous or unsafe condition to exist, as defined in Title 8 of this Code;
2. 
The deterioration of a structure, including, but not limited to, exterior walls, roof, chimneys, doors, windows, porches, structural or ornamental architectural elements, or foundations, which could result in permanent damage and loss of a Historic Resource's architectural and/or historic significance.
"Design Guidelines"
shall mean written policies on the appropriate treatments and approaches for planning alterations or additions to designated properties and new construction within Historic Districts. The guidelines are intended to help the owner in planning for changes and upgrades to historic properties that do not adversely affect the characterdefining features of a historic property or district. The guidelines are used by the Community Development Director and the Historic Preservation Commission in decisions about the issuances of Certificates of No Effect or Appropriateness.
"Environmental Setting"
shall mean the entire parcel as of the date of landmark or Historic Resource designation, and to which it relates historically and physically and/or visually. Environmental setting includes, but is not limited to, accessory structures and buildings, walkways and driveways, landscape (including trees, gardens, lawns), walls, fences, gates, rocks, open space, and any other types of hardscapes.
"Fixture"
shall mean a decorative or functional device permanently affixed, or originally permanently affixed, to the site or the interior or exterior of a structure and contributing to its ability to meet the criteria for designation as a landmark or monument. Permanently affixed includes, but is not limited to, attachment by screws, bolts, pegs, nails or glue, and may include such attachment methods as rope, glass or leather if such material is integral to the design of the device. Fixtures include, but are not limited to, lighting devices, murals, built-in furniture and cabinetry, paneling and molding, leaded glass or other decorative windows and decorative hardware.
"Historic Context"
shall mean a broad pattern of historical development in a community or its region, that may be represented by historic resources.
"Historic District"
shall mean a district that is designated by the City. Such Historic District shall be in the form of an overlay zone in the City's Zoning Map. A Historic District shall be an area that is geographically defined as possessing a concentration of Historic Resources or a thematically related grouping of properties which contribute to each other.
"Historic Preservation Commission" ("HPC")
is the City Commission responsible for implementing the Historic Preservation program as outlined in Title 9 of the Huntington Park Municipal Code.
"Historic Resource"
shall mean a building, structure, site, object, landscape, sign, or contributing member to a historic district that is significant in American history, architecture, engineering, archeology or culture and is designated under City, State or National significance criteria.
"Huntington Park Historic Register"
is the City's official list of sites, buildings, structures, districts and objects which have been designated as a Historic Resource or Historic District pursuant to this article that are worthy of preservation because they possess historic and/or architectural significance and integrity.
"Major Projects"
shall mean any of the following:
1. 
Any demolition or relocation of a structure or object, or removal of a significant feature of a Historic Resource;
2. 
Any undertaking requiring a permit that significantly alters or changes the street-facing elevation or side elevations of a Historic Resource, including major changes to windows and doors or their openings, the application of new exterior wall cladding or coating which changes the appearance, design, or texture of a property, and the addition of dormers and other architectural features;
3. 
Any addition of square footage to a Historic Resource;
4. 
Front yard fences and walls in a Historic District (excluding retaining walls), including those proposed on noncontributing properties;
5. 
New construction in a Historic District except for accessory structures;
6. 
Demolition of a noncontributing building in a Historic District.
"Mills Act"
is a State law enacted in 1972 (and amended in 1984) that grants local governments the authority to directly implement an historic preservation program. This legislation provides for reduced property taxes on eligible historic properties if the owner agrees to maintain and preserve the property. In effect the Mills Act serves as an economic incentive to owners to preserve their historic properties for the benefit of the entire community.
"Minor Projects"
shall mean any of the following:
1. 
Any demolition or removal of insignificant exterior features of a Historic Resource, including additions, windows, doors, and exterior siding material that is nonoriginal or otherwise lacking in historic integrity;
2. 
Any undertaking requiring a permit that does not change substantially the exterior character-defining features of a Historic Resource, including re-roofing in a different material that replicates the existing or original roofing, replacement windows and doors matching the design and materials of the existing or original windows and doors (when it is infeasible to repair);
3. 
In Historic Districts, alteration of garages and other accessory structures built within the period of significance on both contributing and noncontributing properties and new construction of such structures on any designated Historic Resources;
4. 
Substantial alterations to noncontributing buildings;
5. 
For noncontributing buildings that could be rehabilitated to become contributing, minor alterations including rear and side additions, re-roofing, replacement windows and doors, replacement garage doors, new siding or wall cladding or new dormers;
6. 
For potential Historic Resources, minor alterations including rear and side additions, re-roofing, replacement windows and doors, replacement garage doors, new siding or wall cladding or new dormers;
7. 
Side yard fences and walls and driveway gates in a Historic District (excluding retaining walls);
8. 
Any undertaking determined minor by the Director. "National Register of Historic Places" (also "National Register") shall mean the official inventory of districts, sites, buildings, structures and objects significant in American history, architecture, archeology and culture which is maintained by the Secretary of the Interior under the authority of the Historic Sites Act of 1935 and the National Historic Preservation Act of 1966 as amended (16 U.S.C. 470-470t, 36 C.F.R. Sections 60, 63).
"Noncontributing Property"
shall mean a property located in the boundaries of a Historic District that is designated by the City and/or is listed in the State or National Register and that lacks architectural attributes relating to the historic context and historic significance of the district, and specified in the designation or listing as noncontributing.
"Primary Building" or "Structure"
shall mean a building or structure that houses the primary use on a property or parcel. It shall not include accessory buildings such as garages, pool houses or sheds.
"Secretary of the Interior's Standards for Rehabilitation" (also "Secretary's Standards")
shall mean the Secretary of the Interior's Standards for Rehabilitating Historic Buildings, issued by the U.S. Department of the Interior, National Park Service (36 C.F.R. Part 67) and the publications of the National Park Service, Preservation Assistance Division, Guidelines for Rehabilitating Historic Buildings (1992, N.P.S.), The Secretary of the Interior's Standards for the Treatment of Historic Properties with Guidelines for Preserving, Rehabilitating, Restoring and Reconstructing Historic Buildings (1995, N.P.S.) and The Secretary of the Interior's Standards for Archeology and Historic Preservation, and any subsequent publication on the Secretary's Standards by the N.P.S.
"State Historical Building Code"
shall mean Part 8 of Title 24 (California Building Standards Code) of the California Code of Regulations.
"Variance for Historic Resources"
is intended to accommodate Historic Resources that are undergoing adaptive reuse and to provide relief from strict compliance with the development standards and/or regulations of Titles 8 and 9 that may impair the ability of a Historic Resource or a contributing property to a Historic District to be properly used for adaptive reuse and/or to be altered in a manner that will minimize the impact upon its historic character and the surrounding area.
(§ 2, Ord. 789-NS, eff. October 5, 2006, as amended by § 1, Ord. 862-NS, eff. December 15, 2010)

§ 9-3.1804 Review bodies.

Community Development Director
Approve/deny applications for Minor Projects.
Historic Preservation Commission
Recommend to the City Council approval/denial of designation of Historic Resources and Historic Districts.
Recommend to the Planning Commission Zoning Map Amendments for historic district overlays for the designation of Historic Districts.
Approve/deny applications for demolition, relocation, addition/alteration of Historic Resources or new construction in a Historic District.
Approve/deny applications for Major Projects related to Historic Resources.
Recommend to City Council proposals for Major Projects involving demolition, alteration and relocation of City-owned Historic Resources.
Approve/deny cases of demolition by neglect, economic hardship, and replacement building permit.
Recommend to Planning Commission approval/denial of Variances for Historical Resources.
Review appeals of decisions of the Community Development Director.
Review appeals of penalties for demolition without required approvals.
Planning Commission
Recommend to the City Council approval/denial of Zoning Map Amendments for historic district overlays for the designation of Historic Districts.
Approve/deny applications for Variances for Historic Resources.
City Council
Approve/deny designations of Historic Resources and Districts.
Review Major Projects involving demolition, alteration and relocation of City-owned Historic Resources.
Call for review appeals/decision of Historic Preservation Commission or Planning Commission.
(§ 2, Ord. 789-NS, eff. October 5, 2006, as amended by § 1, Ord. 862-NS, eff. December 15, 2010)

§ 9-3.1805 General procedures.

Applications to the Historic Preservation Commission for alterations, additions, relocations, demolitions and new construction and applications for relief from the replacement building requirement under this Title shall be processed according to the standard review procedure of Title 9, Chapter 2, Article 10 in this Code.
The Community Development Director shall specify the application requirements for designation of Historic Resources and for reviews of projects to construct, alter, relocate, and demolish.
(§ 2, Ord. 789-NS, eff. October 5, 2006, as amended by § 1, Ord. 862-NS, eff. December 15, 2010)

§ 9-3.1806 Criteria for designation of Historic Resources to the Huntington Park Historic Register.

A. 
Historic Resource. A Historic Resource is a building, structure, site, object, landscape, sign, or contributing member to a Historic District that is significant in American history, architecture, engineering, archeology or culture and is designated by the City according to the following criteria:
1. 
Associated with events that have made a significant contribution to the broad patterns of the history of the City, Region, State or Nation;
2. 
Associated with the lives of persons who are significant in the history of the City, Region, State or Nation;
3. 
Embodies the distinctive characteristics of a Historic Resource property type, period, architectural style or method of construction, or that is a representation of the work of an architect, designer, engineer, or builder whose work is significant to the City, Region, State or Nation, or that possesses high artistic values that are of City, Regional, State-wide or National significance;
4. 
Has yielded, or may be likely to yield, information important in prehistory or history of the City, Region, State or Nation.
B. 
A Historic Resource designation may include significant public or semi-public interior spaces and features. The criteria used to determine if an interior is significant includes the following:
1. 
Historically the space has been open to the public; and
2. 
The materials, finishes and/or detailing are intact or later alterations are reversible; and
3. 
The plan, layout and features of the space is illustrative of its historic function; or
4. 
Its form and features articulates a particular concept of design; or
5. 
There is evidence of distinctive craftsmanship.
C. 
Historic Signs. A Historic Sign shall include all signs designated historically significant by the Historic Preservation Commission and such sign meets the criteria described in Section 9-3.1806(A)(3). All other regulations described in Title 9, Chapter 3, Article 12 of this Code shall also apply.
D. 
Historic District. A Historic District is an area that is geographically defined as possessing a concentration of Historic Resources or a thematically related grouping of properties which contribute to each other and is designated by the City according to the procedures set forth by the National Register of Historic Places Bulletin #21: "Defining Boundaries for National Register Properties" and the following criteria:
1. 
The grouping of properties are unified by planned or physical development or a significant and distinguishable entity of Citywide importance;
2. 
The components of the properties may lack individual distinction but are important as a collection representing one or more of a defined historic, cultural, development and/or architectural context(s).
(§ 2, Ord. 789-NS, eff. October 5, 2006, as amended by § 1, Ord. 862-NS, eff. December 15, 2010)

§ 9-3.1807 Procedures for designation of Historic Resources.

A. 
An application for the nomination of a Historic Resource shall be submitted by a subject property owner, a member of the City Council, a member of the Historic Preservation Commission, or the Community Development Director or designee. If the applicant is not the owner of the property, the owner shall be notified within 30 days of submittal of the application by the Community Development Director that an application has been submitted. The Director shall then prepare a designation report, which shall establish if the proposed Historic Resource meets the applicable criteria for designation, and schedule a public hearing before the Historic Preservation Commission. At any time, the applicant, the property owner, a member of the City Council, a member of the Historic Preservation Commission or the Community Development Director may request that the nomination application be called for review by the Historic Preservation Commission. If an application has been called for review, then a designation report shall be prepared and a public hearing shall be held within 60 days. The property owner shall receive a written notice of the public hearing by the Historic Preservation Commission at least 10 days in advance of the hearing. Where applicable, the report shall include a map showing the boundaries for the proposed designation and a legal description for the property.
B. 
The Historic Preservation Commission shall review the application and designation report and recommend approval of the designation to the City Council or deny the nomination application. A decision by the Historic Preservation Commission to deny the application is final unless appealed in accordance with Section 9-3.1824 or called for review by the City Council. If the Historic Preservation Commission recommends approval of the designation, the nomination shall be forwarded to the City Clerk and scheduled for a noticed public hearing before the City Council within 60 days. The City Council may approve or deny the designation of any Historic Resource nomination.
C. 
The Historic Resource designation shall be approved by a declaration of the City Council and executed by the Mayor. Notice of the designation shall be mailed to the owner of record of the designated Historic Resource. The City Clerk shall record the declaration in the Office of the County Recorder.
D. 
As an interim protection measure while a Historic Resource designation is pending, no person, owner, or other entity shall undertake a major/minor project on the subject property. If the City Council ultimately disapproves an application for designation of a Historic Resource, the interim protections shall no longer apply.
(§ 2, Ord. 789-NS, eff. October 5, 2006, as amended by § 1, Ord. 862-NS, eff. December 15, 2010)

§ 9-3.1808 Procedure for rescinding or amending a Historic Resource.

A. 
Rescission of or amendment to a designation of a Historic Resource shall follow the same procedure as the procedure for designation of a Historic Resource. In rescinding the designation of a Historic Resource, the City Council shall determine that the Historic Resource no longer meets the designation criteria due to findings of fact that:
1. 
New information compromises the significance of the property; or
2. 
Destruction of the Historic Resource through a catastrophic event has rendered the structure a hazard to the public health, safety or welfare; or
3. 
The Historic Resource has been relocated, demolished or removed.
B. 
Notice of the rescission of or amendment to a designation shall be mailed to the owner of record of the property. The City Clerk shall file for removal of the recordation with the Office of the County Recorder.
(§ 2, Ord. 789-NS, eff. October 5, 2006, as amended by § 1, Ord. 862-NS, eff. December 15, 2010)

§ 9-3.1809 Procedure for designation of Historic Districts.

A. 
An application for the nomination of a Historic District shall be submitted by a subject property owner(s), a member of the City Council, a member of the Planning Commission, a member of the Historic Preservation Commission, or the Community Development Director or designee. The application shall include:
1. 
A map with the boundaries of the proposed district; and
2. 
An inventory and photographs of all properties in the district including both contributing and noncontributing properties.
B. 
The Community Development Director shall prepare a designation report, which shall establish if the proposed district meets the applicable criteria for designation, and schedule a noticed public hearing before the Historic Preservation Commission. At any time, the applicant, a property owner, a member of the City Council, a member of the Historic Preservation Commission or the Community Development Director may request that the nomination application be called for review by the Historic Preservation Commission. If an application has been called for review, then a designation report shall be prepared and a public hearing shall be held within 60 days. All property owners within the proposed district shall receive written notice of the public hearing by the Historic Preservation Commission at least 10 days in advance of the hearing.
C. 
The Historic Preservation Commission shall review the application and designation report and recommend approval of the designation to the Planning Commission or deny the nomination application. A decision by the Historic Preservation Commission to deny the application is final unless appealed in accordance with Section 9-3.1824 or called for review by the Planning Commission or City Council. If the Historic Preservation Commission recommends approval of the designation, the nomination shall be forwarded to the Planning Commission for a Zoning Map Amendment. The application for a Zoning Map Amendment for a HD (Historic District) overlay zone shall include:
1. 
A map with the boundaries of the proposed district;
2. 
A legal description of the district;
3. 
An inventory of all properties in the district including contributing and noncontributing properties; and
4. 
A written report describing how the district meets the criteria for designation and a summary of the characterdefining features of the district.
D. 
The Planning Commission shall review the application for a Zoning Map Amendment for a HD overlay zone at a public hearing in compliance with Title 9 Chapter 2 Article 17 of the Huntington Park Municipal Code and recommend to the City Council approval or denial of the Historic District. Applications for a Zoning Map Amendment to designate a Historic District shall be exempt from all fees for amendments to the Zoning Map.
E. 
Within 30 days of the decision by the Planning Commission, the Community Development Director shall request that the City Clerk schedule a public hearing by the City Council and shall submit the following documentation to the City Clerk:
1. 
Recommendations by the Historic Preservation Commission and the Planning Commission;
2. 
A map with the boundaries of the proposed district;
3. 
A legal description of the proposed district; and
4. 
Designation report for the proposed district describing how it meets the criteria for designation.
F. 
The City Clerk shall then schedule a hearing before the City Council. The City Council may approve or deny the application.
G. 
The Historic District designation shall be approved by a declaration of the City Council and executed by the Mayor. The City Clerk shall record the declaration in the Office of the County Recorder. A Zoning Map Amendment shall be adopted for the respective district and preparation of design guidelines will be initiated within a reasonable time period.
H. 
Rescission of or amendments to a Historic District overlay shall follow the same procedure for designation of a Historic District.
(§ 2, Ord. 789-NS, eff. October 5, 2006, as amended by § 1, Ord. 862-NS, eff. December 15, 2010)

§ 9-3.1810 Effect of Historic District zoning designation.

A. 
From and after the approval of HD overlay zoning by the City Council designating a property or district on the Huntington Park Historic Register, any demolition, relocation, alteration, new construction or any other development within the boundaries of the designated property will be subject to the provisions of the ordinance codified in this article.
B. 
The Community Development Department shall establish design guidelines for contributing and noncontributing properties within Historic Districts to offer assistance to property owners and/or their representatives in understanding the physical characteristics that contribute to the significance of the property or district. The guidelines recognize that changes will occur to historic properties for their continued use and functional viability. Their intent is to provide guidance in the planning of alterations and new construction such that the proposed work does not adversely affect the character-defining features and/or diminishes the significance of the historic properties or district. These guidelines will apply to the significant features set forth in the designation report. The guidelines will be used in the review and issuance of "Certificates of No Effect" and "Certificates of Appropriateness."
C. 
For designated properties, the provisions and processes of other City codes, ordinances and regulation standards may be modified if it can be demonstrated that the proposed modification(s) will assist to maintain the significance of the historic and architectural character of the property or district.
D. 
Designated historic properties will be eligible and have priority to participate in City programs related to financial, developmental, technical or promotional assistance that will serve to maintain, preserve and/or enhance their historic and architectural character.
(§ 2, Ord. 789-NS, eff. October 5, 2006, as amended by § 1, Ord. 862-NS, eff. December 15, 2010)

§ 9-3.1811 Certificate of No Effect and Certificate of Appropriateness.

A. 
Any person, owner or entity applying for a building permit or any other permit for exterior alterations, relocation or development of a property designated on the Huntington Park Historic Register or interior alterations to a property designated with documented significant interior features, will be deemed incomplete unless a Certificate of No Effect or a Certificate of Appropriateness is submitted concurrently. A fee may be charged for the application for a Certificate of No Effect or a Certificate of Appropriateness.
B. 
In the event work requiring a Certificate of No Effect or a Certificate of Appropriateness is being performed without such an approval, the City will contact the person performing the work and require that all work cease. If the work continues, the Chief Building Official will issue a Stop Work Order. In the event that work is being performed that is not in accordance with an approved Certificate of No Effect or Certificate of Appropriateness, the Chief Building Official will issue a Stop Work Order.
C. 
The provisions for the issuance of Certificates of No Effect or Appropriateness shall not be construed to prevent ordinary maintenance or repair which does not change the design, materials or, architectural elements or site features of a designated property. Selected activities are exempt from the review procedures including exterior repainting and paint color selection, and the repair of exterior walls with materials and finishes to match the existing walls.
D. 
Criteria and Procedures for Issuance of a Certificate of No Effect.
1. 
The Community Development Director or designee shall issue a Certificate of No Effect if:
a. 
It is determined that the work is minor and clearly meets the applicable design guidelines; and/or
b. 
Modifications to the proposed work requested by the City are agreed to by the applicant; and
c. 
The proposed work will not diminish, eliminate or adversely affect the historic character of the subject property or the district in which it is located.
2. 
No changes shall be made to the approved plans for which a Certificate of No Effect was issued without resubmittal to the Community Development Director for approval of the changes.
3. 
If the Community Development Director or designee determines that the proposed work is not eligible for a Certificate of No Effect, then the property owner must apply for and obtain a Certificate of Appropriateness.
E. 
Criteria and Procedures for the Issuance of a Certificate of Appropriateness.
1. 
The review and decision on the issuance of a Certificate of Appropriateness will be undertaken by the Historic Preservation Commission. The Community Development Director or designee shall first review the application and if it is determined to be complete, schedule the item for a hearing on the next available meeting of the Historic Preservation Commission. Notice of the public hearing will be provided according to the procedure set forth in Title 9.
2. 
If the project is part of work that requires an Initial Study or Environmental Impact Report, the public hearing will be scheduled before the HPC within 30 days of the completion of the Initial Study or Environmental Impact Report and/or any other requirement by CEQA.
3. 
Community Development staff will be assigned to review the application materials and prepare a report analyzing how the proposed work conforms with the appropriate guidelines and any other relevant codes or standards and make a recommendation for approval, denial or approval with conditions. In analyzing the project's conformance with building code provisions, the California State Building Code may be applied.
4. 
The Historic Preservation Commissioner will review the application, staff report and evidence presented at the public hearing to make a decision to issue a Certificate of Appropriateness. The HPC shall approve, deny, approve with conditions or continue the application with specific direction as to what additional information is needed to make a decision to approve or deny the application.
a. 
If the application is approved, a Certificate of Appropriateness shall be issued.
b. 
If the application is denied, the owner or applicant can appeal the decision in writing to the City Council within 14 days of the HPC's decision. The City Council will hear the appeal according to the provisions of the Huntington Park Municipal Code Title 1 Chapter 4.
5. 
All application for a Certificate of Appropriateness shall include the following:
a. 
Completed City application forms;
b. 
Three sets of site plan, floor plan and scaled elevations and drawings of the proposed work and its relationship to the designated historic property's buildings, structures, sites and features;
c. 
Written scope of work and narrative description of how the work is in conformance with the applicable design guidelines and length of time estimated to complete the project;
d. 
Accurate representation of all building materials and finishes to be used;
e. 
Photographs and other exhibits as needed to clearly depict location, extent and design of proposed work;
f. 
Application fees.
6. 
Standards for Consideration of a Certificate of Appropriateness.
a. 
The proposed work will be reviewed relative to the elements of placement, orientation, size, scale, massing, proportions, materials, textures, finishes, patterns, details, embellishments and the relationship of these elements to one another which contribute to the historic, architectural, cultural, technological and/or educational significance of the property;
b. 
Conformance with the HPC's adopted guidelines;
c. 
For the relocation of historic buildings and structures, the extent to which the new location and its siting recreate the setting and environment associated with the original period of significance for the historic property.
7. 
A Certificate of Appropriateness will expire one year from the date of issuance unless work is started within that time. No changes shall be made to the approved plans after the issuance of a Certificate of Appropriateness without resubmittal to the Community Development Director and determination of the necessary approval process for the proposed changes.
(§ 2, Ord. 789-NS, eff. October 5, 2006, as amended by § 1, Ord. 862-NS, eff. December 15, 2010)

§ 9-3.1812 Demolition.

Historic properties are irreplaceable assets of a community. Once demolished they are forever gone and cannot be replaced. Therefore, it is the intent of this section to preserve the historic and architectural resources that have a demonstrated significance to the City of Huntington Park. Consequently these provisions are structured to take reasonable measures to ensure that historic properties are not inadvertently or unnecessarily destroyed and explore all alternatives to their demolition.
A. 
No permit shall be issued by the Chief Building Official or designee to demolish a property designated on the Huntington Park Historic Register without a Certificate of Demolition approval.
B. 
Upon receipt of an application for demolition the Chief Building Official will refer it to the Community Development Director. Within 14 days of the request the applicant will be provided a written response describing the specific submittal materials needed in addition to the general application information.
C. 
The general application for demolition approval will include:
1. 
The demolition permit application;
2. 
If the building has been determined an imminent hazard, written documentation from the Chief Building Official of this determination;
3. 
Narrative text, graphic illustration or other exhibits that the building, structure or object is of no historic or architectural value or importance.
D. 
Upon receipt of an application for demolition approval, the Community Development Director shall review that all requested material has been provided, and shall forward the request to the Historic Preservation Commission. If the building, structure or object has been determined to be a threat to public health, safety, and welfare by the Building Official, then the Director may approve or deny the request.
E. 
The demolition request application shall be considered by the Historic Preservation Commission in the following manner:
1. 
Within 45 days of submittal of the application, the Director shall prepare a staff report including the original submittal materials and a report analyzing the request.
2. 
The Historic Preservation Commission will review the application, staff report and hear evidence presented by the property owners, parties of interest and members of the general public to determine if the criteria for demolition approval have been met. The Historic Preservation Commission shall approve, deny, delay the demolition for a specified period, approve with conditions or continue the application to obtain additional information necessary to consider the demolition request.
3. 
If a demolition request is delayed in an attempt to find an alternative to demolition, the City will work:
a. 
With the property owner(s) to determine what types of assistance might be provided by the City to retain the property and/or place it in productive use;
b. 
To investigate methods of acquisition by a private, non-profit or public entity that will preserve the property;
c. 
To make the larger community aware of the impending loss of the historic resources.
At the end of the specified period of time for the delay of demolition, a report will be made to the Historic Preservation Commission and if substantial financial, development or technical assistance has been offered by the City to the property owner or if an offer for purchase at fair market value of the property is refused by the property owner, the application for demolition may be denied.
4. 
If the demolition request is denied because it does meet the aforementioned criteria, the applicant may request demolition approval based upon a finding of "Economic Hardship" as set forth in this Code.
5. 
If the demolition request is denied, the owner or applicant may appeal the Historic Preservation Commission's decision in writing to the City Council with 14 days of the HPC's decision. The City Council will hear the appeal according to the provisions of the Huntington Park Municipal Code Title 1 Chapter 4.
6. 
If a Certificate of Demolition Approval is granted on any basis other than that of imminent hazard to public safety or economic hardship, the Community Development Director or designee will not issue a Certificate of Demolition Approval and the Building Official will not issue a demolition permit until a replacement/reuse plan for the property has been approved by the Historic Preservation Commission.
a. 
The replacement/reuse plan must be in compliance with existing zoning, the City's General Plan, any adopted neighborhood or specific plan for the area and applicable design guidelines.
b. 
Vacant land or non-use will not constitute a valid replacement/reuse plan.
c. 
The Community Development Director or designee will analyze the replacement/reuse plan for its conformance with the aforementioned standards and prepare a report with recommendations for approval, denial or approval with conditions.
d. 
The Historic Preservation Commission will review the replacement/reuse plan and report and make a decision to approve, deny, approve with conditions or continue the matter with specific instructions as to what information is needed to make a decision on the request.
7. 
If the replacement/reuse plan is denied, the owner or applicant may appeal the decision of the HPC in writing to the City Council within 14 days of the HPC's decision. The City Council will hear the appeal according to the provisions of the Huntington Park Municipal Code Title 1 Chapter 4.
F. 
Demolition by Neglect. It is the intent of this article to address the range of circumstances that affect the preservation of the City's significant historic and architectural resources including loss because of deterioration from lack of maintenance. Whether this occurs unintentionally or deliberately, the end result is the same. Consequently, it is declared that the exterior features of all buildings or structures designated on the Huntington Park Historic Register shall be maintained against decay, deterioration and structural defects and receive reasonable care and upkeep appropriate for their preservation, protection, perpetuation and use.
1. 
Standards for Reasonable Care. The owner, or such other persons who may have legal possession, custody and/or control of a designated property shall, upon written request of the City, repair its exterior features if they are found to be deteriorating, or if their condition is contributing to the deterioration of building or structure's structural integrity or the creation of a hazardous or unsafe condition for life or health. These exterior features include, but are not limited to:
a. 
Deterioration of exterior walls, foundations or other vertical supports that causes leaning, sagging, splitting, listing or buckling;
b. 
Deterioration of flooring or floor supports or other horizontal members that causes leaning, sagging, splitting, listing or buckling;
c. 
Deterioration of external chimneys that causes leaning, sagging, splitting, listing or buckling;
d. 
Deterioration of crumbling exterior plasters or mortars;
e. 
Ineffective waterproofing of exterior walls, roofs, foundations including broken windows and doors;
f. 
Defective protection or lack of weather protection for exterior walls and roof coverings including lack of paint or weathering due to lack of paint or other protective covering;
g. 
Rotting holes or other forms of decay;
h. 
Deterioration of exterior stairs, porches, handrails, window and door frames, cornices, entablatures, wall facings, ornament, trim and other architectural details that cause delamination, instability, loss of shape and form and crumbling.
2. 
Enforcement Procedures.
a. 
The Community Development Director may file a petition listing specific defects with the Chief Building Official requesting the correction of defects and/or repairs to designated properties.
b. 
Whenever such a petition is filed, the Chief Building Official shall attempt to make direct personal contact with the owner or other such person having legal possession or custody and/or representative. If personal contact can not be accomplished then written notification of the specific defects and a right to inspect the property will be mailed to the owner or such person having legal possession, custody and/or control and posted at a conspicuous location appropriate to the identified defects. In the written notification the Chief Building Official shall document the nature of the specific defects and corrective action ordered.
c. 
After receiving agreement from the owner, representative or other such persons having legal possession, custody and control of the property for an inspection, the Chief Building Official and the Community Development Director or designee shall conduct an investigation and prepare a written report whether the property requires work to meet the "Standards for Reasonable Care and Upkeep" set forth above.
d. 
If the property is found to contain conditions needing corrections, the owner, representative or such persons having legal possession, custody and control of the property will be served within 15 days with a complaint identifying the deficiencies and providing notice that a hearing will be held before the Board of City Commissioners on their next available agenda. The purpose of the hearing is to:
i. 
Receive evidence about the deteriorated conditions;
ii. 
Develop a plan and schedule for undertaking the needed repairs to stabilize the building or structure and arrest further deterioration.
e. 
Following such notice and hearing a written determination as to the conditions which need to be addressed will be prepared and the owner or other interested parties will be served with an order to repair those defective elements within a reasonable specified time frame.
f. 
If the owner fails to make the necessary repairs within the identified time frame, the City may utilize any available remedy at law to correct the deficiencies that create any hazardous and/or unsafe conditions to life, health or property. The expense of this work can be recorded as a lien on the property.
(§ 2, Ord. 789-NS, eff. October 5, 2006, as amended by § 1, Ord. 862-NS, eff. December 15, 2010)

§ 9-3.1813 Economic hardship.

A. 
Purpose. It is the policy of Huntington Park to respect private property rights. The City recognizes, therefore, that there may be some circumstances in which the operation of this section could create an undue economic hardship. This provision is created to provide property owners with a means of demonstrating that such a hardship exists, and that they should be allowed to demolish a designated historic property because of the hardship. It is the intent of this provision to insure that no private property is taken by a government action without just compensation.
B. 
Standards for Obtaining a Certificate of Economic Hardship. Separate standards are established for investment or income producing properties and nonincome producing properties:
1. 
Nonincome producing properties shall consist of owner-occupied dwellings or properties owned by institutional, nonprofit organizations or public entities.
2. 
The basis to establish economic hardship for an income producing property shall be that a reasonable rate of return cannot be obtained from the property in its present condition or if rehabilitated.
3. 
The basis to establish economic hardship for a nonincome producing property shall be found when the property owner demonstrates that the property has no beneficial private or institutional use.
4. 
Demonstration of an economic hardship shall not be based on or include any of the following circumstances:
a. 
Willful or negligent acts by the owners;
b. 
Purchase of the property for substantially more than market value;
c. 
Failure to perform normal maintenance and repairs;
d. 
Failure to diligently solicit and retain tenants;
e. 
Failure to provide normal tenant improvements;
f. 
Failure to accept an offer of purchase of the property at fair market value from a party willing to dedicate a Conservation Easement for the preservation of the property.
C. 
Procedures for Obtaining a Certificate of Economic Hardship.
1. 
Application. The property owner seeking a Certificate of Economic Hardship must provide sufficient information to support the application for a hardship determination. The City shall maintain a written policy statement identifying the types of submittal materials required for the consideration of an application for a Certificate of Economic Hardship. Different submittal materials may be required depending upon the property's use and circumstances. Necessary studies, evaluations and the compilation of required information shall be conducted by the property owner at his or her own expenses.
2. 
Administrative Process. Upon receiving a request for an application for a Certificate of Economic Hardship, the Community Development Director shall provide a written response within 15 days describing the submittal materials required to consider the request.
a. 
Within five days of the receipt of the application with the required submittal materials, the Community Development Director shall determine if it is complete. If it is determined that the application is not complete, the owner will be notified in writing as to the deficiencies. The Director will take no further steps to process the application until the deficiencies have been remedied.
b. 
An application fee will be set to defray all costs of the review process.
c. 
When the application is complete, the Community Development Director will refer the application to the City Finance Director who will review the application according to the aforementioned standards. Following this review the Finance Director shall prepare a report with the City's response, either approving or denying the request for a Certificate of Economic Hardship.
d. 
If the Finance Director has determined that the standards have been met, then a demolition permit may be issued within 30 days of the granting of the Certificate of Economic Hardship. During that 30 day period, the City may require the property owner to:
i. 
Document the site, structures, buildings or objects that are to be demolished;
ii. 
Salvage building materials, architectural elements or other features deemed valuable for other preservation or restoration activities with the City.
e. 
In the event the City's response concludes that the application does not demonstrate a case for economic hardship, then the application will be set for a public hearing before the Historic Preservation Commission.
i. 
The application, all support materials and the City's report will be provided to the HPC in advance of the hearing. At the hearing the applicant will be provided an opportunity to present his or her application and be represented by counsel. The HPC may approve, deny or approve with conditions the issuance of a Certificate of Economic Hardship.
ii. 
If the request for a Certificate of Economic Hardship request is denied, the owner or applicant may appeal the Historic Preservation Commission's decision in writing to the City Council within 14 days of the HPC's decision. The City Council will hear the appeal according to the provisions of the Huntington Park Municipal Code Title 1 Chapter 4.
(§ 2, Ord. 789-NS, eff. October 5, 2006, as amended by § 1, Ord. 862-NS, eff. December 15, 2010)

§ 9-3.1814 Variances for Historic Resources.

A. 
Purpose. A Variance for Historic Resources is intended to accommodate Historic Resources that are undergoing adaptive reuse and to provide relief from strict compliance with the development standards set by this article and the Huntington Park Municipal Code that may impair the ability of a Historic Resource, or contributing property to a Historic District to be properly used for adaptive reuse and/or to be altered in a manner that will minimize the impact upon its historic character and the surrounding area. A property designated under this article as a Historic Resource is allowed for adaptive reuse in compliance with the provisions of this article and the Huntington Park Municipal Code. As used herein, adaptive reuse is a change of use to a new use different from that for which the structure was originally constructed, including, but not limited to, retail uses, commercial uses, etc., as long as such use is in compliance with the applicable zoning, the City's General Plan, any adopted neighborhood or specific plan for the area and applicable design guidelines, except as otherwise provided herein.
B. 
Procedures. Variances for Historic Resources shall be processed in the following manner:
1. 
An application requesting a Variance for Historic Resources shall be submitted to the Director of Community Development. The Director shall prepare a written report for the request and schedule a noticed public hearing before the Historic Preservation Commission. All property owners shall receive written notice of the public hearing by the Historic Preservation Commission at least 10 days in advance of the hearing.
2. 
The Historic Preservation Commission shall review the application, and recommend approval of the Variance to the Planning Commission or deny the application at a public hearing in compliance with Title 9 Chapter 2 Article 17 of the Huntington Park Municipal Code. If the Historic Preservation Commission recommends approval of the Variance, it shall make the required finding and forward the application to the Planning Commission.
3. 
The Planning Commission shall review the application for a Variance for Historic Resources at a public hearing in compliance with Title 9 Chapter 2 Article 17 of the Huntington Park Municipal Code and either approve or deny the Variance for Historic Resources.
4. 
The Planning Commission may approve the Variance with or without conditions.
C. 
Findings. The approval of a Variance for Historic Resources shall be based on the following findings:
1. 
The Variance is necessary to provide for the appropriate use of an existing building, and/or to provide for the design and alteration of a building or site in a manner that will enhance its functional use and utility, including potential adaptive reuse.
2. 
The Variance will not prevent the use from being able to adequately function on the site.
3. 
The Variance will not adversely impact property within the neighborhoods and Historic District, if it is within a Historic District.
4. 
The Historic Resource being preserved will retain its integrity as a Historic Resource and any impacts on its historic characteristics shall be minimized.
5. 
The Variance will not adversely impact properties or public rights-of-way within a Historic District.
6. 
The Variance is the minimum departure from the requirements of this Code.
7. 
The Variance would be in conformance with the goals, policies, and objectives of the General Plan and the purpose and intent of any applicable zone or specific plan.
(§ 2, Ord. 789-NS, eff. October 5, 2006, as amended by § 1, Ord. 862-NS, eff. December 15, 2010)

§ 9-3.1815 Notification of changes to City-owned Historic Resources.

The Historic Preservation Commission shall review and provide recommendations to the City Council on all projects affecting City-owned Historic Resources, including designated public and semi-public interior spaces. The Historic Preservation Commission shall be notified of a project affecting City-owned Historic Resources before any plans for it are approved or work commences.
(§ 2, Ord. 789-NS, eff. October 5, 2006, as amended by § 1, Ord. 862-NS, eff. December 15, 2010)

§ 9-3.1816 Regulations and penalties for demolition of a Historic Resource without a demolition permit.

A. 
Demolition, including demolition by neglect, of any Historic Resource, without compliance with this article is expressly declared to be a nuisance, and shall be abated by reconstructing or restoring the property to its condition prior to the performance of work in violation of this article, or in the case of demolition by neglect, by completing such work as required to stabilize and arrest further deterioration of the property. The owner of the property, within seven days of notice from the Community Development Director or the Director's designee that demolition has been performed or demolition by neglect has occurred in violation of Title 9 Chapter 3 Article 18 of the Huntington Park Municipal Code, as determined by the Building Official, shall be stabilized per the Building and Safety Division requirements and must be reconstructed or restored within six months of the date of such notice. Upon application to the Historic Preservation Commission, the time may be extended by the Historic Preservation Commission if the owner shows the work cannot reasonably be performed within one year. If the owner refuses to perform the necessary work as described above, then the City may, after a duly noticed public hearing, in compliance with Title 9 Chapter 2 Article 17 of the Huntington Park Municipal Code, before the Historic Preservation Commission, cause such stabilization, reconstruction or restoration to be done, and the owner shall reimburse the City for all costs incurred in doing the work. The cost of the work performed by the City shall constitute a lien against the property on which the work is performed. Restoration or reconstruction may only be required when plans or other evidence is available to effect the reconstruction or restoration to the satisfaction of the HPC and Community Development Director.
B. 
If a Historic Resource is demolished without a Certificate of Appropriateness, as required by Title 9 Chapter 3 Article 18, no building or construction-related permits shall be issued, and no permits or use of the property shall be allowed, from the date of demolition for a period of five years. For purposes of this section, the demolition shall be presumed to have occurred on the date the City has actual knowledge of the demolition. The owner shall have the burden of proving a different date if one is claimed.
C. 
The Community Development Director shall provide notice by certified mail of the applicability of this section to the owner on the rolls of the Tax Assessor, and any other person known to have an interest in the property, as soon as practicable after having knowledge that the provisions of this section are applicable to the property. The date the City first had actual knowledge of the demolition shall be stated in the notice.
(§ 2, Ord. 789-NS, eff. October 5, 2006, as amended by § 1, Ord. 862-NS, eff. December 15, 2010)

§ 9-3.1817 Regulations and penalties for alteration of a Historic Resource without a required permit.

The alteration of a Historic Resource without obtaining a Certificate of Appropriateness and required permits, is expressly declared to be a nuisance, and shall be abated by restoring the property to its appearance prior to the performance of the work without the required approval. The owner of the property shall stop and stabilize the work within seven days of notice from the Community Development Director that alteration has been performed in violation of Title 9 Chapter 3 Article 18 of the Huntington Park Municipal Code. Within six months of the date of notice, the property shall be reconstructed or restored. Upon application to the Historic Preservation Commission, the time may be extended. All restoration shall be performed in accordance with the Secretary's Standards or applicable guidelines. If the owner refuses to perform the restoration, then the City may after a duly noticed public hearing, in compliance with Title 9 Chapter 2 Article 17 of the Huntington Park Municipal Code, before the Historic Preservation Commission cause such reconstruction or restoration to be done and the owner shall reimburse the City for all costs incurred in doing such work. The cost of the work performed by the City shall constitute a lien against the property on which the work is performed. Restoration or reconstruction may only be required when plans or other evidence is available to the City, from which the prior appearance of the building or structure can be determined.
In the event the appearance of the building or structure prior to the unapproved work cannot be determined, the owner shall obtain permits after obtaining Historic Preservation Commission approval in accordance with Title 9 Chapter 3 Article 18 of the Huntington Park Municipal Code. All work authorized by such permits shall comply with the Secretary's Standards or applicable guidelines, and shall be reviewed by the Community Development Director for compliance and in accordance with Title 9 Chapter 3 Article 18 of the Huntington Park Municipal Code. Pursuant to Title 1 Chapter 2 of the Huntington Park Municipal Code, each day the alteration exists without approval or a valid building permit shall constitute a separate offense.
(§ 2, Ord. 789-NS, eff. October 5, 2006, as amended by § 1, Ord. 862-NS, eff. December 15, 2010)

§ 9-3.1818 Incentives for preserving Historic Resources.

In order to carry out the purposes of this article, the City Council may, by resolution, adopt a program of economic and other incentives to support the preservation, maintenance and appropriate rehabilitation of the City's significant Historic Resources. Preservation incentives shall be made available to owners of properties that are individually designated Historic Resources or properties that are contributing to designated Historic Districts as follows:
A. 
For Historic Resources, the zoning requirement for two covered parking spaces shall be waived if an existing one-car garage contributes to the significance of the property and/or district and it is in good condition or, if deteriorated, it will be returned to good condition as part of the work to add new living space to the residence.
B. 
Variances for Historic Resources may be applied to Historic Resources that are individually designated or listed individually by the City and/or in the State or National Register.
C. 
Reduction of Planning Administrative Fees. The applicable Planning Administrative Fees shall be 50% of the actual fee at time of issuance.
D. 
Mills Act Contracts. The City Council authorizes the use of contracts pursuant to California Government Code Sections 50280 et seq. Such contracts must be approved by the City Council on the recommendations of the Historic Preservation Commission. The intent of such contracts shall be the continued preservation and restoration of historically designated properties.
1. 
The required provisions of a Mills Act Contract shall be all of those provided under State law (Government Code Sections 50281 and 50282) including, but not limited to, the following specifications:
a. 
The contract term shall be 10 years minimum, with automatic renewal prior to the expiration of the contract.
b. 
The contract agreement is to assist the preservation of the Historic Resource; therefore, restoration and rehabilitation of the property shall conform to the rules and regulations of the State of California Office of Historic Preservation (Department of Parks and Recreation), the Secretary's Standards, and the State Historical Building Code.
c. 
The owner agrees to permit periodic examination of the interior and exterior of the premises as may be necessary by the County Assessor, the State Department of Parks and Recreation, the State Board of Equalization, and the City to verify the owner's compliance with the contract agreement and to provide any information requested to ensure compliance with the contract agreement.
d. 
The owner shall provide a five year restoration and rehabilitation program indicating proposed improvements to the Historic Resource.
e. 
The benefits and burdens of the contract shall be binding on all successors-in-interest.
f. 
The City shall provide written notice of the contract to the State of California Office of Historic Preservation within 180 days of entering into the contract.
g. 
The procedure for notice of non-renewal by the owner or the City, shall be as identified in State law (Government Code Section 50282(a), (b), and (c) and Section 50285).
2. 
The contract shall state that the City may, in addition to other remedies provided by law, cancel the contract if it determines that the owner has breached any of the conditions of the contract or has allowed the property to deteriorate to the point that it no longer meets the significance criteria under which it was designated.
E. 
Procedures for application and approval of Mills Act Contracts.
1. 
An owner of a qualified Historic Resource may file an application for a Mills Act Contract with the City.
2. 
Each application shall be accompanied by a complete legal description of the property.
3. 
Application forms, as prescribed by the City shall be made available to the property owner of a qualified property who requests the application forms.
4. 
All applications shall be evaluated for compliance with criteria that shall include, at a minimum, that the contract will:
a. 
Substantially contribute to the preservation of a designated Historic Resource; enhance opportunities for maintaining or creating affordable housing; or facilitate preservation and maintenance of a property in cases of economic hardship; or
b. 
Support substantial reinvestment in a Historic Resource and rehabilitation of a historic structure in areas where the City is concentrating resources on facade improvements, home rehabilitation, or similar revitalization efforts.
5. 
If an application is approved, the City shall prepare a contract according to its standard contract form, which shall be deemed to have all provisions necessary for a Mills Act Contract with the City.
6. 
Additional provisions desired by the owner shall be subject to approval by the City.
7. 
The contract shall be submitted to the Community Development Department and executed by the Mayor of the City of Huntington Park.
8. 
The Council may by Resolution establish an application fee.
F. 
Execution and recordation of approved Mills Act Contracts.
1. 
Upon approval of a Mills Act Contract, the City and the owner of the property shall execute the agreement on condition that the property owner submit a check to the City made payable to the "Los Angeles County Recorder" in the amount of the required fee for recording the agreement.
2. 
The City shall deliver the check and cause a copy of the executed Mills Act Contract to be recorded in the Office of the Los Angeles County Recorder no later than 20 calendar days after execution of the agreement.
(§ 2, Ord. 789-NS, eff. October 5, 2006, as amended by § 1, Ord. 862-NS, eff. December 15, 2010)

§ 9-3.1819 Violations.

Pursuant to Title 1 Chapter 2 of the Huntington Park Municipal Code, violation of this article may be charged by the City Prosecutor as misdemeanors, and be punished accordingly. Such criminal penalties are cumulative and not exclusive to any legal or equitable remedies for the violation.
(§ 2, Ord. 789-NS, eff. October 5, 2006, as amended by § 1, Ord. 862-NS, eff. December 15, 2010)

§ 9-3.1820 Exceptions to the Article.

A. 
In the event a Historic Resource is damaged as a result of a disaster or emergency, such that the Historic Resource is rendered uninhabitable, the City shall determine the level of risk associated with temporary retention of the Historic Resource in a deteriorated state. To the extent feasible, the deteriorated resource shall be fenced or otherwise secured to protect the public from the threat posed by the structure, until such time as the City can determine whether feasible alternatives to demolition exist.
B. 
In the event of a Federally declared disaster, the City shall consult with appropriate Federal and State agencies to determine if assistance is available to aid in the preservation of Historic Resources.
C. 
Any property which is subject to an exclusive negotiation agreement, owner participation agreement or disposition and development agreement between the Community Development Commission and a third party on or after the effective date of the ordinance adopting this article shall be exempt from the provisions set forth herein.
(§ 2, Ord. 789-NS, eff. October 5, 2006, as amended by § 1, Ord. 862-NS, eff. December 15, 2010)

§ 9-3.1821 Applicability.

The following types of projects are subject to review under this Code: all projects for new construction, exterior alterations, interior alterations which materially affect a structure's appearance from the public right-of-way; and all projects for alterations, additions, relocations, and demolitions of Historic Resources and applications for relief from the Replacement Building Permit requirement according to the procedures of this Code. In addition, the Historic Preservation Commission may delegate other review and approval functions to the Director of Community Development. The extent of review shall be as prescribed by approved design standards.
(§ 2, Ord. 789-NS, eff. October 5, 2006, as amended by § 1, Ord. 862-NS, eff. December 15, 2010)

§ 9-3.1822 Findings.

The City Council of the City of Huntington Park hereby finds that the alteration or destruction of properties of architectural significance poses a current and immediate threat to the public health, safety and welfare, and to the aesthetics, policies and visions for the City of Huntington Park.
(§ 2, Ord. 789-NS, eff. October 5, 2006, as amended by § 1, Ord. 862-NS, eff. December 15, 2010)

§ 9-3.1823 Fees.

The City Council shall by resolution prescribe fees for all applications, reviews and appeals authorized by this Code.
(§ 2, Ord. 789-NS, eff. October 5, 2006, as amended by § 1, Ord. 862-NS, eff. December 15, 2010)

§ 9-3.1824 Appeals.

All appeals under this article not specifically stated, shall be held in accordance with Title 9 Chapter 2, Article 17.
(§ 2, Ord. 789-NS, eff. October 5, 2006, as amended by § 1, Ord. 862-NS, eff. December 15, 2010)

§ 9-3.1825 Severability.

If any section, subsection, sentence, clause, phrase or portion of this article is for any reason held to be invalid or unconstitutional by the decision of any court of competent jurisdiction, such decision shall not affect the validity of the remaining portion of this article subsection. The City Council hereby declares that it would have adopted the ordinance codified in this article and each section, subsection, sentence, clause, phrase or portion thereof, irrespective of the fact that any one or more sections, subsections, phrases or portions be declared invalid or unconstitutional.
(§ 1, Ord. 862-NS, eff. December 15, 2010)

§ 9-3.1901 Purpose.

It is the City's policy, pursuant to Federal Fair Housing Amendments Act of 1988 and the California Fair Employment and Housing Act (hereafter "fair housing laws"), to provide individuals with disabilities reasonable accommodation in regulations and procedures to ensure equal access to housing, and to facilitate the development of housing for individuals with disabilities. The purpose of this article is to establish a procedure under which a disabled person may request a reasonable accommodation in land use, zoning and building regulations, policies, practices and procedures of the jurisdiction to comply fully with the intent and purpose of fair housing laws. This article is distinct from the requirements for a variance as set forth in Government Code Section 65906 and Huntington Park Municipal Code Section 9-2.901, Variances.
(§ 2, Ord. 844-NS, eff. January 7, 2010, as amended by § 4, Ord. 2023-02, eff. December 7, 2023)

§ 9-3.1902 Applicability.

Reasonable accommodation in the land use and zoning context means:
A. 
Providing flexibility in the application of land use, zoning, and building regulations or policies, practices, and procedures for individuals with disabilities or developers of housing for people with disabilities; and
B. 
Waiving certain requirements when it is necessary to eliminate barriers to housing opportunities.
An individual with a disability is someone who has a physical or mental impairment that limits one or more major life activities; anyone who is regarded as having such impairment; or anyone with a record of such impairment.
A request for reasonable accommodation may be made by any individual with a disability, his or her representative, or a developer or provider of housing for individuals with disabilities, when the application of a land use, zoning or building regulation, policy, practice or procedure acts as a barrier to fair housing opportunities.
(§ 4, Ord. 2023-02, eff. December 7, 2023)

§ 9-3.1903 Notice to the public of availability of accommodation process.

Notice of the availability of reasonable accommodation shall be prominently displayed at public information counters in the Planning, Zoning, and Building Departments, advising the public of the availability of the procedure for eligible individuals. Forms for requesting reasonable accommodation shall be available to the public in the Planning and Building Departments.
(§ 4, Ord. 2023-02, eff. December 7, 2023)

§ 9-3.1904 Definitions.

Unless it is plainly evident from the content that a different meaning is intended, certain words and phrases used in this article are defined as follows:
"Director"
means the Director of Community Development or designee.
"Disabled person"
means a person who has a medical, physical or mental condition that limits a major life activity, as those terms are defined in California Government Code Section 12926, anyone who is regarded as having such a condition, or anyone who has record of having such a condition. It includes a person or persons, or an authorized representative of a disabled person. The term "disabled person" does not include a person who is currently using illegal substances.
"Fair Housing Law"
means the Federal Fair Housing Act and the California Fair Employment and Housing Act, including amendments to them.
"Reasonable accommodation"
means providing disabled persons flexibility in the application of land use and zoning regulations and procedures, or even waiving certain requirements, when necessary to eliminate barriers to housing opportunities. It may include such things as yard area modifications for ramps, handrails or other such accessibility improvements; hardscape additions, such as widened driveways, parking area or walkways; building additions for accessibility; tree removal; or reduced off-street parking where the disability clearly limits the number of people operating vehicles. Reasonable accommodation does not include an accommodation which would (1) impose an undue financial or administrative burden on the City; or (2) require a fundamental alteration in the nature of the City's land use and zoning regulations.
(§ 2, Ord. 844-NS, eff. January 7, 2010, as amended by § 4, Ord. 2023-02, eff. December 7, 2023)

§ 9-3.1905 Requesting reasonable accommodation.

A. 
Request. In order to make housing available to an individual with a disability, any eligible person as defined in Section 9-3.1902 may request a reasonable accommodation in land use, zoning and building regulations, policies, practices, and procedures. Such a request may include a modification or exception to the requirements for the siting, development and use of housing or housing-related facilities that would eliminate regulatory barriers. Requests for group homes consisting of more than six clients and/or convalescent homes as defined in Section 9-1.203 of the Huntington Park Municipal Code shall require Planning Commission review and a public hearing.
B. 
Balancing Rights and Requirements. The City will attempt to balance the privacy rights and reasonable accommodation of an applicant for confidentiality, with the land use requirements for notice and public hearing, factual findings and right to appeal, in the City's requests for information, considering an application, preparing written findings and maintaining records for a request for reasonable accommodation.
(§ 2, Ord. 844-NS, eff. January 7, 2010, as amended by § 4, Ord. 2023-02, eff. December 7, 2023)

§ 9-3.1906 Application requirements.

A. 
Requests for reasonable accommodation shall be in writing and provide the following information:
1. 
The name, address, and telephone number of the individual(s) requesting reasonable accommodation;
2. 
Address of the property for which the request is being made;
3. 
The name and address of the property owner, and the owner's written consent to the application;
4. 
The current use of the property;
5. 
Description of the requested accommodation and the regulation(s), policy or procedure for which accommodation is sought; and
6. 
Reason that the requested accommodation may be necessary for the individual(s) with the disability to use and enjoy the dwelling.
B. 
Any information identified by an applicant as confidential shall be retained in a manner so as to respect the privacy rights of the applicant and shall not be made available for public inspection.
C. 
A request for reasonable accommodation in regulations, policies, practices, and procedures may be filed at any time that the accommodation may be necessary to ensure equal access to housing. A reasonable accommodation does not affect an individual's obligations to comply with other applicable regulations not at issue in the requested accommodation.
D. 
If an individual needs assistance in making the request for reasonable accommodation, the jurisdiction will provide assistance to ensure that the process is accessible.
(§ 2, Ord. 844-NS, eff. January 7, 2010, as amended by § 4, Ord. 2023-02, eff. December 7, 2023)

§ 9-3.1907 Project review.

The Director or designee has the authority to review and decide upon requests for reasonable accommodation, including whether the applicant is a disabled person within the meaning of this chapter.
(§ 2, Ord. 844-NS, eff. January 7, 2010, as amended by § 4, Ord. 2023-02, eff. December 7, 2023)

§ 9-3.1908 Hearings and notice.

A notice or public hearing shall not be required for reasonable accommodation requests.
(§ 2, Ord. 844-NS, eff. January 7, 2010, as amended by § 4, Ord. 2023-02, eff. December 7, 2023)

§ 9-3.1909 Required findings.

A. 
Findings. The written decision to grant, grant with modifications, or deny a request for reasonable accommodation shall be consistent with fair housing laws and based on the following factors:
1. 
The housing, which is the subject of the request for reasonable accommodation, will be used by an individual with disabilities protected under fair housing laws;
2. 
The requested accommodation is necessary to make housing available to an individual with disabilities protected under the fair housing laws;
3. 
The requested accommodation would not impose an undue financial or administrative burden on the City; and
4. 
The requested accommodation would not require a fundamental alteration in the nature of a City regulation or law, including land use and zoning.
B. 
Other Requirements.
1. 
An approved request for reasonable accommodation is subject to the applicant's compliance with all other applicable zoning regulations.
2. 
A modification approved under this chapter is considered a personal accommodation for the individual applicant and does not run with the land.
3. 
Where appropriate, the reviewing authority may condition its approval on any or all of the following:
a. 
Inspection of the property periodically, as specified, to verify compliance with this section and any conditions of approval;
b. 
Removal of the improvements, where removal would not constitute an unreasonable financial burden, when the need for which the accommodation was granted no longer exists;
c. 
Time limits and/or expiration of the approval if the need for which the accommodation was granted no longer exists;
d. 
Recordation of a deed restriction requiring removal of the accommodating feature once the need for it no longer exists;
e. 
Measures to reduce the impact on surrounding uses;
f. 
Measures in consideration of the physical attributes of the property and structures;
g. 
Other reasonable accommodation that may provide an equivalent level of benefit and/or that will not result in an encroachment into required setbacks, exceedance of maximum height, lot coverage or floor area ratio, requirements specified for the zone district; and
h. 
Other conditions necessary to protect the public health, safety and welfare.
(§ 2, Ord. 844-NS, eff. January 7, 2010, as amended by § 4, Ord. 2023-02, eff. December 7, 2023)

§ 9-3.1910 Written decision on the request for reasonable accommodation.

A. 
The written decision on the request for reasonable accommodation shall explain in detail the basis of the decision, including the reviewing authority's findings on the criteria set forth in Section 9-3-1908. All written decisions shall give notice of the applicant's right to appeal and to request reasonable accommodation in the appeals process as set forth below. The notice of decision shall be sent to the applicant by certified mail.
B. 
The written decision of the reviewing authority shall be final unless an applicant appeals it to the Planning Commission, per Section 9-3.1911, Appeals.
C. 
If the reviewing authority fails to render a written decision on the request for reasonable accommodation within the 30 day time period allotted by Section 9-3.1911(A), the request shall be deemed granted.
D. 
While a request for reasonable accommodation is pending, all laws and regulations otherwise applicable to the property that is the subject of the request shall remain in full force and effect.
(§ 4, Ord. 2023-02, eff. December 7, 2023)

§ 9-3.1911 Appeals.

A. 
Within 30 days of the date of the reviewing authority's written decision, an applicant may appeal an adverse decision. Appeals from the adverse decision shall be made in writing.
B. 
If an individual needs assistance in filing an appeal on an adverse decision, the jurisdiction will provide assistance to ensure that the appeals process is accessible.
C. 
All appeals shall contain a statement of the grounds for the appeal. Any information identified by an applicant as confidential shall be retained in a manner so as to respect the privacy rights of the applicant and shall not be made available for public inspection.
D. 
Nothing in this procedure shall preclude an aggrieved individual from seeking any other State or Federal remedy available.
(§ 4, Ord. 2023-02, eff. December 7, 2023)

§ 9-3.2001 Purpose.

The purpose of this article is to ensure that the development of emergency shelters do not adversely impact adjacent parcels or surrounding neighborhood and that they are developed in a manner which protects the health, safety, and general welfare of the nearby residents and businesses, while providing for the housing needs of the community.
(§ 5, Ord. 845-NS, eff. January 7, 2010, as amended by § 5, Ord. 2023-02, eff. December 7, 2023)

§ 9-3.2002 Applicability.

Emergency shelters are allowed in compliance with Table IV-5 and Table IV-8 (Allowed Land Uses). A Development Permit is required prior to establishment of any emergency shelter. The permit shall be a ministerial action without discretionary review or a hearing.
A. 
Location. An "emergency shelter" may be established in the C-G (General Commercial) and the MPD (Manufactured Planning Development) Zone provided that the property boundaries are located more than 300 feet from any other shelter from the nearest point of any property.
B. 
Length of Stay. Temporary shelter shall be available to residents for no more than 180 days in any 12 month period.
C. 
Hours of Operation. Emergency shelters shall establish and maintain set hours for client intake/discharge, which must be prominently posted on-site.
D. 
Required Amenities. Emergency shelters shall provide the following facilities:
1. 
Indoor client intake/waiting area of at least 100 square feet if client intake is to occur on-site. If an exterior waiting area is provided, it shall be enclosed or screened and designed to prevent queuing in the public right-of-way;
2. 
Secure areas for personal property;
3. 
Interior and/or exterior common space for clients to congregate shall be provided on the property at a ratio of not less than 15 square feet per client, with a minimum overall area of 100 square feet. Common spaces do not include intake areas.
F. 
Optional Facilities/Services. Emergency shelters may provide one or more of the following types of common facilities for the exclusive use of the residents:
1. 
Central cooking and dining room(s);
2. 
Recreation room;
3. 
Counseling center;
4. 
Child-care facilities;
5. 
Other support services;
6. 
Laundry facilities adequate for the number of residents;
7. 
Telephone(s) for use by clients.
G. 
Management. At least one facility manager shall be on site at all hours that the facility is open. Additional support staff shall be provided, as necessary, to ensure that at least one staff member is provided in all segregated sleeping areas, as appropriate.
H. 
Operation Plan. An Operational Plan (Plan) shall be provided for the review and approval of the Director. The approved Plan shall remain active throughout the life of the facility, and all operational requirements covered by the Plan shall be complied with at all times. At a minimum, said Plan shall contain provisions addressing the areas outlined below:
1. 
Security and Safety. Addressing both on-site and off-site needs, including provisions to ensure the security and separation of male and female sleeping areas, as well as any family areas within the facility.
2. 
Loitering/Noise Control. With specific measures regarding operational controls to minimize the congregation of clients in the vicinity of the facility during hours that clients are not allowed on site and/or services are not provided. Outdoor activities may only be conducted between the hours of 8:00 a.m. to 10:00 p.m.
3. 
Management of Outdoor Areas. Including a system for daily admittance and discharge procedures and monitoring of waiting areas with a goal to minimize negative impacts to adjacent property.
4. 
Staff Training Programs. To provide adequate knowledge and skills to assist clients in obtaining permanent shelter.
5. 
Communication and Outreach. With objectives to maintain effective, ongoing communication and response to operational issues which may arise within the neighborhood as may be identified by the general public or City staff.
6. 
Adequate and Effective Screening. With the objective of determining admittance eligibility of clients.
7. 
Litter Control. With the objective of providing for the regular daily removal of litter attributable to clients with-in the vicinity of the facility.
I. 
Lighting. Adequate external lighting shall be provided for security purposes. The lighting shall be stationary, directed away from adjacent properties and public rights-of-way.
J. 
Landscaping. On-site landscaping shall be installed and maintained pursuant to the standards outlined in Title 9, Chapter 3, Article 4, Landscaping Standards.
(§ 5, Ord. 845-NS, eff. January 7, 2010, as amended by § 5, Ord. 2023-02, eff. December 7, 2023)

§ 9-3.2101 Purpose.

The purpose of this article is to provide location/developmental standards which encourage the development of affordable housing to meet the housing needs of the City's various economic segments, and to ensure that such development promotes the furtherance of the public's health, safety, and welfare and is compatible with the existing uses and structures. These standards are intended to facilitate the provision of quality, affordable housing in the community.
(§ 2, Ord. 848-NS, eff. January 21, 2010)

§ 9-3.2102 Applicability.

Affordable housing developments are allowed in compliance with Table IV-1 (Allowed Land Uses), and shall be located/developed in the following manner, where the application of these standards is shown to reduce the financial encumbrance of providing affordable dwelling units within the project:
1. 
A minimum of 20% of the units provided shall be set aside as affordable units. Residential occupancy shall be restricted to families meeting the income criteria and affordability standards specified herein.
2. 
Affordable housing/affordable units means housing capable of being rented by a household with "very low" or "low" income at an "affordable rent," or purchased by a household with "low" or "moderate" income at an "affordable housing cost."
3. 
A "density bonus" of between twenty (20%) to 35% above the maximum permitted under zoning may be granted if the development proposal is in compliance with the applicable provisions of Article 22 of this chapter.
4. 
A reduction in lot size may be granted to a residential development project proposing to include affordable units, as determined by the Director, provided said reduction will serve to facilitate the development of affordable units.
5. 
Minimum floor area/unit size requirements shall be as follows:
Unit Type
Minimum Livable Area in Square Feet
Efficiency/studio
500
1 bedroom
600
2 bedroom
750
3+ bedroom
900
4+ bedroom
900
+ 150 for each bedroom over 3
6. 
Floor area ratios for all affordable housing developments shall conform to the standards of the underlying zoning district.
7. 
A height increase, of up to 10 feet above the maximum permitted within the underlying zoning district may be granted. Where a qualified project is within, or adjacent to, a residential zoning district, the portion of the building exceeding the allowed building height shall be stepped back an additional foot for every foot over the maximum height allowed by the zone.
8. 
Minimum off-street parking requirements per residential dwelling unit, applicable to all units within an affordable housing development, inclusive of handicap accessible parking shall be as follows:
0—1 bedrooms:
1.25 spaces per unit
2—3 bedrooms:
1.75 spaces per unit
4 + bedrooms:
2 spaces per unit
Guest:
1 space per 5 units
9. 
All setbacks shall comply with the minimum setback requirements as set forth within the underlying zoning district.
10. 
Open space requirements shall be applicable to all units within the development as indicated below.
Type
Square Feet
Common
150 square feet per dwelling unit
Private
100 square feet per dwelling unit
11. 
All residential dwelling units within an affordable housing development project, regardless of affordability restriction, shall not differ in appearance and shall be designed to contain all the same amenities, architectural features, and/or any other similar element(s).
12. 
Prior to the issuance of a building permit, a covenant, acceptable to the City of Huntington Park Community Development Department, shall be required to be recorded for all affordable housing development projects seeking to apply the aforementioned standards. Said covenant shall specify the type (e.g. very low, low, and moderate-income) and quantity (e.g., twenty (20%), 30%) of affordable units to be provided within the project and the term of affordability (e.g., 30 years, 55 years).
(§ 2, Ord. 848-NS, eff. January 21, 2010)

§ 9-3.2103 Applicable regulations.

All affordable housing developments shall be subject to all applicable regulations of this Code, including provisions located in the following Articles:
1. 
Article 10 of Chapter 2, Development Permits.
2. 
Article 4 of this chapter, Landscaping Standards.
3. 
Article 1 of this chapter, Property Development Standards.
4. 
Article 11 of this chapter, Senior Citizen/Congregate Care Housing.
5. 
Article 13 of this chapter, Single Room Occupancy Facilities.
(§ 2, Ord. 848-NS, eff. January 21, 2010)

§ 9-3.2201 Purpose.

The purpose of this article is to establish procedures to implement the Density Bonus Law, as set forth in Government Code Section 65915, et seq., which is intended to provide incentives or concessions for the production of housing for very low, low, and moderate income and senior households, when the requirements set forth by this article are met.
(§ 2, Ord. 846-NS, eff. January 21, 2010)

§ 9-3.2202 Project eligibility-Affordability covenants.

A. 
The City shall grant a density bonus and concessions or incentives listed in Section 9-3.2204, or provide other concessions or equivalent financial incentives, when an applicant for a housing development proposes and agrees to construct any one of the following:
1. 
Ten percent of the total dwelling units reserved for lower income households (80% of median family income); or
2. 
Five percent of the total dwelling units reserved for very low income households (50% of median family income); or
3. 
A senior citizen housing development; or
4. 
Ten percent of the total dwelling units in a condominium project or planned unit development reserved for moderate income households (120% of median family income), provided that all units in the development are offered to the public for purchase.
B. 
The amount of the density bonus to which the applicant is entitled shall vary according to the amount by which the percentage of affordable dwelling units meets the percentages listed above, and as specified in Section 9-3.2203. For purposes of calculating the amount of the density bonus, the applicant requesting a density bonus shall elect whether the density bonus shall be granted on the basis of Subsections 1, 2, 3, or 4 of Section 9-3.2202(A).
C. 
An applicant shall agree to, and the City shall ensure, continued affordability of all low and very low-income units that qualified the applicant for the density bonus for a period of 30 years (or a longer period of time if required by the construction or mortgage financing assistance program, mortgage insurance program, or rental subsidy program). Rents for the lower and very-low income density bonus units shall be set at an affordable rent as defined in Section 50053 of the Health and Safety Code. Owner-occupied units shall be available at an affordable housing cost as defined in Section 50052.5 of the Health and Safety Code.
(§ 2, Ord. 846-NS, eff. January 21, 2010)

§ 9-3.2203 Density bonus.

A. 
The density bonus provided by this section shall apply to housing developments consisting of five or more dwelling units.
B. 
A density bonus for a housing development means a density increase over the maximum residential density allowed under this Code and the Land Use Element of the General Plan and listed below. The applicant may elect to accept a lesser percentage of density bonus than the project is entitled to, but no reduction will be permitted in the number of required affordable units. Regardless of the number of affordable units, no housing development may be entitled to a density bonus of more than 35%. The amount of density bonus to which the applicant is entitled shall vary according to the amount by which the percentage of affordable housing units exceeds the percentage established in Section 9-3.2202(A).
Land Use Designation/Overlay
Corresponding Zone/Overlay
Maximum Density Before Density Bonus Applied
Low-Density Residential
R-L (Low-Density Residential)
8.712 dwelling units/acre
Medium-Density Residential
R-M (Medium-Density Residential)
17.424 dwelling units/acre
High-Density Residential
R-H (High-Density Residential)
20.0 dwelling units/acre
Neighborhood Commercial
C-N (Commercial Neighborhood)
20.0 dwelling units/acre
Downtown Specific Plan
DTSP (Downtown Specific Plan)
70.0 dwelling units/acre
Affordable Housing Overlay
Affordable Housing Overlay
70.0 dwelling units/acre (family hsg)
225.0 dwelling units/acre (senior hsg)
400.0 dwelling units/acre (SRO hsg)
Medium-Density Overlay
Medium-Density Overlay
17.424 dwelling units/acre
Senior Citizen Housing Overlay
Senior Citizen Housing Overlay
225.0 dwelling units/acre (senior hsg)
400.0 dwelling units/acre (SRO hsg)
Single Room Occupancy Overlay
Single Room Occupancy Overlay
400.0 dwelling units/acre
*
Multi-family units are not permitted in the R-L zone
C. 
For housing developments meeting the criteria of Section 9-3.2202(A)(1), the density bonus shall be calculated as follows:
Percentage of Lower Income Units
Percentage of Density Bonus
10
20.0
11
21.5
12
23.0
13
24.5
14
26.0
15
27.5
16
29.0
17
30.5
18
32.0
19
33.5
20
35.0
D. 
For housing developments meeting the criteria of Section 9-3.2202(A)(2), the density bonus shall be calculated as follows:
Percentage of Very Low Income Units
Percentage of Density Bonus
5
20.0
6
22.5
7
25.0
8
27.5
9
30.0
10
32.5
11
35.0
E. 
For housing developments meeting the criteria of Section 9-3.2202(A)(3), the density bonus shall be 20%.
F. 
For housing developments meeting the criteria of Section 9-3.2202(A)(4), the density bonus shall be calculated as follows:
Percentage of Moderate Income Units
Percentage of Density Bonus
10
5.0
11
6.0
12
7.0
13
8.0
14
9.0
15
10.0
16
11.0
17
12.0
18
13.0
19
14.0
20
15.0
21
16.0
22
17.0
23
18.0
24
19.0
25
20.0
26
21.0
27
22.0
28
23.0
29
24.0
30
25.0
31
26.0
32
27.0
33
28.0
34
29.0
35
30.0
36
31.0
37
32.0
38
33.0
39
34.0
40
35.0
G. 
All density calculations resulting in fractional units shall be rounded up to the next whole number.
H. 
The granting of a density bonus shall not be interpreted, in and of itself, to require a general plan amendment, zoning change or other discretionary approval.
I. 
As used in Section 9-3.2202(A), "total units" or "total dwelling units" does not include units permitted by a density bonus granted pursuant to this section or any local law granting a greater density bonus.
J. 
Nothing in this section shall be construed to prohibit the City from granting a density bonus greater than what is described in this section for a development that meets the requirements of this article or from granting a proportionately lower density bonus than what is required by this section for developments that do not meet the requirements of this article.
(§ 2, Ord. 846-NS, eff. January 21, 2010)

§ 9-3.2204 Concessions and incentives.

A. 
An applicant for a density bonus pursuant to Section 9-3.2203 may submit to the City a proposal for the specific incentives or concessions that the applicant requests pursuant to this section.
B. 
Concession or incentive means any of the following:
1. 
A reduction in site development standards or a modification of zoning requirements that exceed the minimum building standards approved by the California Building Standards Commission as provided in Part 2.5 (commencing with Section 18901) of Division 13 of the Health and Safety Code, and which result in identifiable, financially sufficient, and actual cost reductions, including, but not limited to:
a. 
Reduced minimum lot sizes and/or dimensions;
b. 
Reduced minimum lot setbacks;
c. 
Reduced minimum private outdoor open spaces;
d. 
Increased maximum lot coverage;
e. 
Increased maximum building height and/or stories;
f. 
Reduced minimum off-street parking requirements below that identified in Section 9-3.2209(E).
2. 
Approval of mixed-use zoning in conjunction with the housing development if commercial, office, industrial, or other land uses will reduce the cost of the housing development and if existing or planned commercial, office, industrial or other land uses are compatible with the housing development and with existing or planned development in the area where the proposed housing development will be located.
3. 
Other regulatory incentives or concessions proposed by the developer or the City that result in identifiable, financially sufficient and actual cost reductions.
C. 
This section does not limit or require the provision of direct financial incentives for the housing development, including the provision of publicly owned land by the City, or the waiver of fees or dedication requirements.
D. 
The City shall grant the concession or incentive requested by the applicant unless the City makes a written finding, based upon substantial evidence, of either of the following:
1. 
The concession or incentive is not required in order to provide for affordable housing costs, as defined in Section 50052.5 of the Health and Safety Code or for rents for the targeted units to be set as specified in Section 9-3.2202;
2. 
The concession or incentive would have a specific adverse impact, as defined in Government Code Section 65589.5(d)(2), upon public health and safety or the physical environment or on any real property that is listed in the California Register of Historical Resources and for which there is no feasible method to satisfactorily mitigate or avoid the specific adverse impact without rendering the development unaffordable to low-and moderate-income households.
E. 
The applicant shall receive the following number of incentives or concessions:
1. 
One incentive or concession for projects that include at least 10% of the total units for lower income households, at least 5% for very low income households, or at least 10% for moderate income households in a condominium project or planned unit development;
2. 
Two incentives or concessions for projects that include at least 20% of the total units for lower income households, at least 10% for very low income households, or at least 20% for moderate income households in a condominium project or planned unit development;
3. 
Three incentives or concessions for projects that include at least 30% of the total units for lower income households, at least 15% for very low income households, or at least 30% for moderate income households in a condominium project or planned unit development.
F. 
The granting of a concession or incentive shall not be interpreted, in and of itself, to require a general plan amendment, zoning change or other discretionary approval.
(§ 2, Ord. 846-NS, eff. January 21, 2010)

§ 9-3.2205 Application.

A. 
A developer seeking a density bonus and a concession or incentive for a proposed housing development under this article shall submit an application and provide the following information:
1. 
A vicinity map and a site plan, drawn to scale, including building footprints, driveway and parking layout;
2. 
Identification of the location, acreage and the maximum number of units allowed under the zoning and the land use designated under the General Plan;
3. 
Identification of the total number of units proposed including the kind and number of target units as set forth in Section 9-3.2202 which the proposed housing development qualifies for a density bonus and concession;
4. 
Identification of the concession which is requested by the developer or a list of any alternative concessions which would provide, in the developer's opinion, equivalent financial incentives to the concession requested;
5. 
The specific financial information and data relied upon by the developer which establishes the monetary value of the regulatory concessions requested by the developer and a concise statement of how such value was calculated. A clear statement of how the requested concession is necessary to make the proposed housing development economically feasible, sufficiently detailed to enable City staff to examine the conclusions reached by the developer;
6. 
Such other pertinent information as the Director may require to enable the City to adequately analyze the economic feasibility of the proposed housing development with respect to the requested additional concession and other concessions which may be made available.
B. 
An application for a density bonus and a concession or incentive shall be considered and approved or denied by the Director. The Director's decision may be appealed to the Planning Commission and the City Council.
(§ 2, Ord. 846-NS, eff. January 21, 2010)

§ 9-3.2206 Density bonus housing agreement.

A. 
Applicants requesting a density bonus shall draft and agree to enter into a density bonus housing agreement with the City. The density bonus housing agreement shall include, at a minimum, the following:
1. 
A general description of the development, including whether the development will contain units for rent or for sale;
2. 
A description of additional incentives or equivalent financial incentives to be provided by the City;
3. 
The total number of market-rate units and affordable units, as well as a description of the household income group(s) to be accommodated by the housing development;
4. 
The number of bedrooms in each market-rate unit and each affordable unit;
5. 
The square footage of each market-rate unit and of each affordable unit measured from the interior walls of the unit and including heated and unheated areas;
6. 
The location in the development of each market-rate and affordable housing unit;
7. 
A schedule for completion and occupancy of target units. If construction of dwelling units is to be phased, a phasing plan stating the number of market-rate and affordable units in each phase;
8. 
The estimated sale price or monthly rent of each market-rate unit and each affordable housing unit;
9. 
Documentation and plans regarding the exterior appearances, materials, and finishes of the housing development and each of its individual units;
10. 
A marketing plan the applicant proposes to implement to promote the sale or rental of the affordable units with-in the development to eligible households;
11. 
Detailed description of the standards for determining the affordable rent or affordable sales price and housing cost;
12. 
Where very low or lower income units are proposed, a stipulation that the target units shall be kept available only to members of the identified income group or only to qualifying residents for a holding period as specified in Section 9-3.2202(C);
13. 
A description of the means by which continued availability shall be secured and enforced and the procedures under which the very low and lower income target units shall be leased or sold during such period;
14. 
A stipulation that the initial occupant of moderate-income units are persons and families of moderate income, as defined in Section 50093 of the Health and Safety Code, and that the units are offered at an affordable housing cost, as that cost is defined in Section 50052.5 of the Health and Safety Code;
15. 
A description of remedies for breach of the agreement by either party (the City may identify tenants or qualified purchasers as third party beneficiaries under the agreement);
16. 
Other provisions to ensure implementation and compliance with this article, and such other terms and provisions, not inconsistent with Government Code Section 65915, that the City may require.
B. 
In the case of for-sale housing developments, the density bonus housing agreement shall provide for the following conditions governing the initial sale and use of target units during the applicable use restriction period:
1. 
Target units shall, upon initial sale, be sold to eligible very low or lower income households at an affordable sales price and housing cost, or maintained as senior citizen housing, or in the case of condominium projects or planned unit developments, to moderate income households;
2. 
Target units shall be initially owner-occupied;
3. 
The initial purchaser of very low and lower income target units, as well as units targeted to senior citizen housing, shall execute an instrument or agreement approved by the City restricting the sale of the target unit in accordance with this article during the applicable use restriction period. Such instrument or agreement shall be recorded against the parcel containing the target unit and shall contain such provisions as the City may require to ensure continued compliance with this article and the Government Code Section 65915.
C. 
In the case of rental housing developments, the density bonus housing agreement shall provide for the following conditions governing the use of target units during the use restriction period:
1. 
The rules and procedures for qualifying tenants, establishing affordable rent, filling vacancies and maintaining target units for qualified tenants;
2. 
Provisions requiring owners to verify tenant incomes and maintain books and records to demonstrate compliance with this article;
3. 
Provisions requiring owners to submit an annual report to the City, which includes the name, address, and income of each person occupying target units, and which identifies the bedroom size and monthly rent or cost of each target unit.
D. 
The density bonus housing agreement shall be prepared by the City Attorney and the terms of the agreement shall be reviewed by the Director. The Director, on behalf of the City, shall be authorized to execute an agreement that meets all of the requirements of this article and Government Code Section 69515.
E. 
Following execution of the agreement by all parties, the completed density bonus housing agreement shall be recorded on the parcel or parcels designated for the construction of target units. The approval and recordation shall take place prior to final map approval, or, where a map is not being processed, prior to issuance of building permits for such parcels or units. The density bonus housing agreement shall run with the land and bind all future owners and successors in interest.
(§ 2, Ord. 846-NS, eff. January 21, 2010)

§ 9-3.2207 Donation of land to the City.

A. 
When an applicant for a tentative subdivision map, parcel map, or other residential development approval donates land to the City as provided for in this section, the applicant shall be entitled to a 15% increase above the otherwise maximum allowable residential density under the applicable zoning ordinance and Land
Use Element of the General Plan for the entire development, as follows:
Percentage of Very Low Income Units
Percentage of Density Bonus
10
15.0
11
16.0
12
17.0
13
18.0
14
19.0
15
20.0
16
21.0
17
22.0
18
23.0
19
24.0
20
25.0
21
26.0
22
27.0
23
28.0
24
29.0
25
30.0
26
31.0
27
32.0
28
33.0
29
34.0
30
35.0
B. 
This increase shall be in addition to any increase in density mandated by Section 9-3.2202, up to a maximum combined mandated density increase of 35% if an applicant seeks both the increase required pursuant to this section and Section 9-3.2202. Nothing in this section shall be construed to enlarge or diminish the authority of the City to require a developer to donate land as a condition of development. An applicant shall be eligible for the increased density bonus described in this section if all of the following conditions are met:
1. 
The applicant donates and transfers the land no later than the date of approval of the final subdivision map, parcel map or residential development application;
2. 
The developable acreage and zoning classification of the land being transferred are sufficient to permit construction of units affordable to very low income households in an amount not less than 10% of the number of residential units of the proposed development;
3. 
The transferred land is at least one acre in size or of sufficient size to permit development of at least 40 units, has the appropriate General Plan designation, is appropriately zoned for development as affordable housing, and is or will be served by adequate public facilities and infrastructure. The land shall have appropriate zoning and development standards to make the development of the affordable units feasible. No later than the date of approval of the final subdivision map, parcel map, or of the residential development, the transferred land shall have all of the permits and approvals, other than building permits, necessary for the development of the very low income housing units on the transferred land except that the City may subject the proposed development to subsequent design review to the extent authorized by subsection (i) of Section 65583.2 if the design is not reviewed by the City prior to the time of transfer;
4. 
The transferred land and the affordable units shall be subject to a deed restriction ensuring continued affordability of the units consistent with Section 9-3.2202(C), which shall be recorded on the property at the time of dedication;
5. 
The land is transferred to the local agency or to a housing developer approved by the local agency. The local agency may require the applicant to identify and transfer the land to the developer;
6. 
The transferred land shall be within the boundary of the proposed development or, within one-quarter mile of the boundary of the proposed development subject to City approval.
(§ 2, Ord. 846-NS, eff. January 21, 2010)

§ 9-3.2208 Inclusion of child care facility.

A. 
When an applicant proposes to construct a housing development that conforms to the requirements of Section 9-3.2202 and includes a child care facility that will be located on the premises of, as part of, or adjacent to, the project, the City shall grant either of the following:
1. 
An additional density bonus that is an amount of square feet of residential space that is equal to or greater than the amount of square feet in the child care facility;
2. 
An additional concession or incentive that contributes significantly to the economic feasibility of the construction of the child care facility.
B. 
The City shall require, as a condition of approving the housing development, that the following occur:
1. 
The child care facility shall remain in operation for a period of time that is as long as or longer than the period of time during which the density bonus units are required to remain affordable pursuant to Section 9-3.2202;
2. 
Of the children who attend the child care facility, the children of very low income households, lower income households, or moderate income households shall equal a percentage that is equal to or greater than the percentage of dwelling units that are required for very low income households, lower income households, or moderate income households pursuant to Section 9-3.2202.
C. 
Notwithstanding any requirement herein, the City shall not be required to provide a density bonus or concession for a child care facility if it finds, based upon substantial evidence, that the community has adequate child care facilities.
(§ 2, Ord. 846-NS, eff. January 21, 2010)

§ 9-3.2209 Development standards.

A. 
Target units should be constructed concurrently with non-restricted units unless both the City and the applicant agree within the density bonus housing agreement to an alternative schedule for development.
B. 
In determining the maximum affordable rent or affordable sales price of target units the following household and unit size assumptions shall be used:
0 bedroom (studio)
1 person
1 bedroom
2 persons
2 bedrooms
3 persons
3 bedrooms
4 persons
4 bedrooms
5 persons
C. 
Target units shall be built on-site wherever possible, and be dispersed within the housing development. The number of bedrooms of the target units should be equivalent to the bedroom mix of the non-restricted units of the housing development; except that the developer may include a higher proportion of target units with more bedrooms. The design and appearance of the target units shall be comparable in construction quality and exterior design to the market rate units, but, may be smaller in aggregate size.
D. 
Circumstances may arise in which the public interest would be served by allowing some or all of the target units associated with one housing development to be produced and operated at an alternative development site. Where the developer and the City form such an agreement, the resulting linked developments shall be considered a single housing development for purposes of this article. Under these circumstances, the developer shall be subject to the same requirements of this article for the target units to be provided on the alternative site.
E. 
Upon the request of the developer, the City shall permit a vehicular parking ratio, inclusive of handicapped and guest parking, of a development meeting the criteria of Section 9-3.2202 at the following ratios:
1. 
Zero to one bedrooms: one on-site parking space.
2. 
Two to three bedrooms: two on-site parking spaces.
3. 
Four and more bedrooms: two and one-half (2 1/2) parking spaces.
4. 
If the total number of parking spaces required for a housing development is other than a whole number, the number shall be rounded up to the next whole number. For purposes of this section only, a housing development may provide "on-site parking" through tandem parking or uncovered parking, but not through on-street parking.
(§ 2, Ord. 846-NS, eff. January 21, 2010)

§ 9-3.2301 Purpose.

The purpose of this article is to establish the permitted siting and operation of medical marijuana businesses, as defined in this article, in the City.
(§ 2, Ord. 874-NS, eff. October 19, 2011, as amended by § 3, Ord. 2016-945, eff. April 15, 2016)

§ 9-3.2302 Definitions.

"Industrial marijuana cultivation, processing, manufacturing facility" hereinafter "cultivation and manufacturing facility"
means any facility used for cultivating, warehousing, storing, processing and/or manufacturing more than 48 ounces of dried marijuana, and/or cultivating or storing medical marijuana in an area greater than 50 square feet of total area within one parcel of land. Any establishment engaged in, permitted to be engaged in or carrying on any medical marijuana cultivation, processing, or manufacturing or other activity mentioned in this article shall be deemed a cultivation and manufacturing facility.
"Marijuana"
shall have the same definition as set forth in California Health and Safety Code Section 11018. Marijuana shall also include any marijuana-infused product and any product manufactured from marijuana.
"Marijuana cultivation"
means any activity involving the planting, growing, harvesting, drying, curing, grading, or trimming of marijuana.
"Medical marijuana"
means marijuana authorized in strict compliance with Health and Safety Code Sections 11362.5 and 11362.7 et seq., as such sections may be amended from time to time. Medical marijuana shall also include any marijuana-infused product and any product manufactured from marijuana.
"Medical marijuana business"
means a medical marijuana dispensary, cultivation and manufacturing facility, or joint dispensary and cultivation and manufacturing facility.
"Medical marijuana dispensary" or "dispensary"
means any association, cooperative, affiliation, or collective of persons that offers medical marijuana or medical marijuana products, either individually or in any combination, for retail sale, including an establishment that delivers medical cannabis and medical cannabis products as part of a retail sale. A dispensary shall not include dispensing by primary caregivers to qualified patients in the following locations, so long as the location of the clinic, health care facility, hospice, or residential care facility is otherwise permitted by the Municipal Code or by applicable State laws:
(1) 
A clinic licensed pursuant to Chapter 1 of Division 2 of the State Health and Safety Code;
(2) 
A health care facility licensed pursuant to Chapter 2 of Division 2 of the State Health and Safety Code;
(3) 
A residential care facility for persons with chronic life-threatening illness licensed pursuant to Chapter 3.01 of Division 2 of the State Health and Safety Code;
(4) 
A residential care facility for the elderly licensed pursuant to Chapter 3.2 of Division 2 of the State Health and Safety Code;
(5) 
A residential hospice or a home health agency licensed pursuant to Chapter 8 of Division 2 of the State Health and Safety Code; provided that any such clinic, health care facility, hospice or residential care facility complies with applicable laws, including, but not limited to, Health and Safety Code Section 11362.5.
"Person"
means any individual, firm, corporation, partnership, association, club, society, cooperative, or other organization. The term "person" shall also include any owner, manager, proprietor, employee, volunteer, salesperson, or other individual responsible for any degree of operation.
"Primary caregiver"
shall have the same definition as California Health and Safety Code Section 11362.7, and as may be amended, and which defines "primary caregiver" as an individual designated by a qualified patient or by a person with an identification card who has consistently assumed responsibility for the housing, health, or safety of that patient or person, and may include any of the following:
(1) 
In any case in which a qualified patient or person with an identification card receives medical care or supportive services, or both, from a clinic licensed pursuant to Chapter 1 (commencing with Section 1200) of Division 2 of the California Health and Safety Code; a health care facility licensed pursuant to Chapter 2 (commencing with Section 1250) of Division 2 of the California Health and Safety Code; a residential care facility for persons with chronic life-threatening illness licensed pursuant to Chapter 3.01 (commencing with Section 1568.01) of Division 2 of the California Health and Safety Code; a residential care facility for the elderly licensed pursuant to Chapter 3.2 (commencing with Section 1569) of Division 2 of the California Health and Safety Code; a hospice, or a home health agency licensed pursuant to Chapter 8 (commencing with Section 1725) of Division 2 of the California Health and Safety Code; the owner or operator, or no more than three employees who are designated by the owner or operator, of the clinic, facility, hospice, or home health agency, if designated as a primary caregiver by that qualified patient or person with an identification card.
(2) 
An individual who has been designated as a primary caregiver by more than one qualified patient or person with an identification card, if every qualified patient or person with an identification card who has designated that individual as a primary caregiver resides in the same city or county as the primary caregiver.
(3) 
An individual who has been designated as a primary caregiver by a qualified patient or person with an identification card who resides in a city or county other than that of the primary caregiver, if the individual has not been designated as a primary caregiver by any other qualified patient or person with an identification card.
"Qualified patient"
shall have the same definition as California Health and Safety Code Section 11362.7 et seq., and as may be amended, and which means a person who is entitled to the protections of California Health and Safety Code Section 11362.5. For purposes of this article, qualified patient shall include a person with an identification card, as that term is defined by California Health and Safety Code Section 11362.7 et seq.
(§ 2, Ord. 874-NS, eff. October 19, 2011, as amended by § 1, Ord. 936-NS, eff. March 4, 2015, and § 3, Ord. 2016-945, eff. April 15, 2016)

§ 9-3.2303 Applicability.

Any person intending to operate a medical marijuana business within the City shall comply with this article in its entirety. Additionally, any person intending to operate a medical marijuana business within the City shall also comply with Article 24 of Title 3, Chapter 1, of this Code.
(§ 3, Ord. 2016-945, eff. April 15, 2016)

§ 9-3.2304 Medical marijuana businesses in the MPD Zones.

Medical marijuana businesses shall only be in permitted in Industrial/Manufacturing Planned Development ("MPD") Zones of the City of Huntington Park; provided, however, that no vested or other right shall inure to the benefit of any person.
(§ 2, Ord. 874-NS, eff. October 19, 2011, as amended by § 2, Ord. 936-NS, eff. March 4, 2015, and § 3, Ord. 2016-945, eff. April 15, 2016)

§ 9-3.2305 Declaration of public nuisance.

Any use or condition caused, or permitted to exist, in violation of any provision of this article, is hereby declared to be unlawful and a public nuisance and may be abated by the City through civil proceedings by means of a restraining order, preliminary or permanent injunction, or in any other manner provided by law for the abatement of such nuisances, including, but not limited to, the remedies provided for in Section 9-2.2407 of this Code.
(§ 2, Ord. 874-NS, eff. October 19, 2011, as amended by § 3, Ord. 2016-945, eff. April 15, 2016)

§ 9-3.2401 Purpose.

The purpose of this article is to ensure that the development of educational institutions do not adversely impact adjacent parcels or surrounding neighborhood and that they are developed in a manner which protects the health, safety, and general welfare of the nearby residents and businesses, while providing for the needs of the community.
(§ 6, Ord. 2019-978, eff. September 5, 2019)

§ 9-3.2402 Definitions.

For the purposes of this chapter, unless otherwise apparent from the context, certain words and phrases used in this chapter are defined as follows:
"Educational institution, high-intensity"
means any public or private school offering instruction in the technical, commercial, or trade fields such as business, secretarial, electrical, building, plumbing, mechanical, medical, cosmetology, computer, or other curriculum with emphasis on instruction provided to adults.
"Educational institution, low-intensity"
means any public, private, charter, or parochial school, and elementary, junior high, or high school giving general academic instruction in the several branches of learning, excluding trade schools, with emphasis on instruction provided to minors. It also includes infant centers, preschools, extended day care facilities, and school age child care centers. It does not include family day care homes; small or large family child day care homes.
(§ 6, Ord. 2019-978, eff. September 5, 2019)

§ 9-3.2403 Development standards.

1. 
High-Intensity Educational Institutions.
A. 
Off-Street Parking. High-intensity educational institutions shall require one parking space for every 35 square feet of instructional area, one parking space for every 400 square feet of non-instructional area, and one parking space for every full-time and part-time employee, faculty member, and administrative staff.
B. 
Distance Separation. High-intensity educational institutions shall not be located within 1,000 foot radius from another educational institution. Radius shall be measured from each corner of the property where the educational institution is located on.
C. 
Other Requirements. Such other requirements as the Planning Commission may deem necessary to ensure that such use shall not unduly interfere with the use and enjoyment of properties or streets in the surrounding areas.
2. 
Low-Intensity Educational Institutions.
A. 
Off-Street Parking. Low-intensity educational institutions shall require one parking space for every three students the educational institution is designed to accommodate; and one parking space for every full-time and part-time employee, faculty member, and administrative staff.
B. 
Circulation. Low-intensity educational institutions shall provide a designated student loading and unloading area subject to review and approval by the Director of Community Development and the City Traffic Engineer.
C. 
Pedestrian Safety Plan. Low-intensity educational institutions shall provide a Pedestrian Safety Plan that includes safe paths of travel, such as crosswalks at signaled intersections and across parking lots. Crossing guards may also be required subject to review and approval by the Director of Community Development and the Chief of Police.
D. 
Physical Recreation Area. Low-intensity educational institutions shall provide outdoor or indoor recreational areas for students. A minimum of 50 square feet of active recreational area per student the educational institution is designed to accommodate. Physical recreational area shall mean an outdoor or indoor space in a school that is designed for active recreational activity and student play during recess. Outdoor activities shall be limited to the hours between 7:00 a.m. and 6:00 p.m.
E. 
Security Plan. Low-intensity educational institutions shall provide a security plan that includes safety measures such as security cameras, gates/fencing, security guards, and check-in/check-out procedures.
F. 
Other Requirements. Such other requirements as the Planning Commission may deem necessary to ensure that such use shall not unduly interfere with the use and enjoyment of properties or streets in the surrounding areas.
(§ 6, Ord. 2019-978, eff. September 5, 2019)

§ 9-3.2510 Purpose.

The purpose of this chapter is to establish development standards for low-barrier navigation centers and to ensure this use is constructed and operated in a manner that is consistent with the requirements and allowances of State law, specifically Article 12 of Chapter 3 of Division 1 of Planning and Zoning Law commencing with California Government Code Section 65660.
(§ 6, Ord. 2023-02, eff. December 7, 2023)

§ 9-3.2520 Applicability.

Low-barrier navigation centers are allowed in compliance with Sections 9-4.102, 9-4.103, and 9-4.302.
(§ 6, Ord. 2023-02, eff. December 7, 2023)

§ 9-3.2530 Permit required.

A Development Permit is required prior to establishment of any low-barrier navigation center project meeting either of the following criteria. The permit shall be a ministerial action without discretionary review or a hearing. The City shall notify a developer whether the developer's application is complete within 30 days, pursuant to California Government Code Section 65943. Action shall be taken within 60 days of a complete application being filed.
(§ 6, Ord. 2023-02, eff. December 7, 2023)

§ 9-3.2540 Development and operational standards.

A low-barrier navigation center development is a use by right in areas zoned for mixed-use and nonresidential zones permitting multi-family uses, if it meets the following requirements:
A. 
Connected Services. It offers services to connect people to permanent housing through a services plan that identifies services staffing.
B. 
Coordinated Entry System. It is linked to a coordinated entry system, so that staff in the interim facility or staff who co-locate in the facility may conduct assessments and provide services to connect people to permanent housing. "Coordinated entry system" means a centralized or coordinated assessment system developed pursuant to Section 576.400(d) or Section 578.7(a)(8), as applicable, of Title 24 of the Code of Federal Regulations, as those sections read on January 1, 2020, and any related requirements, designed to coordinate program participant intake, assessment, and referrals.
C. 
Code Compliant. It complies with Chapter 6.5 (commencing with Section 8255) of Division 8 of the Welfare and Institutions Code.
D. 
Homeless Management Information System. It has a system for entering information regarding client stays, client demographics, client income, and exit destination through the local Homeless Management Information System, as defined by Section 578.3 of Title 24 of the Code of Federal Regulations.
(§ 6, Ord. 2023-02, eff. December 7, 2023)

§ 9-3.2550 Definitions.

For the purposes of this section, "use by right" has the meaning defined in subdivision (i) of Section 65583.2. Division 13 (commencing with Section 21000) of the California Public Resources Code and shall not apply to actions taken by a public agency to lease, convey, or encumber land owned by a public agency, or to facilitate the lease, conveyance, or encumbrance of land owned by a public agency, or to provide financial assistance to, or otherwise approve, a low-barrier navigation center constructed or allowed by this article.
(§ 6, Ord. 2023-02, eff. December 7, 2023)